the means employed by great
orators
The question is often asked, How can I become a
public speaker? This might be aptly answered by
putting another question, How did other men become
public speakers? because by a careful study of the means
they employed, others may become equally proficient.
From the beginning of oratory down to the present day
orators have made their effects in composition and delivery
by the selfsame means, and if men of today will
apply themselves to a mastery of those means with perseverance
and intelligence equal to that of the men of the
past, there is no reason why they should not meet with
equal proficiency.
Let us go back to Gorgias, the Greek rhetorician and
teacher of oratory, who was born about the year 483
b. c., and study the manner of his workmanship.
In his speech “The Encomium on Helen,” he arranges
his words in masterly style, making use of all the forms
of construction that we possess at this time. He employs
the series, the contrasts (single, double, and triple),
the conditional, the negative, the positive, and, in fact,
all the known forms of arranging words so as to make
them best express the orator’s meaning. Here is an
effective concluding series he uses: “A city is adorned
by good citizenship, the body by beauty, the soul by
wisdom, acts by virtue, and speech by truthfulness,” and
he follows this sentence with the following one: “But
the opposites of these virtues are a disgrace.” Note how
effective he makes the first thought by immediately contrasting
it with one that rivets the attention to the graces
of good citizenship, beauty, wisdom, virtue, and truthfulness,
by stating that the reverse of these things are disgraces.
Then follows a series of contrasts: “Man and
woman, word and deed, city and government” which,
he says, “we ought to praise,” and then qualifies this
positive with the conditional, “if praiseworthy,” and then
makes a strong contrast by stating, “and blame” which
he qualifies by adding the conditional “if blameworthy.”
He then makes a statement very strong by employing a
double contrast, “For it is equally wrong and stupid to
censure what is commendable, and to commend what is
censurable.” After this clear reasoning comes another
statement: “Now I conceive it to be my duty in the interest
of justice to confute the slanders of Helen, the
memory of whose misfortunes has been kept alive by the
writings of the poets and the fame of her name.” He
ends his statement with this strong concluding series,
“I propose, therefore, by argument to exonerate her
from the charge of infamy, to convince her accusers of
their error, and remove their ignorance by a revelation
of the truth.” Now read the entire paragraph:
A city is adorned by good citizenship, the body by beauty,
the soul by wisdom, acts by virtue, and speech by truthfulness.
But the opposites of these virtues are a disgrace.
Man and woman, word and deed, city and government
we ought to praise if praiseworthy, and blame if blameworthy.
For it is equally wrong and stupid to censure
what is commendable, and to commend what is censurable.
Now I conceive it to be my duty in the interest of justice
to confute the slanders of Helen, the memory of whose
misfortunes has been kept alive by the writings of the poets
and the fame of her name. I propose, therefore, by argument
to exonerate her from the charge of infamy, to convince
her accusers of their error, and to remove their
ignorance by a revelation of the truth.
This is a masterly passage, clear in its statement, logical
in its argument, and sound in its conclusion, making a
splendid model for a student of oratory to follow. True,
the mere faculty of arranging words will not constitute
an orator, but it is one of the essentials that go to the
making of one; and this power of arranging words, and
the capacity for electing the appropriate theme, and
judgment in adopting the proper delivery are the principal
means that men have possessed in all times for
the making of orators. It is essential that the arts of
construction and composition should be diligently studied
by speakers, for it is as impossible to have oratory without
men who understand the rules of composition as it
is to have orators without oratory. Matter that is to be
spoken must not merely be well written, it must be constructed
according to the rules of oratory in order that it
may sound well. Literature is to be read, oratory is to be
spoken; consequently words intended to be spoken must be
arranged in such a manner as to make them more
effective when uttered by the living voice than when they
are set in dead type; and this can only be done by gaining
a mastery of the rules of oratory and applying them
correctly. We are now dealing with the creation of oratory;
later, we will consider the making of orators. The
example of Gorgias’ oratory cited here gives a clear
illustration of the effective use of words, and in order to
emphasize this important point of the value of words
according to their location, other examples follow.
William H. Seward in his “Plea for the Union” uses
this sentence:
If the constellation is to be broken up, the stars, whether
scattered widely apart or grouped in smaller clusters, will
thenceforth shed forth feeble, glimmering, and lurid lights.
He opens with a conditional phrase, “If the constellation
is to be broken up” and then commences his statement
with “the stars” which he interrupts to interject
the parenthetical phrase “whether scattered widely apart
or grouped in smaller clusters,” goes back to his main
thought with the words “will thenceforth shed forth
feeble, glimmering, and lurid lights.” “Feeble, glimmering,
and lurid” constitute a commencing series qualifying
“lights,” and thus is brought about an effective close to
a well-knit sentence.
Another well-arranged sentence for cumulative force
is the following from the same speech:
After Washington, and the inflexible Adams, Henry, and
the fearless Hamilton, Jefferson, and the majestic Clay,
Webster, and the acute Calhoun, Jackson, the modest Taylor,
and Scott, who rises in greatness under the burden of years,
and Franklin, and Fulton, and Whitney, and Morse, have all
performed their parts, let the curtain fall.
In long sentences, such as this, care should be exercised
properly to group the members composing it, otherwise
the force will be lost on account of a confusion of ideas.
In this sentence there are three groups: Washington,
Adams, Henry, Hamilton, and Jefferson constituting
the first; Clay, Webster, Calhoun, Jackson, Taylor, and Scott
the second; Franklin, Fulton, Whitney, and Morse the
third. These, with the phrase “have all performed their
parts,” constitute a commencing series, the sense being
completed by “let the curtain fall.”
In his address, “The American Scholar,” delivered at
Cambridge, Mass., August 31, 1837, Ralph Waldo Emerson
employed these words:
The theory of books is noble. The scholar of the first
age received into him the world around; brooded thereon;
gave it the new arrangement of his own mind and uttered
it again. It came into him, life; it went out from him, truth.
It came to him, short-lived actions; it went out from him,
immortal thoughts. It came to him, business; it went from
him, poetry. It was dead fact; now, it is quick thought.
It can stand and it can go. It now endures, it now flies,
it now inspires. Precisely in proportion to the depth of
mind from which it issued, so high does it soar, so long
does it sing.
This powerful passage is effective mainly because of
the masterful arrangement of the words. Emerson opens
with the positive statement that “The theory of books is
noble.” He follows this with the concluding series, “The
scholar of the first age received into him the world
around; brooded thereon; gave it the new arrangement
of his own mind and uttered it again.” Then comes the
double contrast, “It came into him, life; it went out from
him, truth.” This is followed by a triple contrast, “It
came to him, short-lived actions; it went out from him,
immortal thoughts.” Then comes another double contrast,
“It came to him, business; it went from him,
poetry.” Then another triple contrast is used, “It was
dead fact; now, it is quick thought.” Then comes the
positive statement that “It can stand and it can go.” A
concluding series then follows, “It now endures, it now
flies, it now inspires,” and the paragraph ends with the
conditional phrase and the concluding phrases, “Precisely
in proportion to the depth of mind from which it
issued, so high does it soar, so long does it sing,” the
concluding clause containing the double contrast, “so
high does it soar, so long does it sing.” Few paragraphs
of like length contain so much thought as does this
one of Emerson’s, and the immensity of thought could
be placed in such a small space only because of the skilful
disposition of the words, the meaning being made clear
by the clever placing of one word against another word,
one idea against another idea. The sentences are short,
and while they may not be particularly beautiful, they
are exceedingly strong.
In Lincoln’s Second Inaugural Address is this telling
sentence:
To strengthen, perpetuate, and extend this interest
[slavery] was the object for which the insurgents would
rend the Union, even by war; while the government claimed
no right to do more than to restrict the territorial enlargement
of it.
The words “strengthen, perpetuate, and extend” are a
commencing series because they act on the word “interest.”
Slavery was the object for which the insurgents
would separate the Union, even by going to the extreme
of making war; while the Federal Government claimed
merely the right to prevent its spreading into the territories.
What makes this sentence so clear and so forceful
is the manner in which the contrast is brought out
regarding the acts of the insurgents and the claims of the
Government.
One of the most expressive and best constructed sentences
in English literature is the following from
Lincoln’s Gettysburg Address:
The world will little note nor long remember what we
say here, but it can never forget what they did here.
This is a triple opposition, “The world will little note
nor long remember” being contrasted with “but it can
never forget,” “we” with “they,” and “say” with
“did.”
Another beautiful specimen of construction is the last
paragraph of Lincoln’s Second Inaugural Address:
With malice toward none; with charity for all; with
firmness in the right, as God gives us to see the right—let
us strive on to finish the work we are in: to bind up the
nation’s wounds; to care for him who shall have borne
the battle, and for his widow and his orphan; to do all
which may achieve and cherish a just and lasting peace
among ourselves, and with all nations.
Had Lincoln merely said “with malice toward none”
it would not have meant half so much as it does with the
words “with charity for all” added. This example emphasizes
the force of contrast, for by stating the positive
“with charity for all” as well as the negative “with
malice toward none,” he makes his expressed thought
clear, strong, and comprehensive, clinching the subject
and leaving no possible loophole for a misunderstanding
to creep in. “With firmness in the right” is fittingly
qualified by “as God gives us to see the right,” and the
thought is splendidly closed with “let us strive on to
finish the work we are in.” Then by means of a concluding
series he states what this work is that we should
strive to finish, and he concludes with the general summing
up, “to do all which may achieve and cherish a
just and lasting peace among ourselves, and with all
nations.”
Daniel Webster, in his address on the occasion of the
laying of the corner-stone of Bunker Hill Monument,
used this sentence:
Human beings are composed, not of reason only, but of
imagination also, and sentiment; and that is neither wasted
nor misapplied which is appropriated to the purpose of giving
right direction to sentiment, and opening proper springs of
feeling in the heart.
The orator states that reason is a portion of the composition
out of which human beings are made, but that
it is not the only ingredient; that imagination is a part
also, as is sentiment, and that nothing is either wasted or
misapplied which is used in rightly directing feeling, and
freeing the heart of all obstructions in order that its
emotions may come forth. In doing this, Webster uses
the qualified negative “not of reason only,” meaning, of
course, that human beings are composed of reason, but
stating that they are not composed “only” of reason,
but of reason, imagination, and sentiment, and then, by
means of two negatives, “neither” and “nor,” he states
that whatever is used for the object of rightly directing
sentiment is not wasted and not misapplied.
In the same address, he says:
If, indeed, there be anything in local association fit to
affect the mind of man, we need not strive to repress the
emotions which agitate us here. We are among the sepulchers
of our fathers. We are on ground distinguished by
their valor, their constancy, and the shedding of their blood.
The first phrase is conditional, the balance of the sentence
is negative. The orator ably opens with a condition
because he is sure of all his listeners subscribing
to it, and then he says that if there is anything of a local
nature that is proper to act sufficiently on man’s mind as
to make an impression on it, then certainly we, standing
over the graves of our fathers, and on the very ground
that drank their blood, shed in the cause of liberty, should
not be ashamed to give expression to the emotions these
associations cause us to feel. In constructing these three
sentences Webster uses a conditional clause and a concluding
one, and two positive sentences, the last one consisting
of a concluding series. The last sentence is much
stronger and better as a series of three members than
it would be as a sentence containing but one. It is far
better to weld together the three facts that the ground was
distinguished by their valor, their constancy, and the
shedding of their blood, than it would be to state merely
that it was distinguished by their valor.
Here is another of Webster’s grand and expressive
periods:
On this question of principle, while actual suffering was
yet far off, they raised their flag against a power, to which,
for purposes of foreign conquest and subjugation, Rome,
in the height of her glory, is not to be compared—a power
which has dotted over the surface of the whole globe with
her possessions and military posts, whose morning drumbeat,
following the sun, and keeping company with the hours,
circles the earth with one continuous and unbroken strain
of the martial airs of England.
This is a long sentence but a strong one and it is constructed
so as to bring to the mind of the listener the
picture which the speaker possessed. Notice that if the
parenthetical phrases, which aid so much in picturing the
scene, were omitted, the sentence would not be more
than half its present size, but the vividness of the picture
would disappear with the curtailing of the sentence.
Here is the main idea: “On this question of principle
they raised their flag against a power to which Rome is
not to be compared—a power which has dotted over the
surface of the whole globe with her possessions and military
posts, whose morning drumbeat circles the earth
with one continuous and unbroken strain of the martial
airs of England.” This example is cited to show that
what are called loose sentences are necessary to beauty of
expression and vivid picturing. Notice how the parenthetical
clauses amplify and explain the thought—“while
actual suffering was yet far off,” “for purposes of foreign
conquest and subjugation,” “in the height of her
glory,” “following the sun, and keeping company with
the hours.” Without these coloring clauses the sentence
would be strong, but it would lose much of its beauty.
Let us examine here an extract from the oratory of the
ancients. Demosthenes, in his speech, “Against the Law
of Leptines,” delivered in 355 b. c., uses this language:
If now you condemn the law, as we advise, the deserving
will have their rights from you; and if there be any underserving
party, as I grant there may be, such a one, besides
being deprived of his honor, will suffer what penalty you
think proper according to the amended statute, while the
commonwealth will appear faithful, just, true to all men.
Should you decide in its favor, which I trust you will not,
the good will be wronged on account of the bad, the underserving
will be the cause of misfortune to others, and suffer
no punishment themselves, while the commonwealth (contrary
to what I said just now) will be universally esteemed
faithless, envious, base. It is not meet, O Athenians, that
for so foul a reproach you should reject fair and honorable
advantages. Remember, each of you individually will share
in the reputation of your common judgment. It is plain
to the bystanders and to all men that in the court Leptines
is contending with us, but in the mind of each of you jurymen
generosity is arrayed against envy, justice against
iniquity, all that is virtuous against all that is base.
The above is a literal translation of a portion of a
speech that was delivered more than twenty-two centuries
ago, and yet, in its construction, it does not differ
in any material manner from a well constructed speech
of today. Notice the conditional, “If now you condemn
the law,” followed by the parenthetical, “as we advise,”
and the concluding, “the deserving will have their rights
from you,” and compare the passage with any modern
expression of a like nature. They will be found to correspond
in every manner so far as the construction is
concerned. Examine the extract in its entirety and you
will see that a skilful use is made of negatives, positives,
parentheses, conditionals, oppositions, series, and all the
many forms of arranging words for an effective conveyance
of thought which are possessed by speakers of the
present time. In the manner of its construction, this
extract from the speech of Demosthenes does not differ
from the speeches of Seward, Webster, Emerson, and
Lincoln which are here quoted, as they all depend for
their effectiveness on the proper use of the rules of apposition,
opposition, series, inflection, and emphasis; and
all students of oratory are urged to study closely the
chapters of this book which are devoted to these subjects.
Coming down to our own day, we find in the utterances
of Roosevelt, Taft, Bryan, Watterson, La Follette,
and many others the selfsame means of construction as
were employed by Gorgias, Demosthenes, and Cicero.
Theodore Roosevelt, in his address delivered at Chicago,
April 10, 1899, used this forceful language:
As it is with the individual, so it is with the nation. It
is a base untruth to say that happy is that nation that has
no history. Thrice happy is the nation that has a glorious
history. Far better is it to dare mighty things, to win glorious
triumphs, even though checkered by failure, than
to take rank with those poor spirits who neither enjoy much
nor suffer much, because they live in the gray twilight
that knows neither victory nor defeat.
Col. Roosevelt first compares the individual with the
nation. He then employs an emphatic contradiction, following
it with a short positive sentence. Then comes an
effective contrast, separated to allow the use of a parenthetical
phrase which amplifies the statement, and the
end is a picture drawn with a few words—“because they
live in the gray twilight that knows neither victory nor
defeat.”
William H. Taft, speaking at the unveiling of Lincoln’s
statue at Frankfort, Kentucky, on November 8,
1911, summed up the character of Abraham Lincoln in these
well-chosen words:
With his love of truth, the supreme trait of his intellect,
accompanied by a conscience that insisted on the right as
he knew it, with a great heart full of tenderness, we have
the combination that made Lincoln one of the two greatest
Americans.
President Taft uses a commencing series and a parenthetical
clause for conveying his thought. The series
consists of three phrases: “With his love of truth,”
“accompanied by a conscience that insisted on the right
as he knew it,” and “with a great heart full of tenderness,”
the sense being completed by “we have the combination
that made Lincoln one of the two greatest
Americans.” The phrase, “the supreme trait of his intellect,”
is parenthetical.
Col. Henry Watterson, on the same occasion, spoke
thus:
Called like one of old, within a handful of years he rose
at a supreme moment to supreme command, fulfilled the law
of his being, and passed from the scene an exhalation of
the dawn of freedom. We may still hear his cheery voice
bidding us to be of good heart, sure that “right makes might,”
entreating us to pursue “with firmness in the right as God
gives us to see the right.”
Here we have the thought expressed by means of a concluding
series of four members, and two positive statements
reënforced by two quotations from Lincoln’s
Cooper Union Speech.
word-pictures
Besides the use of inflection, emphasis, and the arrangement
of words, orators use word-pictures for conveying
their ideas; as,
When I look around and see our prosperity in everything—agriculture,
commerce, art, science, and every department
of education, physical and mental, as well as moral
advancement, and our colleges—I think, in the face of such
an exhibition, if we can, without the loss of power, or any
essential right or interest, remain in the Union, it is our
duty to ourselves and to posterity to—let us not too readily
yield to this temptation—do so. Our first parents, the
great progenitors of the human race, were not without a
like temptation when in the garden of Eden. They were led
to believe that their condition would be bettered, that their
eyes would be opened, and that they would become as gods.
They, in an evil hour, yielded. Instead of becoming gods,
they only saw their nakedness.
—Alexander H. Stephens
The illustration commences with “Our first parents” and
continues to the end. It is more effective in pointing out
the danger besetting the South in listening to the temptation
to sever the Union than is all the rest of the paragraph.
The prophecy as to the effect of listening to the
voice of the tempter is forcefully summed up in the
sentence: “Instead of becoming gods, they only saw
their nakedness.” By means of directing the thought to
the dire consequences attending the fall of Adam and
Eve through listening to temptation, the orator magnifies
the effects that would follow a dissolution of the union
of the states. The object in employing word-pictures is
to convey an idea by means of suggestion, and, when so
used, they become powerful weapons in the hands of a
speaker. Here is another excellent illustration:
Books are for the scholar’s idle times. When he can
read God directly the hour is too precious to be wasted in
other men’s transcripts of their readings. But when the
intervals of darkness come, as come they must—when the
sun is hid and the stars withdraw their shining—we repair
to the lamps which were kindled by their ray, to guide our
steps to the East again, where the dawn is. We hear, that
we may speak. The Arabian proverb says, “A fig tree,
looking on a fig tree, becomes fruitful.”
—Ralph Waldo Emerson
Pictures are powerful means of conveying thoughts,
and often more can be expressed by deftly painting a
word-picture than could be imparted by a lengthy narration.
Here is a good example:
Let me picture to you the footsore Confederate soldier,
as, buttoning up in his faded jacket the parole which was
to bear testimony to his children of his fidelity and faith, he
turned his face southward from Appomattox, in April,
1865. Think of him as ragged, half-starved, heavy-hearted,
enfeebled by want and wounds, having fought to exhaustion;
he surrenders his gun, wrings the hands of his comrades
in silence, and lifting his tear-stained and pallid face for
the last time to the graves that dot the old Virginia hills,
pulls his gray cap over his brow and begins the slow and
painful journey.
—Henry W. Grady
This certainly brings the whole scene before us in a
moment. We see the hills of Virginia, dotted over with
the graves of the dead soldiers; groups of grizzled veterans,
the remnant of that wonderful fighting machine
that had followed the ill-starred flag of the Confederacy
under its beloved leader; the typical southern soldier
wringing the hands of his comrades, and sorrowfully,
but manfully, turning his face towards home. The picture,
as presented by Henry W. Grady, is more
eloquent than the narration of the story would have been.
Henry Watterson, a lover of oratory, and himself an
orator of no mean ability, speaking at the unveiling of
Lincoln’s statue at Frankfort, Kentucky, on November
8, 1911, spoke thus of the great American:
Reviled as the Man of Galilee, slain even as the Man
of Galilee, yet as gentle and unoffending, a man who died
for men! Roll the stone from the grave and what shall
we see? Just an American. The Declaration of Independence
his Confession of Faith. The Constitution of the United
States his Ark and Covenant of Liberty. The Union his
redoubt, the flag his shibboleth.
Here is presented a striking picture by means of the
simile. With the charm and skill of a true orator,
Colonel Watterson employs the lowly Nazarene to symbolize
the portraiture of one who, like Himself, “went
about doing good,” and he does it so delicately as in no
manner to jar or hurt the religious sensibilities of the
most devout follower of the Man of Galilee. All the
orator’s references are biblical, and eminently fitting.
The mention of the Man of Galilee, the manner of His
death, the rolling of the stone away, the Ark and the
Covenant, and the shibboleth,—all these keep the mind
of the reader or the listener on the picture as presented
by the orator, and cause the great Emancipator to stand
forth clothed in the splendor of his glorious attributes,
which are colored and magnified through being likened
reverently to the character of Jesus.
Daniel Webster delighted in the use of pictures. Here
is one from his address delivered at the laying of the
corner-stone of the Bunker Hill Monument, at Charlestown,
Mass., June 17, 1825:
We do not read even of the discovery of this continent,
without feeling something of a personal interest in the
event; without being reminded how much it has affected our
own fortunes and our own existence. It is more impossible
for us, therefore, than for others, to contemplate with unaffected
minds that interesting, I may say that most touching
and pathetic scene, when the great discoverer of America
stood on the deck of his shattered bark, the shades of night
falling on the sea, yet no man sleeping; tossed on the billows
of an unknown ocean, yet the stronger billows of alternate
hope and despair tossing his own troubled thoughts: extending
forward his harassed frame, straining westward his
anxious and eager eyes, till Heaven at last granted him a
moment of rapture and ecstasy, in blessing his vision with
the sight of the unknown world.
Here is another example taken from his speech in
what is known as the White Murder Case:
An aged man, without an enemy in the world, in his own
house, and in his own bed, is made the victim of a butcherly
murder, for mere pay. The deed was executed with a
degree of self-possession and steadiness equal to the wickedness
with which it was planned. The circumstances, now
clearly in evidence, spread out the whole scene before us.
Deep sleep had fallen on the destined victim, and on all
beneath his roof. A healthful old man, to whom sleep was
sweet, the first sound slumbers held him in their soft but
strong embrace. The assassin enters through the window,
already prepared, into an unoccupied apartment. With
noiseless foot he paces the lonely hall, half-lighted by the
moon—he winds up in the ascent of stairs, and reaches the
door of the chamber. Of this he moves the lock, by soft
and continued pressure, till it turns on its hinges without
noise; and he enters, and beholds his victim before him.
This is certainly vividly drawn, and it shows the effectiveness
of stating important things by means of pictures.
Writers of good prose, as well as poets, use the figure
of speech for creating mental images by means of the
written word, and the speaker who employs the spoken
word for producing like results will surely meet with like
success. Emerson, in writing on this subject, produces
a striking picture. In his essay on “Poetry and Imagination,”
he says:
The poet gives us the eminent experiences only—a god
stepping from peak to peak, nor planting his foot but on a
mountain.
Shakespeare creates a marvellous picture thus:
Look here, upon this picture, and on this,
The counterfeit presentment of two brothers.
See what a grace was seated on this brow;
Hyperion’s curls, the front of Jove himself,
An eye like Mars, to threaten and command;
A station like the herald Mercury
New-lighted on a heaven-kissing hill;
A combination and a form indeed,
Where every god did seem to set his seal
To give the world assurance of a man.
[1]
Note the ascending force of this extract from Hamlet.
The drawing of the picture, delineating the brow, hair,
eyes, etc., the description of the bearing, and the final
summing up,
A combination and a form indeed,
Where every god did seem to set his seal
To give the world assurance of a man.
It would seem to be impossible for mortal man to make
a picture more vivid than is the one here presented in
words by the magic art of Shakespeare.
the use of word-pictures
What benefit is to be derived from the use of word-pictures?
An illustration, or picture, is quickly comprehended,
and will abide with the hearer when plain facts and
colorless words are forgotten. Christ did the most of
His teaching by means of similitudes: “The sower and
the seed,” “The laborers in the vineyard,” “The ten virgins,”
are but instances of His employment of this means
of conveying an insight into difficult problems. In fact,
in the Gospel according to St. Matthew, xiii:34, it is
stated:
All these things spake Jesus unto the multitude in parables:
and without a parable spoke he not unto them.
Henry Ward Beecher, in his sermon, “Poverty and
the Gospel,” used this figure of speech:
On the Niagara River logs come floating down and strike
an island, and there they lodge and accumulate for a little
while, and won’t go over. But the rains come, the snow
melts, the river rises, and the logs are lifted up and down,
and they go swinging over the falls. There is a certain
river of political life, and everything has to go into it first
or last; and if, in the days to come, a man separates himself
from his fellows without sympathy, if his wealth and power
make poverty feel itself more poor and men’s misery more
miserable, and set against him the whole stream of popular
feeling, that man is in danger.
From what source is the speaker to take his illustrations?
From all sources: history, books, his own experience,
and, best of all, nature. Emerson states the matter in
this comprehensive manner:
I had rather have a good symbol of my thought, or a
good analogy, than the suffrage of Kant or Plato. If you
agree with me, or if Locke or Montesquieu agree, I may
yet be wrong; but if the elm-tree thinks the same thing, if
running water, if burning coal, if crystals, if alkalies, in
their several fashions, say what I say, it must be true.
How is the speaker to make the picture so vivid that
it will be immediately seen and comprehended by the
listener?
By seeing it himself. The speaker must see with his
mind’s eye the complete picture before he utters the first
word descriptive of it. He must first see the picture in
its entirety and be sure of his application of it before
starting on the word-picturing, and as he develops the
picture step by step, or phrase by phrase, he must keep
in mind not only that portion of the picture he is then
describing but must retain the picture in its entirety.
This will cause his mentality to go into his voice, help
him to hold on to his thought, and stamp the picture upon
the minds and hearts of his listeners.
the use of stories
Stories introduced into speeches, if really introduced
and not dragged in, serve many useful purposes. They
attract the attention of the audience and secure for the
speaker an opportunity entertainingly to commence his
remarks instead of abruptly jumping into them, like a
speaker bounding upon the platform instead of walking
gracefully upon it; they often express in a few words
what otherwise would require a long explanation; and
they also permit a speaker to retire in an effective manner
from an awkward or embarrassing situation. This
last point is illustrated in the following story told by
Rev. Joseph Parker and used by him as a wedge to get
out of a meeting without offending the feelings of the
other members. It created a good-natured laugh, and
this made the opening that permitted the reverend gentleman
gracefully to retire.
“Now, my dear children,” said the good priest, “where
shall we put St. Patrick? Shall we put him where the sapphire
river rolls around the throne of the Almighty? No;
we will not put him there. Shall we put him where the golden
light plays around the golden city? No; we will not put him
there. Shall we put him in a boat sailing over the golden
lake when the angels are calling? No; we will not put him
there.” For a fourth time he demanded in a loud voice:
“Where shall we put St. Patrick?” Then at that moment
a peasant called out: “Well then, shure, you can put him
here, for I’m going.”
Robert Browning, in a most entertaining letter addressed
to Elizabeth Barrett, under date of April 8, 1846,
discoursed on several subjects, among them being the
proposition that repentance must precede forgiveness,
and to illustrate his idea he narrated the following story,
which might be used effectively in a speech:
Some soldiers were talking over a watch fire abroad. One
said that once he was travelling in Scotland and knocked at a
cottage-door. An old woman with one child let him in, gave
him a supper and a bed. Next morning he asked her how
they lived, and she said, the cow, the milk of which he was
drinking, and the kale in the garden, such as he was eating—were
all her “marlien” or sustenance—whereon, rising to
go, he for the fun, “killed the cow and destroyed the kale”—“the
old witch crying out she should certainly be starved”—then
he went his way. “And she was starved, of course,”
said a young man; “do you rue it?”—The other laughed,
“Rue aught like that!”—The young man said, “I was the
boy, and that was my mother—now then!”—(pierces him
with his sword). “If you had rued it”—the youth said—“You
should have answered it only to God!”
John P. Curran, at the trial of the Drogheda Defenders,
April 23, 1794, told this story, in order to make clear
his views regarding the strength that exists in unity:
Upon this principle acted the dying man whose family
had been disturbed by domestic contentions. Upon his death-bed
he calls his children around him; he orders a bundle
of twigs to be brought; he has them untied; he gives to each
of them a single twig; he orders them to be broken—and
it is done with facility. He next orders the twigs to be
united in a bundle, and orders each of them to try their
strength upon it. They shrink from the task as impossible.
Thus my children, continued the old man, it is union alone
that can render you secure against the attempts of your
enemies, and preserve you in that state of happiness which
I wish you to enjoy.
In the celebrated case of People vs. Durant, tried
in San Francisco, Cal., in the year 1895, the district attorney,
William S. Barnes, as demonstrating the fallacy of
direct evidence where the witness endeavors to “back
up” that evidence with circumstances which existed only
in the fancy of the witness, or were “manufactured out
of whole cloth,” used this effective illustration:
There is a time-honored story which is commonly used as
an illustration in the trial of cases. It is of a will case,
that contest being over its probate. Counsel asked the
proponent who sealed the will and she said the testator did.
She had provided the material for the sealing, but the
deceased had placed the wax in the candle and had pressed
the seal in her presence. Counsel then turned to the Court
and said: “Your worship, it is a wafer.” This is the wafer
in the case.
summary
Do not the citations given in this chapter show conclusively
that modern and ancient modes of constructing
orations are identical, and that it would be well for all
who would attain distinction as speakers to study the
means employed by those who have gone before? The
author replies in the affirmative, and he reiterates his
advice to all students of oratory to study faithfully the
productions of the great orators of all times. In doing
this, the student should be careful not to be a mere
copyist; he must not make an echo of himself, repeating
the forms of others, but he should study the principles
underlying the arts of construction and delivery as employed
by the masters who preceded him, and then apply
the principles in his own individual manner. A student
who is taught parrot fashion—that is, by imitation—will
never equal his teacher, because he will lack the one
great thing of value in every art—individuality; but
one who is taught by principle, as well as by example,
may far excel his preceptor. Issues and problems change,
orators pass into the realm of shade; but the principles
of oratory continue practically the same through all
climes and ages.
the application of the means
The previous chapter was used to show what means
orators employed in constructing their oratory, and
this chapter will be devoted to showing students how to
adopt and use those means. It would be of little use to
tell students of oratory how others made their effects
unless they are shown how they can produce equal
results; therefore this chapter will be a chapter of hows.
It will consider the proper arrangement of all the forms
of creating and delivering the oratorical message, and
deal at length with the conveying of the thought by
means of the putting together of words and interpreting
it through an understanding and an application of inflection
and emphasis. It has been shown that oratory,
through all its existence, has been created by means of
the effective use of negative and positive words, phrases,
and sentences; correct application of apposition and opposition;
proper grouping of words and phrases in the form
of series; the driving home and clinching of points; and
many other ways of conveying thought by means of
speech, and that these means have been passed from
Gorgias to Isaeus, from Isaeus to Demosthenes, from
Demosthenes to Cicero, and from these masters of old
transmitted to Webster, Clay, Lincoln, Roosevelt, Bryan,
Watterson, and the other able and careful public speakers
of our day. Not only will the arrangement of words be
thoroughly considered, but their utterance will receive
much attention, the aim of the author being to show how,
by the inflection, emphasis, and tone of the living voice,
thought can be interpreted, and an impression made by
the speaker on the minds and actions of others by means
of the spoken word. Attention will also be given to getting
the mentality into the voice, making the soul of the
speaker shine through the medium that is to make the
thought apparent to the listener.
inflection
What is inflection? Inflection is a bending of the voice.
How many inflections are there? Two. The rising and
the falling.
What does the rising inflection signify? The rising
inflection, in the main, signifies uncertainty. Whatever is
uncertain, negative, qualified, conditional, incomplete, or
continuous, requires the rising inflection; as,
Uncertainty. A government having at its command the
armies, the fleets, and the revenues of Great Britain, might
possibly hold Ireland by the sword. . . . But, to govern
Great Britain by the sword—so wild a thought has never,
I will venture to say, occurred to any public man of any
party.
—Macaulay
In this example the first sentence is uncertain because
Ireland might possibly be held by the sword, but it is
not certain that it could be. The second sentence is
assertive, and requires the falling inflection.
Negative. He have arbitrary power! My Lords, the
East India Company have not arbitrary power to give
him; the King has no arbitrary power to give
him; your Lordships have not; nor the Commons; nor the whole
legislature. We have no arbitrary power to give, because
arbitrary power is a thing which neither any man can
hold nor any man can give.
—Burke
Here is a splendid string of negatives, not demonstratively
spoken, but given in the form of clear argumentation,
and for that reason every member requires the
rising inflection. The opening exclamation, “He have
arbitrary power,” should be given the falling inflection
because it is a positive denial of his right to possess it.
Were this extract spoken vehemently instead of argumentatively,
it would take the falling inflection on all
its members; but it is clearly intended to be negatively
spoken, because the orator immediately follows it with
positive statements, thus denoting a contrast. Therefore
the exclamation alone is given the falling inflection.
Exception. It should be remembered that only while
the thought is negative should the words be given the
rising inflection, and that whenever emphasis is placed
on the negative word it removes the negative quality and
makes the thought positive, thus necessitating the use of
the falling inflection. Consequently, whenever a negative
is used in the sense of a contradiction it should be given
the falling inflection, because it is just as positive to deny
the assertion of a speaker as it is for the speaker to make
the assertion; as,
I am charged with being an emissary of France. An
emissary of France! and for what end? It is alleged that I
wish to sell the independence of my country! and for what
end? Was this the object of my ambition; and is this the
mode by which a tribunal of justice reconciles contradictions?
No! I am no emissary.
—Robert Emmet
The positive statement is, “I am charged with being an
emissary of France”; and the contradiction, “No! I am
no emissary.” Emphasis being placed on the negative
word “no” necessitates the falling inflection being used
in order to make the contradiction positive.
Qualified Negative. A negative is qualified when it is
restricted in any manner by the use of such words as
“only,” “alone,” “merely,” etc., such words receiving
the inflection and being negatived; as,
In reading great orations one not only learns something
of the methods and style of the orator, but obtains an
epitome of the history of the times.
—William Jennings Bryan
Mr. Bryan here states that by means of reading one
learns something of the methods and style of the orator,
and also gains an epitome of the history of the times;
and that he does not only learn the former, but that he
also gains the latter. In this sentence everything is positive
except the negatived word “only,” this being the
only word in the sentence that is acted upon by the negative
word “not,” because the reader learns something of
the methods and style of the orator, but not only this,
because he obtains an epitome of the history of the times
as well. “Only,” being the negatived word (the word
upon which the negative acts), it should be given the
rising inflection, while the balance of the sentence, being
positive, should be given the falling inflection.
Qualified. I believe in the doctrine of peace; but, Mr.
President, men must have liberty before there can come
abiding peace.
—John M. Thurston
The phrase, “I believe in the doctrine of peace,” is qualified
by the concluding statement, “men must have liberty
before there can come abiding peace”; and any expression
that is qualified should be given the rising inflection.
In this example Senator Thurston states that he believes
in peace, provided peace can be had with liberty; but that
if the loss of liberty is the price exacted for peace, then
he prefers war. In order to convey the meaning of this
example, the first phrase should be given the rising inflection
and the last phrase the falling; the qualified taking
the rising, and the concluding the falling inflection.
Conditional. If ye love wealth better than liberty,
the tranquility of servitude than the animating contest of freedom,
go from us in peace.
—Samuel Adams
Here we have two conditional phrases and one concluding
phrase. All expressions that are conditional in character
require the rising inflection, and the clause that concludes
the sentence takes the inflection that interprets
the thought. Therefore, if the concluding clause is positive,
as in this example, it should be given the falling
inflection; but if negative, it should be given the rising
inflection. There is no exception to the conditional clause
taking the rising inflection, because it is always uncertain
in character, and whatever is uncertain should always be
given the rising inflection, but the concluding clause,
whenever it is negative, is given the rising inflection; as,
So, on the other hand, if I take the life of another, without
being aware of any intended violence on his part, it
will constitute no excuse for me to prove that he intended
an attack upon me.
—Sargent S. Prentiss
Continuity. Whenever the thought is continuous the
rising inflection should be employed until a conclusion is
reached; as,
In speaking to you, men of the greatest city of the West,
men of the state which gave to the country Lincoln and
Grant, men who preëminently and distinctly embody all that
is most American in the American character, I wish to
preach, not the doctrine of ignoble ease, but the doctrine
of the strenuous life, the life of toil and effort, of labor and
strife.
—Roosevelt
The thought here is continuous and incomplete until we
come to the phrase “the doctrine of the strenuous life,”
and in order to obtain an unbroken flow of speech the
rising inflection should be used until the close of the
negative phrase “not the doctrine of ignoble ease,” but
from there to the end of the sentence the falling inflection
should be used because of its positive character and
the fact that the thought is practically complete with the
utterance of the phrase “but the doctrine of the strenuous
life,” all that follows being merely an amplification.
questions
How many kinds of questions are there? Two.
What are they called? They are called direct and
indirect.
What difference is there between these two kinds of
questions? The direct question may be answered by
either yes or no; the indirect question is answered by
a statement or explanation. Usually there is uncertainty
as to the answer to the direct question, and therefore the
question should generally be given the rising inflection,
but as soon as uncertainty ceases to exist as to the answer
to a question, it should be given the falling inflection.
Therefore, if the speaker knows that the answer is sure
to be yes, or if he knows that the answer is sure to be
no, the question should take the falling inflection, for then
there would be no uncertainty as to the reply to the
question. On the other hand, if, for any reason, the
quality of uncertainty exists in the indirect question, it
should be given the rising inflection. The general supposition
regarding questions is that they usually require
the rising inflection, but the reverse of this is the fact.
A question should only be given the rising inflection
when the speaker is not sure as to whether the answer
will be yes or no, or when an indirect question is expressive
of the uncertainty of the speaker; as, What did you
say? Direct questions, whenever the answer is anticipated,
or the question repeated with marked emphasis, or
spoken with earnestness in the shape of an appeal, should
be given the falling inflection; as,
Immortal spirits of Hampden, Locke, and Sidney, will it
not add to your benevolent joys to behold your posterity
rising to the dignity of men, and evincing to the world the
reality and expediency of your systems, and in the actual
enjoyment of that equal liberty, which you were happy,
when on earth, in delineating and recommending to mankind?
—Samuel Adams
The falling inflection should be given this direct question
because the anticipated answer is yes.
The falling inflection should be given a direct question
such as,
Has the gentlemen done? has he completely done?
The reason the falling inflection is here used is that the question is
repeated with marked emphasis, and whenever a question is so repeated it
should be given the falling inflection on the repetition.
The falling inflection should also be given all direct
questions that are earnest appeals; as,
Will you please forgive me?
Direct Question. Undoubtedly the world is better; but
would it have been better if everybody had then insisted
that it was the best of all possible worlds, and that we must
despond if sometimes a cloud gathers in the sky, or a Benedict
Arnold appeared in the patriot army, or even a Judas
Iscariot among the chosen twelve?
—George W. Curtis
Indirect Question. When, O Catiline, do you mean to
cease abusing our patience? How long is that madness of
yours still to mock us? When is there to be an end of that
unbridled audacity of yours, swaggering about as it does now?
—Cicero
A direct question is sometimes used in the form of a
statement; as,
The constitutional question is: Has Congress the power,
under our Constitution, to hold in subjection unwilling vassal
states?
—George F. Hoar
This is a direct question, but because it is a statement put
forth to be argued it should be given the falling inflection.
If a request is made of a presiding officer for
information regarding what question is then before the
body, and the officer replies with a direct question, he
should give it the falling inflection, because he does not
speak it as a question but as a statement in reply to the
member’s question as to what is then before the meeting.
What does the falling inflection signify?
The falling inflection, in the main, signifies certainty.
The arrival at a result, commands (whether negatively or
positively constructed), and all positive words, phrases,
and sentences, require, as a rule, the falling inflection.
The Arrival at a Result. We are all born in subjection,
all born equally, high and low, governors and governed,
in subjection to one great, immutable pre-existent law, prior
to all our devices, and prior to all our contrivances, paramount
to all our ideas, and all our sensations, antecedent
to our very existence, by which we are knit and connected
to the eternal frame of the universe, out of which we cannot stir.
—Burke
The result here is not reached until we come to the final
phrase “out of which we cannot stir,” and although this
is a negative phrase, so far as the construction goes, it
requires the falling inflection because it closes the thought
and is positive in its nature.
Commands. These things I command you, that ye love
one another.
—St. John, xv., 17
This is a commandment given by Jesus to His disciples,
and both phrases require the falling inflection. It makes
no difference whether the command is to do or not to do
a certain thing, all commandments, of whatever nature,
require falling inflection; as,
Thou shalt not make unto thee any graven image, or any
likeness of any thing that is in heaven above, or that is in
the earth beneath, or that is in the water under the earth.
—Exodus, xx., 4
Also, Honor thy father and thy mother: that thy days may
be long upon the land which the Lord thy God giveth thee.
—Exodus, xx., 12
Positive. To the cant about the pharisaism of reform
there is one short and final answer. The man who tells the
truth is a holier man than the liar. The man who does not
steal is a better man than the thief.
—George W. Curtis
All positive words, phrases, and sentences require, as a
rule, the falling inflection, the only exception being when
the words or phrases are arranged in the form of a
series. This point is fully brought out and developed in
the treatment of series in another part of this chapter.
Qualified Positives. The words “only,” “alone,”
“merely,” etc., when not qualified by the negative word
“not,” generally qualify some other word or phrase; as,
Every thing around was wrapped in darkness, and hushed
in silence, broken only by what seemed, at that hour, the
unearthly clank and rush of the train.
—Edward Everett
Here “only” qualifies what the silence was broken by.
The meaning being that it was broken by but one thing,
and that was “the unearthly clank and rush of the train.”
“Only,” in this example, requires the falling inflection
because it is positive.
Apposition. By means of the addition of words or
phrases of like natures, we illustrate and explain; as,
The hardest chemist, the severest analyzer, scornful of all
but the driest fact, is forced to keep the poetic
curve of nature, and his result is like a myth of
Theocritus.[1]
—Emerson
“The severest analyzer” is employed to explain what
“the hardest chemist” is, therefore the two phrases
are in apposition. This form of construction is often used
in explaining who persons are; as,
I, Henry V, King of England, etc.
All these terms are in apposition and should receive the
same inflection, because identity of inflection conveys
similarity of thought. Here is another good example of
apposition:
Identity of law, perfect order in physics, perfect parallelism
between the laws of nature and the laws of thought exist.
—Emerson
emphasis
What is emphasis? Any impressive utterance
that arrests the attention of the listener.
Is it placed merely on single words? No. It may be
placed on individual words, phrases, or sentences.
Does it consist of force alone? No. Emphasis consists
of time, pitch, force, quality, and location.
Time. By time is meant the rapidity of utterance; as,
With noiseless foot he paces the lonely hall, half lighted
by the moon—he winds up the ascent of stairs, and reaches
the door of the chamber.
—Daniel Webster
The idea is here brought out by means of the slow, measured
manner in which the murderer is described noiselessly
passing through the lonely hall and winding up the
stairway. If this passage were quickly and violently
spoken, a mis-interpretation would be given it. Time, in
this instance, gives emphasis to the thought.
The light of the newly kindled sun, indeed, was glorious.
It struck upon all the planets, and waked into existence
their myriad capacities of life and joy. As it rebounded
from them, and showed their vast orbs all wheeling, circle
beyond circle in their stupendous course, the sons of God
shouted for joy.
—Horace Mann
This passage is also made emphatic by the time employed.
It requires rapidity of utterance in order to express the
ideas of the awakening of life and the joy of man.
Pitch. By pitch is meant the tone of voice employed—its
height or depth; as,
With simple resignation, he [Garfield] bowed to the divine
decree.
—James G. Blaine
The words “With simple resignation” require simplicity
of voice, but the phrase “he bowed to the divine decree”
should be spoken in a low, impressive tone, the better to
express the feeling of reverence. The idea is here conveyed
as much by the pitch of the voice as by the words
themselves.
People of Hungary! will you die under the exterminating
sword of the savage Russians? If not, defend yourselves!
Will you look on while the Cossacks of the far North tread
under foot the bodies of your fathers, mothers, wives, and
children? If not, defend yourselves! Will you see a part
of your fellow citizens sent to the wilds of Siberia, made
to serve in the wars of tyrants, or bleed under the murderous
knout? If not, defend yourselves! Will you behold your
villages in flames, and your harvests destroyed? Will you
die of hunger on the land which your sweat has made fertile?
If not, defend yourselves!
—Louis Kossuth
This example must be spoken in an inspiring tone; the
oft-repeated phrase, “If not, defend yourselves,” should
be given a gradual rise in pitch on each repetition until
the final one is spoken almost in a shout. It is this gradual
change in pitch that increases the emphasis on this important
phrase each time it is spoken.
Force. By force is meant the loudness of voice; as,
For my part, whatever anguish of spirit it may cost, I
am willing to know the whole truth; to know the worst, and
to provide for it.
—Patrick Henry
By means of the force placed upon the words “whole,”
“worst,” and “provide,” the thought is driven home with
earnestness, and as the words grow in importance the
force of the voice should increase. It is mainly by means
of this gradual increase in the force of the voice that an
ascending series is marked; as,
Our petitions have been slighted; our remonstrances have
produced additional violence and insult, our supplications
have been disregarded; and we have been spurned, with
contempt, from the foot of the throne!
—Patrick Henry
The earnestness and force of the speaker’s delivery should
grow with each succeeding phrase, until it bursts out with
its greatest power and expression on the final one. Care
should be exercised to go from one phrase to another by
a gradual increase of force, culminating on the concluding
phrase.
All important or significant words require emphasis by
means of force; as,
It must be confessed, it will be confessed; there is no
refuge from confession but suicide, and suicide is confession.
—Daniel Webster
Quality. By quality is meant the kind of voice—whether
it is smooth or rough, rich or poor, large or
small, expressive or non-expressive of the many emotions
which the human voice is capable of producing.
A tone may be raucous, because it is held in the throat; it may
be nasal, through being held in the head; it may be
breathy, through a waste of breath; or, on the other
hand, it may possess those qualities of clearness, smoothness,
and richness that come only from a properly developed
and correctly used vocal mechanism. The quality of
the voice may be pure, aspirated, or whispered; as,
Pure Quality. This uncounted multitude before me and
around me proves the feeling which the occasion has excited.
These thousands of human faces, glowing with sympathy
and joy, and from the impulses of a common gratitude
turned reverently to heaven in this spacious temple of the
firmament, proclaim that the day, the place, and the purpose
of our assembling here made a deep impression on our
hearts.
—Daniel Webster
This example should be spoken in a clear, ringing, buoyant
voice; and, if so spoken, the quality would be pure.
Aspirated Quality. Gracious God! In the nineteenth
century to talk of constructive treason!
—William Pinkney
The words, “Gracious God!” are expressive of repressed
indignation and should be uttered in a tone that is only
partly vocalized; and, when so spoken, the quality is
aspirated. An aspirated tone is one that is surrounded
with breath, only a portion of which is vocalized.
Whispered Quality. The whisper is seldom used by
the orator, but is often employed by the actor. Whispered
speech is speech that is produced by the articulation
of breath without that breath being converted into voice.
For instance, when Hamlet sees the ghost of his father he
articulates, but does not vocalize, the following:
Angels and ministers of grace defend us!
—Shakespeare
Hamlet is so awed by the presence of the spirit of his
father as to be deprived of the use of his voice, although
he retains the ability to speak, and when one produces
speech without voice he is using the whispered quality.
The whisper is articulated breath, but not vocalized
breath. It is speech, but not voice.
Location. By location is meant the position that the
word or phrase holds in the sentence. If the emphasis
is properly built up, the speaker will move from the
weaker to the stronger, from the lesser to the greater; as,
Here, then, are the three liberties: liberty of the producer,
liberty of the distributer, liberty of the consumer. The first
two need no discussion—they have been long, thoroughly,
and brilliantly illustrated by the political economists of
Great Britain, and by her eminent statesmen; but it seems
to me that enough attention has not been directed to the
third, and, with your patience, I will dwell on that for a
moment before proceeding to other topics.
—Henry Ward Beecher
Mr. Beecher states that his intention is to speak on the
liberty of the consumer; therefore, in enumerating the
three liberties, he places the one he intends to discuss in
the vantage position—the last.
When a word, phrase, or sentence is set against another
word, phrase, or sentence, both members of the opposition
require emphasis; as,
Law and arbitrary power are in eternal enmity.
—Edmund Burke
The placing of “law” against “arbitrary power” requires
that the opposing words should be made emphatic by
means of emphasis as well as by inflection. All words or
thoughts that are contrasted (single, double, or triple
opposition) should be emphasized by the application of
force, and the contrast brought out through the proper
placing of the inflection. It is by means of inflection and
emphasis that all contrasts in delivery are marked.
The repetition of a word or phrase requires that the
repetition should be made more emphatic than the first
utterance by means of greater force; as,
They have answered then, that although two hundred
thousand of their countrymen have offered up their lives,
there yet remain lives to offer; and that it is the determination
of all, yes, of all, to persevere until they shall have
established their liberty, or until the power of their oppressors
should have relieved them from the burden of existence.
—Daniel Webster
A series of emphatic words requires that there should
be a general increase in force on all the members of the
series; as,
The universal cry is—let us move against Philip—let us
fight for our liberties—LET US CONQUER OR DIE.
—R. B. Sheridan
Where a word is used to qualify another, the qualifying
word should be emphasized; as,
They planned no sluggard people, passive while the world’s
work calls them. They established no reactionary nation.
They unfurled no retreating flag.
—Albert J. Beveridge
The fathers planted a people, established a nation, and
unfurled a flag; but they did not plant a sluggard people,
establish a reactionary nation, nor unfurl a retreating
flag. It is by means of placing the emphasis on the
qualifying words in this example that the meaning is
instantly interpreted.
Some years ago a critic,[2] in commenting on E. H.
Sothern’s reading of the line from The Love Chase,
“The cause of causes, lady,” justly criticised him for
emphasizing the unimportant word of, but the critic himself
fell into as great an error as the actor when he cited
the following as correct placing of emphasis: My heart
of hearts, the man of men,
great among the greatest,
mightiest in the mightiest, and cause of
causes. The
meaning in each instance is best brought out by placing
the principal emphasis on heart, man, great, mightiest,
and cause, and secondary emphasis on hearts, men,
greatest, mightiest, and causes. The ideas being that it
is in the very center of the heart, that he towers above all
others, that it is stronger than all others, and that it is
the creator of creatures. Therefore the phrases should
read: My heart of hearts, the
man of men, great
among the greatest, mightiest in the
mightiest,, the cause of causes.
The same critic, a little further on in the same
book,[3]
takes Julie Marlowe to task for reading the following
lines from Romeo and Juliet thus:
Deny thy father and refuse thy name.
He states it should be read:
Deny thy father and refuse thy name.
In the opinion of the author, both the actress and the
critic are half right and half wrong, the scene requiring
that emphasis should be placed on the four words; thus,
Deny thy father and refuse thy name.
This reading clearly denotes what Juliet desires shall be
done with both the father and the name; the other readings
do not.
Daniel Webster, in his reply to Senator Hayne, used
this striking arrangement of words to express his idea
of the unity of liberty and union:
Liberty and union, now and forever,
one and inseparable.
In most readers the passage is marked, liberty and union,
thus making the important connective and, which has
practically nothing to do with conveying the thought, all-important,
and sinking into insignificance the thought
words of the orator. Webster distinctly says that “liberty”
and “union” are “one and inseparable,” whereas
by putting the emphasis on the word and the speaker distinctly
states that they are two. Webster undoubtedly
intended “liberty” and “union” to be synonymous—“liberty”
meaning the same as “union,” and “union”
the same as “liberty”—what constituted the one being
exactly the same as what constituted the other. Therefore,
like emphasis should be placed on both words.
Every sentence contains at least one thought; and in
every group of words conveying a thought some particular
word carries that thought to the mind. Such words
are the thought words. This can be best illustrated by
examples. In her plea for mercy Portia says:
The quality of mercy is not
strain’d;[4]
In this line, strain’d is the word that conveys the idea.
It is not quality nor mercy that Portia desires to impress
on the mind of Shylock, but the fact that mercy is not
strain’d. Antonio had confessed the bond, Portia had
stated that nothing but the mercy of the Jew could save
him from paying the penalty, and in making this statement
she had used the word must. Shylock replied by
saying: “On what compulsion must I?” In other words,
how are you going to compel me? And it is this thought
of the Jew’s to which she replied.
In the same speech Portia says:
. . . we do pray for mercy,
And that same prayer doth teach us all to render
The deeds of mercy.
The thought words, as the author sees them, are here
italicized, but his reading of the lines differs from any
he has heard from the stage or seen marked by critics.
The great tendency is to come down hard on the word
deeds, whereas it is one of the least important words in
the entire sentence; it might be omitted without injury
to the thought or the sense. Mr. Alfred Ayres, from
whose work, Acting and Actors, the author has before
quoted, advises the laying of the stress on the word all;
but there is no better reason for emphasizing that word
than there is for placing the stress upon deeds. The
passage in the prayer to which Portia refers is: “Forgive
us our debts, as we forgive our debtors,” this
being a clear statement of the supplicant’s understanding
of the necessity of his forgiving his debtors if he is to
entertain the hope of having his debts forgiven by the
heavenly Father. The verse following the Lord’s prayer
more clearly brings out this idea: “For if ye forgive
men their trespasses, your heavenly Father will also forgive
you.”[5]
The words “pray” and “render” are,
therefore, the thought words—by means of their contrast
they bring out the idea—and for this reason they
require the emphasis. A paraphrase will demonstrate
the correctness of this statement: We ask for mercy, and
that prayer tells us to give mercy. The receiving of
mercy being contingent on the granting of it.
combined use of inflection and
emphasis
Inflection and emphasis, as before stated, are two of
the principal means at the disposal of a speaker for the
interpretation of thought. By these two means of expression,
and the use of the proper color-tone in the voice,
the thought can be clearly conveyed. By inflection and
emphasis, words, phrases, and sentences are contrasted,
and by means of contrast the mind of the listener is
directed to the point that the speaker wishes him to
see; as,
I propose, then, in what follows to make some remarks
on communion with God, or prayer in a large sense of the
word; not as regards its external consequences, but as it may
be considered to affect our own minds and hearts.
—Cardinal Newman
The speaker states that he does not intend to discuss
prayer so far as its external consequences are concerned;
and if he stopped there, we should know what he intended
not to discuss; but when he adds the positive, “but as it
may be considered to affect our own minds and hearts,”
we know exactly what he intends to avoid and what he
intends to take up, and this double knowledge is imparted
to us by means of the contrast that the Cardinal uses.
It is very well to tell a person not to do a certain thing,
but it is much stronger and more comprehensive if he is
also told what to do. It is all well and good to be told
what will not justify action on one’s part, but it is far
better to be told what will; as,
It is the apprehension of impending harm, and not its
actual existence, which constitutes the justification for
defensive action.
—Sargent S. Prentiss
Here we are told that both the existence and apprehension
of bodily harm will justify defensive action, and
the point is, therefore, placed beyond misunderstanding
by means of contrast.
How many forms of contrast are there? There are
three: the single, the double, and the triple.
What is the single contrast? The single contrast is
where one word, phrase, or sentence is contrasted with
another; as,
Helen was not a sinner, but a sufferer, and our feeling
for her should not be one of hatred, but of compassion.
—Gorgias
The sentence gives two examples of the single
contrast, “sinner” being opposed to “sufferer” and
“hatred” opposed to “compassion.”
What is the double contrast? The double contrast is
where two words or phrases are contrasted with a like
number of words or phrases; as,
In fact it is a universal law, not that the stronger should
yield to the weaker, but the weaker to the stronger; that
the stronger should lead, and the weaker follow.
—Gorgias
In this example, “stronger,” the first time it is used, is
contrasted with “weaker” the second time it is used, and the
first “weaker” with the second “stronger.” In the
second phrase, “stronger” is contrasted with “weaker,”
and “lead” with “follow.”
The double contrast requires, as a rule, that the first
member should be given the falling inflection, the second
the rising, the third the rising, and the fourth the falling,
thus bringing the first and the third, the second and the
fourth, in contrast; as,
For it is equally wrong and stupid to censure what is
commendable, and to commend what is censurable.
—Gorgias
This is a good illustration of the double contrast. “Censure”
is contrasted with “commend,” and “commendable”
with “censurable.” When the double contrast is
contained in two phrases, the first phrase being positive
and the other phrase negative, the first member should be
given the rising inflection, the second the falling, the third
the falling, and the fourth the rising. In this way
the contrast will be clearly shown and the negative and positive
qualities retained; as,
Lay not up for yourselves treasures upon earth, where
moth and rust doth corrupt, and where thieves break through
and steal; but lay up for yourselves treasures in heaven,
where neither moth nor rust doth corrupt, and where thieves
do not break through nor
steal.[6]
—The Bible
In this example, “Lay not up for yourselves treasures
upon earth” is contrasted with “but lay up for yourselves
treasures in heaven,” and as the former is negative, it
requires the rising inflection, while the latter requires the
falling inflection, because it is positive; “where moth and
rust doth corrupt, and where thieves break through and
steal” is contrasted with “where neither moth nor
rust doth corrupt, and where thieves do not break through nor
steal”; therefore the former, being positive, should be
given the falling inflection, while the latter, being negative,
should be given the rising inflection.
In the triple oppositions the inflections alternate, the
first member receiving the rising inflection, the second
the falling, the third the rising, the fourth the falling, the
fifth the rising, and the sixth the falling; as,
She loved me for the dangers I had passed,
And I loved her that she did pity them.
—Shakespeare
“She” is contrasted with the second “I,” “me” with
“her,” and “dangers” with “pity.”
What is the triple contrast? The triple contrast is
where three words or phrases are contrasted with three
other words or phrases; as,
Both parties deprecated war; but one of them would
make war rather than let the nation survive, and the other
would accept war rather than let it perish.
—Lincoln
The triple contrast is between “one” and “other,”
“make” and “accept,” “survive” and “perish.” This is
a splendidly constructed sentence, and contains more
information than many paragraphs made up of numerous
sentences. It is because of the masterly arrangement of
contrasts that so much is stated in so small a space.
How are the contrasts to be brought out? By means of
inflection and emphasis. The single contrast requires that
when both members are positive the first should be given
the rising inflection and the second the falling; as,
The human mind is the brightest display of the power
and skill of the Infinite mind with which we are acquainted.
—John Todd
The contrast is between the words “human” and “Infinite,”
and as both of them are positive, “human” is
given the rising inflection and “Infinite” the falling, thus
marking, by means of the different inflections, the difference
between the words. All words that are contrasted
are given emphasis as well as inflection.
Whenever the words or phrases that are contrasted
consist of negatives and positives, the former should be
given the rising inflection and the latter the falling inflection,
irrespective of their location; as,
They fell and were buried; but they never can die.
—George W. Curtis
In this example the positive statement that the heroes
“fell and were buried” requires the falling inflection,
while the negative one that “they never can die” should
be given the rising inflection in order to mark the contrast.
parenthesis
What is a parenthesis? A parenthesis is a secondary
idea that is interjected into a main idea in order to
amplify or explain it; as,
He who has a memory that can seize with an iron grasp
and retain what he reads—the ideas, simply, without the
language, and judgment to compare and balance—will
scarcely fail of being distinguished.
—John Todd
The main idea is, “He who has a memory that can seize
with an iron grasp and retain what he reads, will scarcely
fail of being distinguished”; the secondary, or parenthetical,
idea being, “the ideas, simply, without the language,
and judgment to compare and balance.” This
is a long and important parenthesis. It contains two
thoughts, “the ideas, simply, without the language,”
“and judgment to compare and balance,” which materially
amplify the main thought and at the same time
qualify it.
What is the use of the parenthesis? It is of great use
to the extempore speaker in that it permits him, after he
has started his sentence, to explain or amplify his thought
before coming to a conclusion; as,
A whole family, just, gentle and pure, were thus, in
their own house, in the night time, without any provocation,
without one moment’s warning, sent by the murderer to
join the assembly of the just.
—William H. Seward
Seward starts with the idea of stating that a whole family
were foully murdered, but after commencing to express
his thought, he desires to qualify it, so he halts it to
interject the fact that this whole family were “just,
gentle, and pure.” Were it not for the use of the parenthesis,
he would have been compelled to use another sentence.
Care should be exercised in using parentheses, as
they tend to confuse the listener unless properly spoken.
How should a parenthesis be spoken? In order to show
that the speaker has left the main idea and taken up a
secondary one, he should change the pitch of the voice
on leaving the main idea, or while speaking the parenthesis,
and immediately resume the original pitch on
resuming the main idea.
The following is a striking example of the use of
parenthesis. It is a long, loose sentence, but full of information
that may be better expressed in this manner than
by a number of short sentences:
This great nation, filling all profitable latitudes, cradled
between two oceans, with inexhaustible resources, with riches
increasing in an unparalleled ratio, by agriculture, by manufactures,
by commerce, with schools and churches, with
books and newspaper thick as leaves in our forests, with
institutions sprung from the people, and peculiarly adapted
to their genius; a nation not sluggish, but active, used to
excitement, practiced in political wisdom, and accustomed
to self-government, and all its vast outlying parts held
together by a federal government, mild in temper, gentle in
administration, and beneficent in results, seemed to have
been formed for peace.
—Henry Ward Beecher
The main thought consists of the short sentence, “This
great nation seemed to have been formed for peace,” and
all that explains its situation, its resources, and its government
is parenthetical. This illustration is not cited as
a good example for speakers to follow, but it is merely
given to show one of the means employed by Mr. Beecher,
an eloquent speaker, in expressing his ideas. The subject
of the construction of sentences is dealt with at length in
the chapter on Composition.
pause
Pauses should be regulated by the sense and not by
grammatical punctuation. A pause is sometimes required
where no mark of punctuation is placed and at times a
mark of punctuation should be passed over quickly in
order to not retard the conveyance of the speaker’s
thought. The pauses used by the speaker, but note employed
by the grammarian, are called rhetorical pauses
and are used for emphasis; as,
Go, forget that you have a wife and children, to ruin, and
remember only—that you have France to
save.[7]
the series
What is a series? A series is a group of three or more
important positive words or phrases, of different meanings,
yet so closely related as to be capable of being
welded into one thought; as,
Let old issues, old questions, old differences, and old feuds
be regarded as fossils of another epoch.
—Alexander H. Stephens
The group that constitutes the series is composed of “old
issues,” “old questions,” “old differences,” “old feuds,”
which, united should all “be regarded as fossils of
another epoch.”
What use is the series? The series allows a speaker to
gather many forces, amalgamate them, thus uniting the
feeble powers of the number into the powerful strength
of the one, and to direct the united force to one point; as,
We are among the sepulchres of our fathers. We are on
ground distinguished by their valor, their constancy, and
the shedding of their blood.
—Daniel Webster
The orator tells the assembly that they are on ground
distinguished by the valor of their fathers, but he does
more: he tells them that the ground was also distinguished
by their constancy and the shedding of their
blood. The series enables the speaker to weld together
“valor,” “constancy,” and “blood,” thus combining the
three virtues shown by the fathers, and this arrangement,
the blending of the three reasons, gives the one strong
reason, the patriotism of our fathers, for honoring the
ground upon which the people were gathered. Cicero
thus clearly defines a series and tells what it accomplishes:
“For there is such an admirable continuation and series
of things that each seems connected with the other, and
all appear linked together and unified.” This is exactly
what a series is: Words or phrases that are closely connected
with one another and are all linked together; as,
We welcome you to the immeasurable blessings of rational
existence, the immortal hope of Christianity, and the light
of everlasting truth!
—Daniel Webster
How many kinds of series are there? Two, the commencing
and the concluding.
What is a commencing series? A commencing series
is always an incomplete one, so far as the sense is concerned,
as it requires something more than the series
to complete the sense. It generally commences a sentence;
as,
It is only when public opinion, or the strong power of
government, the formidable array of influence, the force of
a nation, or the fury of a multitude is directed against you,
that the advocate is of any use.
—James. T. Brady
The series ends with “or the fury of a multitude,” and
the sense is made complete by “is directed against you,
that the advocate is of any use.”
A series is often composed of qualifying words; as,
What though it breaks like lightning from the cloud?
The electric fire had been collecting in the firmament through
many a silent, calm, and clear day.
—Orville Dewey
The words “silent, calm, and clear” qualify the word
day and constitute a commencing series, because they
require the word day to complete the thought.
What is a concluding series? A series is considered a
concluding one when the series is complete with the
close of the series. It generally concludes the sentence; as,
The remarkable people of this world are useful in their
way; but the common people, after all, represent the nation,
the age, and the civilization.
—Henry Ward Beecher
The series consists of “the nation,” “the age,” “the
civilization”; a group of three important things which
the common people represent.
Here is a good example of a concluding series of
phrases:
With such consecrated service, what could we not accomplish;
what riches we should gather for her; what glory
and prosperity we should render to the union; what blessings
we should gather into the universal harvest of humanity.
—Henry W. Grady
A series constitutes sometimes a parenthesis; as,
For no cause, in the very frenzy of wantonness, by the
red hand of murder, he was thus thrust from the full tide of this
world’s interests, from its hopes, its aspirations, its victories,
into the visible presence of death—and he did not quail.
—James. G. Blaine
This example opens with a commencing series which ends
with “by the red hand of murder,” the sense of which is
completed by “he was thrust from the full tide of this
world’s interest into the visible presence of death,” but
the thought is interrupted by the orator to interject the
parenthetical clause “from its hopes, its aspirations, its
victories,” and as what completes the sense, “the full
tide of this world’s interest,” precedes the series, it is a
concluding series.
Is there any difference as to how the two series should
be spoken? Yes. The commencing series requires the falling
infection on every member except the last, which
should be given the rising inflection; as,
From the very beginning I chose an honest and straightforward
course in politics, to support the honor, the power,
the glory of my fatherland.
—Demosthenes
The series is embraced in the words “the honor, the
power, the glory,” and as the sense is incomplete with the
close of the series, requiring “of my fatherland” to complete
the sense, it is a commencing series. The proper
delivery of this series requires that “honor” should be
given the falling inflection, “power” the falling, and
“glory” the rising.
The concluding series requires the falling inflection on
every member except the next to the last, which should be
given the rising inflection; as,
He thinks the whole world sees it in his face, reads it in
his eyes, and almost hears its workings in the very silence
of his thoughts.
—Daniel Webster
This is an excellent example of a concluding series of
phrases. The first phrase, ending with “face,” requires
the falling inflection; the second, ending with “eyes,”
requires the rising inflection; the third, ending with
“thoughts,” requires the falling inflection.
series of contrasts
What is a series of contrasts? A series of contrasts is
where there are at least three contrasts arranged in the
form of the series; as,
Ask, and it shall be given you; seek, and ye shall find;
knock, and it shall be opened unto
you.[8]
—The Bible
The series consists of three phrases, and the series
must be brought out by giving the first phrase the falling
inflection, the second phrase the rising inflection, and the
third phrase the falling inflection; and as there are three
contrasts, “ask” being contrasted with “given,” “seek”
with “find,” and “knock” with “opened,” we must, in
order to retain the concluding series, give “ask” the
rising inflection, “given” the falling, “seek” the falling,
“find” the rising, “knock” the rising, and “opened” the
falling.
If the contrasts form a commencing series, the inflections
should be applied according to the rules regarding
the series; as,
Sink or swim, live or die, survive or perish, I give my
hand and heart to this vote.
—Daniel Webster
“Sink” should be given the rising inflection, “swim” the
falling, “live” the rising, “die” the falling, “survive”
the falling, and “perish” the rising, for by so doing the
contrasts will be marked and the series retained. The
series consists of “sink or swim, live or die, survive or
perish,” and as it requires “I give my hand and heart to
this vote” to complete the sense, it is a commencing
series.
modulation
What is modulation? Modulation, in a broad sense, is
coloring the voice so as to make it explain by its tones
the meaning of the spoken words. It consists principally
of inflection and pitch, but the elements of emphasis also
enter into it. By means of modulation action is given to
the voice—it rises, it falls, it glides, it leaps, it bounds;
all sounds are described—the moaning of the winds, the
rush of waters, the tramp of marching armies; all
emotions are expressed—the shout of joy, the cry of
pain, the huzzah of victory. The inflection of the voice
interprets its meaning—whether it is negative, positive,
conditional, etc., the pitch of the voice expresses the
emotion—whether it is joyous, sad, indifferent, etc. The
speaking voice is divided into three registers, the medium,
the upper and the lower. The tones of the middle register
are the customary tones of the voice, and they are
used for giving expression to anything that is ordinary.
They are expressive of unemotional thoughts; as,
Some persons, for example, tell us that the acquisition
of knowledge is all very well, but that it must be useful
knowledge—meaning thereby that it must enable a man
to get on in a profession, pass an examination, shine in conversation,
or obtain a reputation for learning.
—Arthur James Balfour
This is a plain, simple statement, spoken without emotion
of any kind, and therefore should be pitched in an ordinary
key. The matter need not necessarily be unimportant
to be spoken in the medium register, but it must be
simple in its character and unimpassioned in its nature,
and for these reasons it is spoken in the ordinary tones of
the voice.
The lower register is expressive of solemnity, sorrow,
and all deep-seated emotions; as,
If the spirits of the illustrious dead participate in the
concerns and cares of those who were dear to them in this
transitory life, Oh, ever dear and venerated shade
of my departed father, look down with scrutiny upon the conduct
of your suffering son, and see if I have, even for a moment,
deviated from those principles of morality and patriotism
which it was your care to instil into my youthful mind, and
for which I am now to offer up my life!
—Robert Emmet
The upper register is used for expressing the emotions
of a light and joyous nature; as,
Advance, then ye future generations! We would hail
you, as you rise in your long succession, to fill the places
which we now fill, and to take the blessings of existence
where we are passing, and soon shall have passed, our own
human duration. We bid you welcome to this pleasant
land of the fathers. We bid you welcome to the healthful
skies and the verdant fields of New England. We greet
your accession to the great inheritance which we have
enjoyed. We welcome you to the blessings of good government
and religious liberty. We welcome you to the treasures
of science and the delights of learning. We welcome you
to the transcendent sweets of domestic life, to the happiness
of kindred and parents, and children. We welcome you
to the immeasurable blessings of rational existence, the
immortal hope of Christianity, and the light of everlasting
truth!
—Daniel Webster
Some of the stronger emotions, such as anger, defiance,
and grief, when not deeply felt, are expressed on the
upper register; as,
We do not come as aggressors. Our war is not a war of
conquest; we are fighting in the defense of our homes, our
families and posterity. We have petitioned, and our petitions
have been scorned; we have entreated, and our entreaties
have been disregarded; we have begged, and they
have mocked when our calamity came. We beg no longer;
we entreat no more; we petition no more. We defy them.
—William Jennings Bryan
The following vivid description of the delivery of the
Blind Preacher, by the orator William Wirt, is a splendid
example of modulation in a comprehensive sense, because
it depends on the distinctive colors that are placed in
the voice, as well as on inflection and emphasis, for its
effective presentation.
It was some time before the tumult had subsided, so far
as to permit him to proceed. Indeed, judging by the usual,
but fallacious, standard of my own weakness, I began to be
very uneasy for the situation of the preacher. For I could
not conceive how he would be able to let his audience down
from the height to which he had wound them, without
impairing the solemnity and dignity of the subject, or perhaps
shocking them by the abruptness of the fall. But, no!
the descent was as beautiful and sublime as the elevation
had been rapid and enthusiastic.
The first sentence, with which he broke the awful silence,
was a quotation from Rousseau: “Socrates died like a
philosopher, but Jesus Christ, like a God.”
I despair of giving you any idea of the effect produced
by this short sentence, unless you could perfectly conceive
the whole manner of the man, as well as the peculiar crisis
in the discourse. Never before did I completely understand
what Demosthenes meant by laying such stress on delivery.
You are to bring before you the venerable figure of the
preacher; his blindness, constantly recalling to your recollection
old Homer, Ossian, and Milton, and associating with his
performance the melancholy grandeur of their geniuses; you
are to imagine that you hear his slow, solemn, well-accented
enunciation, and his voice of affecting, trembling melody;
you are to remember the pitch of passion and enthusiasm
to which the congregation were raised; and then the few
minutes of portentous, death-like silence which reigned
throughout the house; the preacher removing his white
handkerchief from his aged face (even yet wet from the
recent torrent of his tears), and, slowly stretching forth
the palsied hand which holds it, begins the sentence, “Socrates
died like a philosopher,” then, pausing, raising his other
hand, pressing them both clasped together with warmth and
energy to his breast, lifting his “sightless balls” to heaven,
and pouring his whole soul into his trembling voice—“but
Jesus Christ, like a God!” If he had been indeed and in
truth an angel of light, the effect could scarcely have been
more divine.
In this chapter and the one preceding are given some of
the mechanical means of constructing speeches and delivering
them, and in thus telling the student of oratory the
specific way of accomplishing results, this book differs
from the many that treat, or profess to treat, of oratory.
Demosthenes says: “To censure is easy for any man; to
show what measures the cause requires is the part of a
counsellor.” This is a nugget of wisdom, and in adopting
it the author has used the injunction do instead of issuing
a number of don’ts, as is the custom of many teachers.
He tells primarily what to do and how to do it, and only
in a secondary manner does he use the negative way of
instruction. In this chapter, students are shown what
means were employed by those who succeeded in mastering
the art of vocal expression and how they may adopt
them in aiming to accomplish the same results; and the
author has no hesitancy in stating that if the student will
properly qualify himself to become an orator by a diligent
study of the method therein contained, he will rise
to eminence in a field of labor that repays with honors and
renown all who toil in it. This chapter treats of the
mechanical means of producing oratory and making
orators, but the psychological, or mental, means, which
must be used in conjunction with the mechanical in order
that there may be life in the production, will receive due
attention in later chapters. Unless the mentality enters
into the work of the orator, it will be devoid of action,
and consequently not oratory; for, in the words of
Demosthenes: “All speech without action appears vain
and idle.”
Spoken matter is a speech only when it possesses
three divisions: an opening, a body, and a conclusion.
Without possessing these three divisions it may be
a talk, but it is not a speech. This can be best explained
by the author quoting from one of his previous
works:[1]
“Every speech, no matter what its length or what its
subject, should possess three parts: an opening or statement,
a body or argument, a conclusion or appeal. The
opening should contain a statement of the facts to be
presented, or the points upon which the argument is to
be made; the body should be given over to a presentation
of the facts, a narration of the story, a description of the
scene, or an argument of the cause; and the conclusion
should be devoted to summing up of the facts, an application
of the story or the scene, or a deduction from the
argument on the points.
“The opening may contain as many statements as the
speaker desires, but he must make sure to argue upon
and drive home in the body of the speech all that he
mentions in the opening. Every statement in the opening
must be like a plank in a platform, and all such
planks, or statements, must be fastened together properly
in the argument, otherwise there will be gaps in the platform,
or statement, through which the speaker’s argument
is liable to fall to failure.”
A rambling story is not a speech; a talk that has not
a clear opening, a convincing argument, or a logical conclusion,
is not a speech; a statement without a body is
not a speech. All these things may be talks, but only a
well-defined, clearly-mapped-out discourse can be dignified
with the name of speech. In order that one may be
a speech-maker and not a babbler, he must work in
accordance with a well-defined plan. He should carefully
gather the material that is to be used, arrange the
parts of the speech in their proper places, and deliver
the speech in the best possible manner. No matter how
excellent the material may be, it will prove of little value
to the speaker unless it is arranged consecutively; built,
as it were, point on point, or fact on fact, and developed
according to his prearranged plan. It should be so
knitted together as to cohere and form a structure that,
resting on a firm foundation, will be compact and complete.
Desultory talking is not speech making. The
speaker should possess a definite object, and keep to that
object until it has been clearly presented and convincingly
demonstrated. Order should reign everywhere—in
the arrangement of the words, the presentation of the
ideas, and the delivery of the matter. Lack of attention
to these details is the cause of many failing as public
speakers who, had they given proper attention to the
perfection of the means to be employed, might have
become clear thinkers and masterly presenters of well-ordered
thoughts. Length has nothing whatever to do
with the question as to whether spoken matter is a speech
or not. One might speak for an hour and not deliver
a speech; and, on the other hand, a perfectly constructed
speech might be produced in a minute or less. Here is
a matter that occupies less than two lines, or, to be
exact, twenty-two words, and yet it possesses all the
requirements of a speech:
The light of the body is the eye: if therefore thine eye
be single, thy whole body shall be full of
light.[2]
We have the proposition that “The light of the body is the
eye”; the argument, “if therefore thine eye be
single”; and the conclusion, “thy whole body shall be
full of light.”
Specimen divisions of speeches of Demosthenes are
here employed to emphasize these points, and students
are advised to study closely the means adopted by this
master of oratory and rhetoric in arranging his speeches.
Two examples of each of the three divisions of a speech,
and one example of a complete speech, are here presented
in order that students may gain a practical and
comprehensive idea regarding the construction of
speeches.
Divisions of a Speech
opening
Against the Law of Leptines (355 b. c.). It was chiefly,
men of the jury, because I deemed it good for Athens that
the law should be repealed, but partly on account of the
son of Chabrias, that I engaged to support these men to the
utmost of my ability. It is plain enough, men of Athens,
that Leptines, or whoever else defends the law, will have
nothing to say for it on the merits, but will allege that
certain unworthy persons obtaining immunity have evaded
the public services, and will lay the greatest stress upon this
point. I will pass by the injustice of such proceeding—for
a complaint against some to take the honour from all—for it
has in a manner been explained, and is doubtless acknowledged
by you; but this I would gladly ask him: Granting
most fully that not some but all were unworthy, why did
he consider that you and they were to be dealt with alike?
By enacting that none should be exempted, he took the
exemption from those that enjoyed it; by adding that it
should be unlawful to grant it thereafter, he deprived you
of the power of granting. He can not surely say that, as
he deprived the holders of their privilege because he deemed
them unworthy of it, in the same manner he thought the people
unworthy to have the power of giving their own to whom
they pleased. But possibly he may reply that he framed
the law so because the people are easily misled. Then what
prevents your being deprived of everything, yea, of the
government itself, according to such argument? For there
is not a single department of your affairs in which this has
not happened to you. Many decrees have you at various
times been entrapped into passing. You have been persuaded
ere now to choose the worse allies instead of the
better. In short, amid the variety of your measures there
must, I conceive, happen something of this kind occasionally.
Shall we therefore make a law prohibiting the council
and the people hereafter from passing bills and decrees? I
scarcely think so. We ought not to be deprived of a right,
in the exercise of which we have been deceived; rather
should we be instructed how to avoid such error, and pass
a law, not taking away our power, but giving the means of
punishing those who deceive us.
On the Navy Boards (354 b. c.). It appears to me, O
Athenians, that the men who praise your ancestors adopt
a flattering language, not a course beneficial to the people
whom they eulogize. For attempting to speak on subjects
which no man can fully reach by words they carry away
the reputation of clever speakers themselves, but cause the
glory of those ancients to fall below its estimation in the
minds of the hearers. For my part, I consider the highest
praise of our ancestors to be the length of time which has
elapsed during which no other men have been able to excel
the pattern of their deeds. I will myself endeavour to show
in what way, according to my judgment, your preparations
may most conveniently be made. For thus it is. Though
all of us who intend to speak should prove ourselves capital
orators, your affairs, I am certain, would prosper none the
more; but if any person whomsoever came forward, and
could show and convince you what kind and what amount of
force will be serviceable to the state, and from what resources
it should be provided, all our present apprehensions would
be removed. This will I endeavour to do, as far as I am
able, first briefly informing you what my opinion is concerning
our relations with the king.
body
The first Philippic (351 b. c.). First, I say, you must
not despond, Athenians, under your present circumstances,
wretched as they are; for that which is worst in them as
regards the past is best for the future. What do I mean?
That your affairs are amiss, men of Athens, because you
do nothing which is needful; if, notwithstanding you performed
your duties, it were the same, there would be no
hope of amendment.
Consider, next, what you know by report, and men of
experience remember, how vast a power the Lacedaemonians
had not long ago, yet how nobly and becomingly you consulted
the dignity of Athens, and undertook the war against
them for the rights of Greece. Why do I mention this?
To show and convince you, Athenians, that nothing, if you
take precaution, is to be feared; nothing, if you are negligent
goes as you desire. Take for examples the strength
of the Lacedaemonians then, which you overcame by attention
to your duties, and the insolence of this man now, by
which through neglect of our interest we are confounded.
But if any among you, Athenians, deem Philip hard to be
conquered, looking at the magnitude of his existing power,
and the loss by us of all our strongholds, they reason rightly,
but should reflect, that once we held Pydna and Potidaea
and Methone and all the region round about as our own,
and many of the nations now leagued with him were independent
and free, and preferred our friendship to his. Had
Philip then taken it into his head that it was difficult to
contend with Athens, when she had so many fortresses to
infest his country, and he was destitute of allies, nothing
that he has accomplished would he have undertaken, and
never would he have acquired so large a dominion. But he
saw well, Athenians, that all these places are the open prizes
of war, that the possessions of the absent naturally belong
to the present, those of the remiss to them that will venture
and toil. Acting on such principle, he has won everything
and keeps it, either by way of conquest or by friendly attachment
and alliance; for all men will side with and respect
those whom they see prepared and willing to make proper
exertion. If you, Athenians, will adopt this principle now,
though you did not before, and every man, where he can
and ought to give his service to the state, be ready to give
it without excuse, the wealthy to contribute, the able-bodied
to enlist; in a word, plainly, if you will become your own
masters, and cease each expecting to do nothing himself
while his neighbour does everything for him, you shall then
with Heaven’s permission recover your own, and get back
what has been frittered away, and chastise Philip. Do
not imagine that his empire is everlastingly secured to him
as a god. There are who hate and envy him, Athenians,
even among those that seem most friendly; and all feelings
that are in other men belong, we may assume, to his confederates.
But now they are all cowed, having no refuge
through your tardiness and indolence, which I say you must
abandon forthwith. For you see, Athenians, the case, to
what pitch of arrogance the man has advanced who leaves
you not even the choice of action or inaction, but threatens
and uses (they say) outrageous language; and, unable to
rest in possession of his conquests, continually widens their
circle and, while we dally and delay, throws his net all
around us. What, then, Athenians, when will you act as
becomes you? In what event? In that of necessity, I
suppose. And how should we regard the events happening
now? Methinks to freemen the strongest necessity is the
disgrace of their condition. Or tell me, do you like walking
about and asking one other, Is there any news? Why,
could there be greater news than a man of Macedonia
subduing Athenians, and directing the affairs of Greece?
Is Philip dead? No, but he is sick. And what matters it
to you? Should anything befall this man you will soon
create another Philip if you attend to business thus. For
even he has been exalted not so much by his own strength
but by our negligence. And, again, should anything happen
to him; should fortune, which still takes better care of us
than we of ourselves, be good enough to accomplish this,
observe that, being on the spot, you would step in while things
were in confusion and manage them as you pleased; but
as you are, though occasion offered Amphipolis, you would
not be in a position to accept it, with neither forces nor
counsels at hand.
However, as to the importance of a general zeal in the discharge
of duty, believing you are convinced and satisfied,
I say no more.
On the Liberty of the Rhodians (351 b. c.) One of the
events for which I consider you should be thankful to the
gods is that a people, who to gratify their own insolence went
to war with you not long ago, now place their hopes of safety
in you alone. Well may we be rejoiced at the present crisis,
for if your measures thereupon be wisely taken the result
will be that the calumnies of those who traduce our country
you will practically and with credit and honour refute.
The Chians, Byzantines, and Rhodians accused us of a
design to oppress them, and therefore combined to make
the last war against us. It will turn out that Mausolus, who
contrived and instigated these proceedings, pretending to
be a friend of the Rhodians, has deprived them of their
liberty; the Chians and Byzantines, who called them allies,
have not aided them in misfortune, while you, whom they
dreaded, are the only people who have wrought their deliverance.
And this being seen by all the world, you will
cause the people in every state to regard your friendship
as the token of their security; nor can there be a greater
blessing for you than thus to obtain from all men a voluntary
attachment and confidence.
I marvel to see the same persons advising you to oppose
the king on behalf of the Egyptians, and afraid of him in
the matter of the Rhodian people. All men know that the
latter are Greeks, the former a portion of his subjects.
And I think some of you remember that when you were
debating about the king’s business I first came forward and
advised—nay, I was the only one, or one of two, that
gave such counsel—that your prudent course in my opinion
was not to allege your quarrel with the king as the excuse
for your arming, but to arm against your existing enemies,
and defend yourselves against him also if he attempted to
injure you. Nor did I offer this advice without obtaining
your approval, for you agreed with me. Well, then, my
reasoning of today is consistent with the argument on that
occasion; for, would the king take me to his counsels, I
should advise him as I advise you, in defense of his
own possessions to make war upon any Greeks that opposed
him, but not to think of claiming dominions to which he
had no manner of title. If now it be your general determination,
Athenians, to surrender to the king all places that
he gets possession of, whether by surprise or by deluding
certain of the inhabitants, you have determined, in my
judgment, unwisely; but if in the cause of justice you
esteem it your duty either to make war, if needful, or to
suffer any extremity, in the first place, there will be the less
necessity for such trials, in proportion as you are resolved
to meet them; and, secondly, you will manifest a spirit that
becomes you.
That I suggest nothing new in urging you to liberate
the Rhodians, that you will do nothing new in following my
counsel, will appear if I remind you of certain measures
that succeeded. Once, O Athenians, you sent Timotheus
out to assist Ariobarzanes, annexing to the decree “that he
was not to infringe your treaty with the king.” Timotheus,
seeing Ariobarzanes had openly revolted from the king, and
that Samos was garrisoned by Cyprothemis, under the appointment
of Tigranes, the king’s deputy, renounced the
intention of assisting Ariobarzanes, but invested the island
with his forces and delivered it. And to this day there has
been no war against you on that account. Man will not fight
for aggressive purposes so readily as for defensive. To
resist spoliation they strive with all their might. Not so
to gratify ambition; this they will attempt if there be none
to hinder them; but if prevented, they regard not their
opponents as having done them an injury.
My belief is that Artemisia would not even oppose this
enterprise now if our state were embarked in the measure.
Attend a moment and see whether my calculations be right
or wrong. I consider, were my king succeeding in all his
designs in Egypt, Artemisia would make a strenuous effort
to get Rhodes into his power, not from affection to the king,
but from a desire, while he tarried in her neighborhood,
to confer an important obligation upon him, so that he might
give her the most friendly reception; but since he fares as
they report, having miscarried in his attempts, she judges
that this island—and so the fact is—would be of no
further use to the king at present, but only a fortress to
overawe her kingdom and prevent disturbances. Therefore
it seems to me she would rather you had the island, without
her appearing to have surrendered it, than that he should
obtain possession. I think, indeed, she will send no succours
at all, but if she do they will be scanty and feeble. As to
the king, what he will do I can not pretend to know; but
this I will maintain, that it is expedient for Athens to have
it immediately understood whether he means to claim the
Rhodian city or not; for, if he should, you will have to
deliberate not on the concerns of Rhodes only, but on those
of Athens and all Greece.
Even if the Rhodians who are now in the government had
held it by themselves I would not have advised you to espouse
their cause; nor though they promised to do everything for
you. But I see that in the beginning, in order to put down
the democracy, they gained over a certain number of citizens,
and afterward banished those very men when they had
accomplished their purpose. I think, therefore, that people
who have been false to two parties would be no steadier
allies to you. And never would I have proffered this counsel
had I thought it would benefit the Rhodian people only;
for I am not their state friend, nor is any of them
connected with me by ties of private hospitality. And even
if both these causes had existed I would not have spoken
unless I had considered it for your advantage. Indeed, as
far as the Rhodians are concerned, if the advocate for their
deliverance may be allowed to say so, I am rejoiced at what
has happened—that, after grudging to you the recovery of
your rights, they have lost their own liberty; and, when
they might have had an alliance on equal terms with Greeks
and their betters, they are under subjection to barbarians
and slaves, whom they have admitted into their fortresses.
I would almost say that, if you determine to assist them,
these events have turned out for their good. For, during
prosperity, I doubt whether they would have learned discretion,
being Rhodians; but since they are taught by
experience that folly is mightily injurious to men, they may
possibly perhaps become wiser for the future; and this I
think would be no small advantage to them. I say, therefore,
you should endeavour to rescue these people, and not harbour
resentment, considering that you too have often been
deceived by miscreants, but for no such deceit would you
allow that you merited punishment yourselves.
Observe also, men of Athens, that you have waged many
wars both against democracies and against oligarchies—this,
indeed, you know without my telling—but for what cause
you have been at war with either perhaps not one of you
considers. What are the causes? Against democratical
states your wars have been either for private grievances,
when you could not make public satisfaction, or for territory,
or boundaries, or a point of honour, or the leadership;
against oligarchies for none of these matters, but for your
constitution and freedom. Therefore I would not hesitate
to say I think it better that all the Greeks should be your
enemies with a popular government than your friends under
oligarchal. For with freemen I consider you would have
no difficulty in making peace when you chose, but with
people under an oligarchy even friendship I hold to be
insecure. It is impossible that the few can be attached to
the many, the seekers of power to the lovers of constitutional
equality.
conclusion
Against the Law of Leptines (355 b. c.). One might
pursue the argument and show that in no single respect is
the law proper or expedient for you; but, that you may
comprehend the whole question at once, and that I may
have done speaking, do what I now advise. Make your comparison;
consider what will happen to you if you condemn
the law, and what if you do not; then keep in mind what
you think will be the consequence in either event, that you
may choose the better course. If now you condemn the
law, as we advise, the deserving will have their rights from
you; and if there be any undeserving party, as I grant
there may be, such a one, besides being deprived of his
honour, will suffer what penalty you think proper according
to the amended statute, while the commonwealth will appear
faithful, just, true to all men. Should you decide in its
favour, which I trust you will not, the good will be wronged
on account of the bad, the undeserving will be the cause of
misfortune to others, and suffer no punishment themselves,
while the commonwealth (contrary to what I said just
now) will be universally esteemed faithless, envious, base.
It is not meet, O Athenians, that for so foul a reproach you
should reject fair and honourable advantages. Remember,
each of you individually will share in the reputation of your
common judgment. It is plain to the bystanders and to all
men that in the court Leptines is contending with us, but
in the mind of each of you jurymen generosity is arrayed
against envy, justice against iniquity, all that is virtuous
against all that is base. If you follow the wiser counsels,
and give judgment in my favour, you will yourselves have
the credit of a proper decision, and will have voted what
is best for the commonwealth; and should occasion ever
arise, you will not lack men willing at their own risk to
defend you.
You must give your earnest attention to these things, and
be careful that you are not forced into error. Many a time,
O Athenians, instead of it being proved to you that measures
were just, they have been extorted from you by the
clamour and violence and impudence of the speakers. Let
not this happen now; it would not be well. What you have
determined to be just, keep in mind and remember until you
vote, that you may give your votes conscientiously against
evil counsellors. I marvel when you punish with death those
who debase the coin, if you will give ear to persons who
render the whole commonwealth false and treacherous. You
will not surely! O Jupiter and the gods!
I have nothing more to add, as you seem fully to understand
what has been said.
On the Navy Boards (354 b. c.). Not to trouble you,
men of Athens, with over-many words, I will give you a summary
of my advice and retire. I bid you prepare yourselves
against existing enemies, and I declare that with this same
force you should resist the king and all other people, if they
attempt to injure you; but never inflict an injustice either in
word or deed. Let us look that our actions, and not our
speeches on the platform, be worthy of our ancestors. If
you pursue this course you will do service not only to yourselves
but also to them who give the opposite counsel, since
you will not be angry with them afterward for your errors
committed now.
A Complete Speech
The First Olynthiac (349 b. c.). I believe, men of
Athens, you would give much to know what is the true policy
to be adopted in the present matter of inquiry. This
being the case, you should be willing to hear with attention
those who offer you their counsel. Besides, that you will
have the benefit of all preconsidered advice, I esteem it part
of your good fortune that many fit suggestions will occur
to some speakers at the moment, so that from them all you
may easily choose what is profitable.
The present juncture, Athenians, all but proclaims aloud
that you must yourselves take these affairs in hand if you
care for their success. I know not how we seem disposed
in the matter. My own opinion is, vote succour immediately,
and make the speediest preparations for sending it off from
Athens, that you may not incur the same mishap as before;
send also ambassadors to announce this, and watch the proceedings.
For the danger is that this man, being unscrupulous
and clever at turning events to account, making concessions
when it suits him, threatening at other times (his
threats may well be believed), slandering us and urging our
absence against us, may convert and wrest to his use some
of our main resources. Though, strange to say, Athenians,
the very cause of Philip’s strength is a circumstance favorable
to you. His having it in his sole power to publish or
conceal his designs, his being at the same time general,
sovereign, paymaster, and everywhere accompanying his
army, is a great advantage for quick and timely operations
in war; but for a peace with the Olynthians, which he
would gladly make, it has a contrary effect. For it is plain
to the Olynthians that now they are fighting not for glory
or for a slice of territory, but to save their country from
destruction and servitude. They know how he treated those
Amphipolitans who surrendered to him their city, and those
Pydneans who gave him admittance. And generally, I believe,
a despotic power is mistrusted by free states, especially
if their dominions are adjoining. All this being known to
you, Athenians, all else of importance considered, I say
you must take heart and spirit, and apply yourselves more
than ever to the war, contributing promptly, serving personally,
leaving nothing undone. No plea or pretence is
left you for declining your duty. What you were all so
clamorous about, that the Olynthians should be pressed into
a war with Philip, has of itself come to pass, and in a way
most advantageous to you. For, had they undertaken the
war at your instance, they might have been slippery allies,
with minds but half resolved, perhaps; but since they hate
him on a quarrel of their own, their enmity is like to endure
on account of their fears and their wrongs. You must not
then, Athenians, forego this lucky opportunity, nor commit
the error which you have often done heretofore. For example,
when we returned from succouring the Euboeans,
and Hierax and Stratocles of Amphipolis came to this platform,
urging us to sail and receive possession of their city,
if we had shown the same zeal for ourselves as for the
safety of Euboea you would have held Amphipolis then and
been rid of all the troubles that ensued. Again, when news
came that Pydna, Potidaea, Methone, Pagasae, and the other
places (not to waste time in enumerating them) were besieged,
had we to any one of these in the first instance carried
prompt and reasonable succour, we should have found
Philip far more tractable and humble now. But, by always
neglecting the present and imagining the future would shift
for itself, we, O men of Athens, have exalted Philip, and
made him greater than any King of Macedon ever was.
Here, then, is come a crisis, that of Olynthus, self-offered to
the state, inferior to none of the former. And methinks, men
of Athens, any man fairly estimating what the gods have
done for us, notwithstanding many untoward circumstances,
might with reason be grateful to them. Our numerous losses
in way may justly be charged to our own negligence; but
that they happened not long ago, and that an alliance to
counterbalance them is open to our acceptance, I must
regard as manifestations of divine favour. It is much the
same as in money matters. If a man keep what he gets he is
thankful to fortune; if he lose it by imprudence, he loses
withal his memory of the obligations. So in political affairs,
they who misuse their opportunities forget even the good
which the gods send them, for every prior event is judged
commonly by the last result. Wherefore, Athenians, we
must be exceedingly careful of our future measures, that by
amendment therein we may efface the shame of the past.
Should we abandon these men too, and Philip reduce Olynthus,
let any one tell me what is to prevent him marching
where he pleases? Does any of you, Athenians, compute
or consider the means by which Philip, originally weak,
has become great? Having first taken Amphipolis, then
Pydna, Potidaea next, Methone afterward, he invaded
Thessaly. Having ordered matters at Pherae, Pagasae, Magnesia,
everywhere exactly as he pleased, he departed for
Thrace, where, after displacing some kings and establishing
others, he fell sick; again recovering, he lapsed not into
indolence, but instantly attacked the Olynthians. I omit
his expeditions to Illyria and Paeonia, that against Arymbas,
and some others.
Why, it may be said, do you mention all this now? That
you, Athenians, may feel and understand both the folly of
continually abandoning one thing after another, and the
activity which forms part of Philip’s habit and existence,
which makes it impossible for him to rest content with his
achievements. If it be his principle ever to do more than he
has done, and yours to apply yourselves vigorously to nothing,
see what the end promises to be. Heavens! which of
you is so simple as not to know that the war yonder will
soon be here if we are careless? And should this happen, I
fear, O Athenians, that as men who thoughtlessly borrow
on large interest, after a brief accommodation, lose their
estate, so will it be with us; found to have paid dear for our
idleness and self-indulgence, we shall be reduced to many
hard and unpleasant shifts, and struggle for the salvation of
our country.
To censure, I may be told, is easy for any man; to show
what measures the case requires is the part of a counsellor.
I am not ignorant, Athenians, that frequently when any
disappointment happens you are angry, not with the parties
in fault, but with the last speakers on the subject; yet
never, with a view to self-protection, would I suppress what
I deem for your interest. I say, then, you must give a twofold
assistance here: first, save the Olynthians their towns,
and send our troops for that purpose; secondly, annoy the
enemy’s country with ships and other troops; omit either of
these courses, and I doubt the expedition will be fruitful.
For, should he, suffering your incursion, reduce Olynthus,
he will easily march to the defense of his kingdom; or,
should you only throw succour into Olynthus, and he,
seeing things out of danger at home, keep up a close and
vigilant blockade, he must in time prevail over the besieged.
Your assistance, therefore, must be effective and twofold.
Such are the operations I advise. As to a supply of
money: you have money, Athenians; you have a larger military
fund than any people, and you receive it just as you
please. If you will assign this to your troops you need no
further supply; otherwise you need a further, or rather you
have none at all. How then? some man may exclaim; do
you move that this be a military fund? Verily, not I. My
opinion, indeed, is that there should be soldiers raised, and
a military fund, and one and the same regulation for receiving
and performing what is due; only you just without
trouble take your allowance for the festivals. It remains,
then, I imagine, that all just contribute; if much be wanted,
much; if little, little. Money must be had; without it nothing
proper can be done. Other persons propose other ways
and means. Choose which you think expedient, and put
hands to work while it is yet time.
It may be well to consider and calculate how Philip’s
affairs now stand. They are not, as they appear, or as an
inattentive observer might pronounce, in very good trim,
or in the most favourable position. He would never have
begun this war had he imagined he must fight. He expected
to carry everything on the first advance, and has been
mistaken. This disappointment is one thing that troubles
and dispirits him; another is the state of Thessaly. That
people were always, you know, treacherous to all men, and
just as they ever have been they are to Philip. They have
resolved to demand the restitution of Pagasae, and have
prevented his fortifying Magnesia; and I was told they
would no longer allow him to take the revenue of their harbours
and markets, which they say should be applied to the
public business of Thessaly, not received by Philip. Now,
if he be deprived of this fund, his means will be much
straitened for paying his mercenaries. And surely we must
suppose that Paeonians and Illyrians, and all such people,
would rather be free and independent than under subjection,
for they are unused to obedience, and the man is a tyrant.
So report says, and I can well believe it, for undeserved
success leads weak-minded men into folly; and thus it
appears often that to maintain prosperity is harder than to
acquire it. Therefore must you, Athenians, looking on his
difficulty as your opportunity, assist cheerfully in the war,
sending embassies where required, taking arms yourselves,
exciting all other people, for if Philip got such an opportunity
against us, and there was a war on our frontier, how
eagerly think you he would attack you! Then are you not
ashamed that the very damage which you suffer, if he had
the power, you dare not seize the moment to inflict on him?
And let not this escape you, Athenians, that you have now
the choice whether you shall fight there, or he in your country.
If Olynthus hold out, you will fight there and distress
his dominions, enjoying your own home in peace. If Philip
take that city, who shall then prevent his marching here?
Thebans? I wish it be not too harsh to say they will be
ready to join in the invasion. Phocians? who can not defend
their own country without your assistance. Or some other
ally? But, good sir, he will not desire! Strange, indeed, if,
what he is thought foolhardy for prating now, this he would
not accomplish if he might. As to the vast difference between
a war here or there, I fancy there needs no argument.
If you were obliged to be out yourselves for thirty days
only, and take the necessaries for camp-service from the
land (I mean without an enemy therein), your agricultural
population would sustain, I believe, greater damage than
what the whole expense of the late war amounted to. But
if a war should come, what damage must be expected?
There is the insult, too, and the disgrace of the thing, worse
than any damage to right-thinking men.
On all these accounts, then, we must unite to lend our
succour, and drive off the war yonder; the rich, that, spending
a little from the abundance which they happily possess,
they may enjoy the residue in security; the young, that,
gaining military experience in Philip’s territory, they may
become redoubtable champions to preserve their own; the
orators, that they may pass a good account of their statesmanship,
for on the result of measures will depend your
judgment of their conduct. May it for every cause by
prosperous!
Words make sentences, sentences form paragraphs,
and paragraphs are developed into
speeches. Words should be vital and instantly spring
into position so that the thought may be quickly conveyed.
They should be appropriate in that they may
become the time, place, and circumstance in which they
are used. They should not be employed for their own
sake, but merely for the reason that they fit in properly
with their fellows and adequately convey the speaker’s
meaning. Words are important on account of their
expressive power, and this is greatly influenced by their
location; as,
Many times the attempt was made to stretch the royal
authority far enough to justify military trials; but it never
had more than temporary success.
—Jeremiah S. Black
In this sentence the word “temporary” is important for
the reason that it qualifies the word “success,” and the
ability properly to place words in a sentence so as to
make them most effective in the performance of their
duty is as important to the speaker as is the advantageous
marshaling of an army to its general.
A sentence should contain one complete thought, and
but one, and this thought should be presented from only
one point of view. By remembering this, speakers will
avoid confusing their listeners, as a sentence containing
one thought presented from one point is most likely to
be clear. The mind of the speaker grasps instantly such
sentences, sees all around them, as it were, and as quickly
presents them in the mind of the listener. Students of
speech-making are strongly advised to observe this rule
of unity in constructing their sentences.
Other essential qualities to the formation of good sentences
are force and ease. Force is best represented in
short sentences, and ease in long ones, although a sentence
may, at times, lack ease because it is too long. A
sentence that is so involved that its meaning is not
instantly clear will lack in ease as well as in clearness,
and is sure to be deficient in force. When a speaker
wishes to employ force he should move from a weaker
word to a stronger; as, Byron, Milton, and Shakespeare
are representative English poets. When he wishes a sentence
that is made up of a negative and a positive to be
forceful he should place the negative first; as,
A man is fed, not that he may be fed, but that he may
work.
—Ralph Waldo Emerson
When the object of the speaker is to be argumentative
instead of assertive he should place the positive first; as,
Territory, like other property, can only be acquired for
constitutional purposes, and cannot be acquired and governed
for unconstitutional purposes.
—George F. Hoar
Sentences should be feeders, thus suggesting other sentences.
They should connect one with the other at both
ends like links forming a chain. The essential qualities of
sentences are correctness, force, ease, unity, and
clearness.
As there should be perfect ease in going from word
to word in a sentence, so there should be like ease in
going from sentence to sentence in a paragraph. In fact,
a paragraph is much like a large sentence, the only real
difference is that it is made of sentences whereas a
sentence is composed of words. A paragraph, like a
sentence, should be a unit, and one paragraph should
grow out of another exactly as sentences should do, and
thus will the many paragraphs form the speech in the
same manner as do the words form the sentences and
the sentences form the paragraphs.
The four forms of English composition are exposition,
argumentation, narration, and description. Exposition
teaches; argumentation convinces and persuades; narration
tells; description shows. In oratory we have five
classes: philosophic, demonstrative, forensic, deliberative,
and social, and the four forms of composition may be
employed in any of the five classes of oratory. Speakers,
as a rule, use the narrative for the statement; exposition,
argumentation, or description, for the body; and sometimes
one form and sometimes another for the conclusion.
A speaker might adopt the narrative form for
stating his points, the argumentative for making them
clear, and the descriptive for driving them home.
exposition
Exposition means the interpreting of a passage or a
work, explaining and expounding its meaning, analyzing
its parts, and laying bare to the reader or listener all
that might be obscure. A splendid example of exposition
is the following extract from The American Scholar, by
Ralph Waldo Emerson:
If it were only for a vocabulary, the scholar would be
covetous of action. Life is our dictionary. Years are well
spent in country labors; in town—in the insight into trades
and manufactures; in frank intercourse with many men and
women; in science; in art; to the one end of mastering in
all their facts a language by which to illustrate and embody
our perceptions. I learn immediately from any speaker how
much he has already lived through the poverty or the splendor
of his speech. Life lies behind us as the quarry from
whence we get tiles and cope-stones for the masonry of
today. This is the way to learn grammar. Colleges and
books only copy the language which the field and the work-yard
made.
But the final value of action, like that of books, and better
than books, is, that it is a resource. That great principle
of undulation in nature, that shows itself in the inspiring
and expiring of the breath; in desire and satiety; in the ebb
and flow of the sea; in day and night; in heat and cold;
and as yet more deeply ingrained in every atom and every
fluid, is known to us under the name of polarity—these
“fits of easy transmission and reflection,” as Newton called
them, are the law of nature because they are the law of
spirit.
The mind now thinks; now acts; and each fit reproduces
the other. When the artist has exhausted his materials, when
the fancy no longer paints, when thoughts are no longer
apprehended, and books are a weariness—he has always the
resource to live. Character is higher than intellect. Thinking
is the function. Living is the functionary. The stream
retreats to its source. A great soul will be strong to live,
as well as strong to think. Does he lack organ or medium
to impart his truths? He can still fall back on this elemental
force of living them. This is a total act. Thinking is a
partial act. Let the grandeur of justice shine in his affairs.
Let the beauty of affection cheer his lowly roof. Those
“far from fame,” who dwell and act with him, will feel the
force of his constitution in the doings and passages of the
day better than it can be measured by any public and designed
display. Time shall teach him that the scholar loses no
hour which the man lives. Herein he unfolds the sacred
germ of his instinct, screened from influence. What is lost
in seemliness is gained in strength. Not out of those, on
whom systems of education have exhausted their culture,
comes the helpful giant to destroy the old or to build the
new, but out of unhandseled savage nature, out of terrible
Druids and Berserkirs, come at last Alfred and Shakespeare.
I hear therefore with joy whatever is beginning to be
said of the dignity and necessity of labor to every citizen.
There is virtue yet in the hoe and the spade, for learned as
well as for unlearned hands. And labor is everywhere welcome;
always we are invited to work; only be this limitation
observed, that a man shall not for the sake of wider
activity sacrifice any opinion to the popular judgments and
modes of action.
argumentation
Argumentation means the stating of points or facts,
the logical presentation of them, and the drawing of
conclusions from a consideration of the premises. Its
objects are to convince and persuade the reader or listener.
Argumentation that stops with conviction is
incomplete—it must persuade as well as convince in
order to be effective. A speaker accomplishes practically
nothing if he convinces an audience but does not persuade
it to do the thing he desires. Arguments may be direct
or indirect. They are direct when aimed at a stated conclusion,
and they are indirect when they are employed
to disprove what is opposed to the speaker’s contention.
The most effective form of argument is where the two
forms, direct and indirect, are employed, thus not only
demolishing one contention but clearly establishing the
other. It is comparable to the contrast in oratory where
the statement is made that a certain thing is not only not
of a certain class but specifically belongs to another one.
This is “clinching” the argument, and it leaves not a
loophole for the escape of the opponent.
Here is an excellent piece of argumentative oratory,
taken from an address of William H. Seward in the
celebrated Freeman case.
“Thou shalt not kill,” is a commandment addressed, not
to him alone, but to me, to you, to the Court, and to the
whole community. There are no exceptions from that
commandment, at least not in civil life, save those of self-defense,
and capital punishment for crimes in the due and
just administration of the law. There is not only a question,
then, whether the prisoner has shed the blood of his fellow-man,
but the question whether we shall unlawfully shed his
blood. I should be guilty of murder if, in my present relation,
I saw the executioner waiting for an insane man and
failed to say, or failed to do in his behalf, all that my ability
allowed. I think it has been proved of the prisoner at the
bar, that during all this long and tedious trial, he has
had no sleepless nights, and that even in the daytime, when
he retires from the halls to his lonely cell, he sinks to rest
like a wearied child, on the stone floor, and quietly slumbers
till roused by the constable with his staff, to appear again
before the jury. His counsel enjoy no such repose. Their
thoughts by day and their dreams by night are filled with
oppressive apprehension that, through their inability or
neglect, he may be condemned.
I am arraigned before you for undue manifestations of
zeal and excitement. My answer to all such charges shall
be brief. When this cause shall have been committed to
you, I shall be happy indeed if it shall appear that my only
error has been that I have felt too much, thought too
intensely, or acted too faithfully.
If my error would thus be criminal, how great would yours
be if you should render an unjust verdict? Only four months
have elapsed since an outraged people, distrustful of judicial
redress, doomed the prisoner to immediate death. Some
of you have confessed that you approved that lawless sentence.
All men now rejoice that the prisoner was saved
for this solemn trial. But this trial would be as criminal
as that precipitate sentence, if, through any wilful fault or
prejudice of yours, it should prove but a mockery of justice.
If any prejudice of witnesses, or the imagination of counsel,
or any ill-timed jest, shall, at any time, have diverted
your attention; or if any prejudgment which you have
brought into the jury box, or any cowardly fear of popular
opinion shall have operated to cause you to deny to the
prisoner that dispassionate consideration of his case which
the laws of God and man exact of you, and if, owing to
such an error, this wretched man fall from among the living,
what will be your crime? You have violated the commandment,
“Thou shalt not kill.” It is not the form or letter
of the trial by jury that authorizes you to send your fellow-man
to his dread account, but it is the spirit that sanctifies
that glorious institution; and if, through pride, passion,
timidity, weakness, or any cause, you deny the prisoner one
iota of all the defense to which he is entitled by the law of
the land, you yourselves, whatever his guilt may be, will
have broken the commandment, “Thou shalt do no murder.”
narration
Narration is recounting the particulars of events, or
enumerating facts; telling of occurrences or things in
regular order. Specifically, it is that part of explanation
that allows the subject in its relations to the movement
of time. In simple words, it is a continuous telling.
The narrative form of composition is beautifully employed
by Daniel Webster in his first Bunker Hill Monument
address, the following being an extract from that
admirable speech:
The society whose organ I am was formed for the purpose
of rearing some honorable and durable monument to the
memory of the early friends of American independence.
They have thought that for this object no time could be
more propitious than the present prosperous and peaceful
period; that no place could claim preference over this memorable
spot; and that no day could be more auspicious to
the undertaking than the anniversary of the battle which
was here fought. The foundation of that monument we
have now laid. With solemnities suited to the occasion,
with prayer to Almighty God for His blessing, and in the
midst of this cloud of witnesses, we have begun the work.
We trust it will be prosecuted, and that, springing from a
broad foundation, rising high in massive solidity and
unadorned grandeur, it may remain as long as Heaven
permits the works of man to last, a fit emblem, both of the
events in memory of which it is raised, and of the gratitude
of those who have reared it.
description
Description is showing of things by means of language-pictures;
telling the attributes that make up the
whole. Word-pictures are created by means of explaining
the individual parts of a theme or view as they affect
the entire thing.
As a piece of word-picturing the following description
of the breaking of day, by Edward Everett, is certainly
magnificent:
Much as we are indebted to our observatories for elevating
our conceptions of the heavenly bodies, they present,
even to the unaided sight, scenes of glory which words are
too feeble to describe. I had occasion, a few weeks since,
to take the early train from Providence to Boston, and, for
this purpose, rose at two o’clock in the morning. Every
thing around was wrapped in darkness, and hushed in silence,
broken only by what seemed, at that hour, the unearthly
clank and rush of the train. It was a mild, serene, mid-summer’s
night; the sky was without a cloud; the winds
were hushed. The moon, then in the last quarter, had just
risen; and the stars shown with a spectral lustre but little
affected by her presence. Jupiter, two hours high, was the
herald of the day: the Pleiades, just above the horizon, shed
their sweet influence in the east: Lyra sparkled near
the zenith: Andromeda veiled her newly discovered glories from
the naked eye, in the south: the steady Pointers, far beneath
the pole, looked meekly up from the depths of the north
to their sovereign.
Such was the glorious spectacle as I entered the train.
As we proceeded, the timid approach of twilight became
more perceptible. The intense blue of the sky began to
soften; the smaller stars, like little children, went first to
rest; the sister beams of the Pleiades soon melted together;
but the bright constellations of the west and north remained
unchanged. Steadily the wondrous transfiguration went on.
Hands of angels, hidden from mortal eyes, shifted the scenery
of the heavens; the glories of night dissolved into the
glories of the dawn. The blue sky now turned more softly
gray; the great watch-stars shut up their holy eyes; the
east began to kindle. Faint streaks of purple soon blushed
along the sky; the whole celestial concave was filled with
the inflowing tides of the morning light, which came pouring
down from above in one great ocean of radiance; till at
length, as we reached the blue hills, a flash of purple fire
blazed out from above the horizon, and turned the dewy
tear-drops of flower and leaf into rubies and diamonds. In a
few seconds the everlasting gates of the morning were
thrown wide open, and the Lord of Day, arrayed in glories
too severe for gaze of man, began his course.
Examples for Practice
exposition
The Conspiracy to Murder. A conspiracy to kill and
murder does not owe its criminality to the length of time
it may occupy in its progress, from its first conception to
its ultimate adoption—a conspiracy may be formed the
very instant before the step is taken to put it into effect. If
a number of people meet accidentally in the street, and
conspire together to kill and murder at the moment, it is as
essentially the crime of conspiracy as if it had been intended
for a year before, and hatched from that year to the moment
of its accomplishment.
—John P. Curran, Trial of
John Costly for conspiracy
to murder, Dublin, Feb. 23, 1804
Circumstantial Evidence of Guilt. I need not pause to
remind you how much caution, how much candor, and how
much intelligence are requisite in appreciating circumstantial
evidence in any case. That kind of evidence may clearly
prove guilt. That many times, however, it has also shed
innocent blood, and many times it has stained a fair name,
I need not pause for a moment to illustrate or remind you.
Instead of doing that, I think I shall be better occupied,
under the direction of his honor, in reminding you of the
two great rules by which circumstantial evidence is to be
weighed, appreciated, and applied by the jury. Those rules,
gentlemen, are these:
In the first place, that the jury shall be satisfied that they
conduct, as a necessary result and conclusion, to the inference
of guilt. It is a rule that may be called a golden rule
in the examination and application of this kind of evidence
which we call circumstantial, that should it so turn out
that every fact and circumstance alleged and proved to exist
is consistent, on the one hand with the hypothesis of guilt
and on the other hand consistent, reasonably and fairly, with
the hypothesis of innocence, then those circumstances prove
nothing at all. Unless they go so far as to establish as a
necessary conclusion this guilt which they are offered with
a view to establish, they are utterly worthless and ineffectual
for the investigation of truth. I had the honor to read to the
court this morning, and possibly in your hearing, an authority
in which that familiar and elementary doctrine was laid
down, a doctrine every day applied, everywhere recognized
as primary in the appreciation of this kind of evidence.
It is not enough that the circumstances relied upon are
plainly and certainly proved. It is not enough to show
that they are consistent with the hypothesis of guilt. They
must also render the hypothesis of innocence inadmissible
and impossible, unreasonable and absurd, or they have
proved nothing at all.
—Rufus Choate, in the
Dalton divorce case
Stare Decisis. The people, in forming the organic law
of the government of this state, very wisely foresaw that,
in its action and progress, questions of interpretation of
the settlement of legal principles, and of their application,
would frequently arise; and thence the necessity of constituting
some tribunal with general appellate and supervisory
powers, whose decisions should be final and conclusively
settle and declare the law. This was supposed to
have been accomplished in the organization of this court.
Heretofore this court, under the Constitution, has been
looked to by the people as the tribunal of the last resort in
the state; and it has hitherto been supposed that when this
court has decided a case upon its merits such decision not
only determined the right of the parties litigant in that
particular case, but that it also settled the principles involved
in it as permanent rules of law, universally applicable in all
future cases embracing similar facts, and involving the same
or analogous principles. These decisions thus became at
once public law, measures of private right, and landmarks
of property. They determined the right of persons and of
things. Parties entered into contracts with each other with
reference to them, as to the declared and established law;
law equally binding upon the courts and the people. But the
doctrine recently put forth would at once overturn this whole
body of law founded upon the adjudications of this court,
built up as it has been by the long continued and arduous
labors, grown venerable with years, and interwoven as it has
become with the interests, and habits, and the opinions of
the people. Under this new doctrine all would again be
unsettled—nothing established. Like the ever returning but
never ending labors of the fabled Sisyphus, this court, in
disregard to the maxim of “stare decisis,” would, in each
recurring case, have to enter upon its examination and decision
as if all were new, without any aid from the experience
of the past, or the benefit of any established principle or
settled law. Each case with decision being thus limited as
law to itself alone would in turn pass away and be forgotten,
leaving behind it no record of principle established, or light
to guide, or rule to govern the future.
—Luther Bradish. Opinion
given as Presiding Judge
of Court of Errors, in Hanford v.
Archer,
Dec., 1842, at Albany, N. Y.
Argumentation
The Obligation of Contract. We contend that the obligation
of a contract—that is, the duty of performing it—is
not created by the law of the particular place where it is
made, and dependent on that law for its existence; but that
it may subsist, and does subsist, without the law, and independent
of it. The obligation is in the contract itself, in
the assent of the parties, and in the sanction of universal
law. This is the doctrine of Grotius, Vattel, Burlamaqui,
Pothier, and Rutherford. The contract, doubtless, is necessarily
to be enforced by the municipal law of the place
where performance is demanded. The municipal law acts
on the contract after it is made, to compel its execution, or
give damages for its violation. But this is a very different
thing from the same law being the original or fountain of
the contract.
Let us illustrate this matter by an example. Two persons
contract together in New York for the delivery, by one to
the other, of a domestic animal, a utensil of husbandry, or a
weapon of war. This is a lawful contract, and, while the
parties remain in New York it is to be enforced by the laws
of that state. But, if they remove with the article to Pennsylvania
or Maryland, there a new law comes to act upon
the contract, and to apply other remedies if it be broken.
Thus far the remedies are furnished by the laws of society.
But suppose the same parties to go together to a savage
wilderness, or a desert island beyond the reach of the laws
of any society. The obligation of the contract still subsists,
and is as perfect as ever, and is now to be enforced by
another law, that is the law of nature; and the party to
whom the promise was made has a right to take by force
the animal, the utensil, or the weapon that was promised
him. The right is as perfect here as it was in Pennsylvania,
or even in New York.
—Daniel Webster, in Ogden
v. Saunders
Parent and Child. The next greatest tie is that of parent
and child. If in God’s providence a man has not only
watched over the cradle of his child, but over the grave of
his offspring, and has witnessed earth committed to earth,
ashes to ashes, and dust to dust, he knows that the love
of a parent for his child is stronger than death. The bitter
lamentation, “Would to God I had died for thee,” has been
wrung from many a parent’s heart. But when the adulterer’s
shadow comes between the parent and child, it casts
over both a gloom darker than the grave. What agony is
equal to his who knows not whether the children gathered
around his board are his own offspring or an adulterous
brood, hatched in his bed. To the child it is still more
disastrous. Nature designs that children shall have the care
of both parents; the mother’s care is the chief blessing to
her child—a mother’s honor its priceless inheritance. But
when the adulterer enters a family, the child is deprived of
the care of one parent, perhaps of both. When death, in
God’s providence, strikes a mother from the family, the
deepest grief that preys upon a husband’s heart is the loss
of her nurture and example to his orphan child; and the
sweetest conversation between parent and child is when
they talk of the beloved mother who is gone. But how can
a daughter hear that mother’s name without a blush? Death
is merciful to the pitiless cruelty of him whose lust has
stained the fair brow of innocent childhood by corrupting
the heart of the mother, whose example must stain the
daughter’s life.
—Edwin M. Stanton, in
Sickles’ trial
Distrust of Witnesses. Are they witnesses to be trusted
with report of evidence by words? Are they witnesses
to remember words where everything may depend upon the
exact expression, upon the order of the language, upon dropping
an epithet here and inserting an epithet there, by which
the guilt of adultery is confessed? Is this a body of witnesses
that are to be trusted to report words, that are the issues of
life, with certainty and accuracy? I submit that, on the
outside of it, the whole case of confession to be listened to
by this jury is a conclusive and rational distrust which would
leave my client in no fear at all of the result. Here is a man
that cannot be trusted to carry ten bushels of yellow, flat
corn across the city for fear that he would steal half of it;
who cannot be trusted to take a hat full of uncounted bills
to New York. A man who has not honesty enough, or
fairness enough, to weight the hind quarter of an ox—shall
he be trusted to weigh out gold dust and dimes, and count
the pulses of life? A man not honest enough, a combination
not honest enough, to carry a letter without mutilating
it into a falsehood, to prove words in which honesty, intelligence,
and fairness may be entirely omitted. We come, then,
to this examination of confession exactly in this state of the
case: It is probability, amounting almost to a miracle, that a
confession should be made under any circumstances at all.
Confessions themselves are never to be acted upon by the
jury unless they know, upon their oaths, that they have the
very words spoken in the sense in which they came. They
never can have that assurance if they have not a clear and
undoubting confidence in the speaker that reports them.
And their case opens, I say, with this: that a moral miracle
is to be established on the testimony of confessions, by the
evidence of witnesses, as a body, manifestly and apparently
undeserving a moment’s confidence.
—Rufus Choate, in Dalton
divorce case
narration
The History of Trial by Jury. I might begin with Tacitus,
and show how the contest arose in the forest of Germany
more than two thousand years ago; how the rough virtues
and sound common sense of that people established the right
of trial by jury, and thus started on a career which has
made their posterity the foremost race that ever lived in
all the tide of time. The Saxons carried it to England, and
were ever ready to defend it with their blood. It was
crushed out by the Danish invasion; and all that they suffered
of tyranny and oppression during the period of their subjugation
resulted from the want of trial by jury. If that
had been conceded to them the reaction would not have
taken place which drove back the Danes to their frozen
homes in the north. But those ruffian sea-kings could not
understand that, and the reaction came. Alfred, the greatest
of revolutionary heroes and the wisest monarch that ever
sat on a throne, made the first use of his power, after the
Saxons restored it, to reëstablish their ancient laws. He had
promised them that he would, and he was true to them
because they had been true to him. But it was not easily
done; the courts were opposed to it, for it limited their
power—a kind of power that everybody covets—the power
to punish without regard to law. He was obliged to hang
forty-four judges in one year for refusing to give his subjects
a trial by jury. When the historian says he hung
them, it is not meant that he put them to death without a trial.
He had them impeached before the grand council of the
nation, the Witenagemot, the parliament of that time.
During the subsequent period of Saxon domination no man
on English soil was powerful enough to refuse a legal trial
to the meanest peasant. If any minister or any king, in
war or in peace, had dared to punish a freeman by tribunal
of his own appointment, he would have roused the wrath
of the whole population; all orders of society would have
resisted it; lord and vassal, knight and squire, priest and
penitent, bocman and socman, master and thrall, copyholder
and villein, would have risen in one mass and burnt the
offender to death in his castle, or followed him in his flight
and torn him to atoms. It was again trampled down by the
Norman conquerors; but the evils resulting from the want
of it united all classes in the effort which compelled King
John to restore it by the Great Charter. Everybody is
familiar with the struggles which the English people, during
many generations, made for their rights with the Plantagenets,
the Tudors, and the Stuarts, and which ended finally
in the revolution of 1688, when the liberties of England
were placed upon an impregnable basis by the Bill of Rights.
Many times the attempt was made to stretch the royal authority
far enough to justify military trials; but it never had
more than temporary success.
—Judge Jeremiah S. Black,
in the Milligan
case, U. S. Supreme Court,
Washington,
D. C., Dec., 1866
Testimony. I will go through the case fairly and discuss
it fully. I will nothing extenuate, nor aught set down in
malice. I will base my argument upon the testimony, not
as I would have it, but as it is. I will speak not to the
world, but to you, who can correct and hold me in judgment,
if I fail to redeem the promises of fairness and candor
which I make. Heaven can witness for me that I desire no
fame at the expense of these unfortunate men. I will use
no bitter words, I will affect no bitter loathing; I will assail
neither man, woman, nor child, except under the urgent
pressure of duty and necessity. I wish I could be spared
the painful task of doing so at all.
—J. A. Van Dyke, in
conspiracy case,
Detroit, Mich., Sept., 1851
description
Conscience. Lady Macbeth must needs walk by night in
her sleep and rub her hands as if to wash them, and cry
out: “Out, damned spot, out I say!” But all Neptune’s
ocean will not wash the stain away; all the perfumes of
Arabia will not sweeten the murderer’s hand. Conscience, the
greatest gift of God, the child itself of God, working and
acting obedient to the same law by which your system and
mine, by their nature, will attempt to throw off disease, that
which is imperfect and that which is poison, I say by that
same law conscience seeks to throw off its load of guilt.
—State’s Attorney Frank M.
Nye, in People v.
Hayward, Minneapolis, Minn., Dec.,
1895
Consent Under Protest. Sir, the consent of Maine to part
with her soil and her sovereignty was given with a bleeding
heart; it was like the consent of him who bares his own
right arm to the surgeon’s knife when advised that his life
can only be preserved by its amputation; she consented
as one consents to commit to kindred dust the children of his
body; she consented as the red man consents to be driven
from his happy hunting grounds, the graves of his fathers
and the banks of the streams where he sported in childhood;
she consented, as was said by another, as “the victim consents
to execution because he walks and is not dragged to the
scaffold which has been erected to receive him.”
—Daniel S. Dickinson,
Speech in reply to
Webster on the Northwestern Boundary
question, U. S. Senate, April 9, 1846
Duties of Juries. Gentlemen of the jury, I have about
concluded my duties in this case. Yours will follow. I
ask from you nothing in the world but the intelligent judgment
of twelve intelligent men on the evidence before you.
I have only one little picture more to offer. It is Burns’s
picture of the Scottish farmer in the seclusion of his family.
His day’s work done, he draws his little family about him.
He has laid aside his cap and has taken the old family
Bible from its shelf. He calls Jane and James and the
old mother and reads to them from God’s promises. Then
all bow their heads in prayer. “In scenes like these old
Scotia’s grandeur lies.” Some of you here are wont to keep
that sacred tryst. Into that tryst you would never admit
this paper.
—General Black, in People
v. Dunlap,
New York, Feb. 4, 1896
Paraphrasing is the reproduction of the sense
of a passage, a composition or a speech, in other
than the terms used by the original writer or speaker.
It is the holding on to the original structure and thought,
but a clothing of them in entirely new language. It is
an amplification of an idea, a redressing of it; the use
of new terms or different language for the presentation
of an old thought; as,
What would have been the consequences, sir, if we had
been conquered? Were we not fighting against that majesty?
Would the justice of our opposition have been considered?
The most horrid forfeitures, confiscations, and attainders
would have been pronounced against us.
In paraphrasing this extract from a speech by Patrick
Henry we should keep in mind his thought only and pay
no attention to the language he used in expressing the
thought. We should borrow his idea, but we should
clothe it in language of our own; as,
Let me ask you, sir, what would have resulted from
our having been conquered by Great Britain? It was
the exercise of power by that nation that we combated.
Would she, had our struggle for liberty failed, have considered
that we fought for what we believed to be right?
No, sir, history would have but repeated itself. Our
patriots would have died on the gallows, their children
would have been deprived of their inheritance, and no
cruelty would have been too great for the conquering
nation to have inflicted upon her rebellious colonies.
What good is to be derived from paraphrasing?
It trains the mind through the exercising of the power
of mental concentration that is necessary in order to
hold on to the thought; it helps to form the habit of constructing
a framework; it aids in making a speaker
arrange his thoughts consecutively; it improves the
speaker’s style, and it enlarges his vocabulary.
On a first attempt it will seem almost impossible for
many to paraphrase. They are apt to think the original
matter so well constructed, and the thought so perfectly
expressed, as to render any other arrangement of it
ridiculous and practically out of the question. They
cannot bring to mind words common to themselves with
which to clothe the ideas of another. In trying to remember
the words of the original writer or speaker they lose the
thought and are unable to proceed. To all such, the
author says: continue in the work; cease to think of
words at all, keep the framework in mind, lay hold of
the thought, and words to convey the thought will leap
forward to do the work. They may not, at first, be the
best possible words, but words that will answer the purpose
of carrying the thought to the mind of the listener
will flow freely, and with study and practice the vocabulary
will become larger and more effective.
Paraphrasing helps to develop the imaginative quality
by cultivating the power of producing mental images,
seeing with the mind’s eye, as it were. If a speaker will
hold on to his picture or his theme, he will have no
trouble in drawing the one or developing the other. In
presenting a picture, the speaker must keep the entire
scene in his mind when describing it in detail; and when
developing a theme, it must be in the speaker’s mental
vision in its entirety while he develops it step by step,
point by point; as,
God called man in dreams into the vestibule of heaven,
saying, “Come up higher, and I will show thee the glory of
My house”; and to His angels who stood about His throne,
He said, “take him, strip him of his robes of flesh; cleanse
his affections; put a new breath into his nostrils; but touch
not his human heart—the heart that fears, and hopes, and
trembles.” A moment, and it was done, and the man stood
ready for his unknown voyage. Under the guidance of a
mighty angel, with sounds of flying pinions, they sped away
from the battlements of heaven. Some time, on the mighty
angel’s wings, they fled through Saharas of darkness, wildernesses
of death. At length, from a distance not counted,
save in the arithmetic of heaven, light beamed upon them—a
sleepy flame, as seen through a hazy cloud. They sped on,
in their terrible speed, to meet the light; the light with
lesser speed came to meet them. In a moment the blazing
of suns around them—a moment, the wheeling of planets;
then came long eternities of twilight; then again, on the
right hand and the left, appeared more constellations. At
last, the man sank down, crying, “Angel, I can go no further;
let me lie down in the grave, and hide myself from
the infinitude of the universe, for end there is none.” “End
is there none?” demanded the angel. And, from the glittering
stars that shown around, there came a choral shout,
“End there is none!” “End is there none?” demanded the
angel again, “And it is this that awes thy soul?” I answer,
“End there is none to the universe of God! Lo, also, there is
no beginning!”
This is a story taken from the German and used by
O. M. Mitchell in his address “The Immensity of the Creation,”
and it made a striking illustration. It will be an
easy matter to paraphrase this vivid portraiture if the
student will keep in mind the idea of the angel and the
man flying through space as the scene shifts. There is
a continuous change in the surroundings as the angel
and man continue to fly through space, but the mind of
the speaker should accompany them and see all the
changes that occur without losing sight of the angel and
the man, as they are the picture, the surroundings being
merely the accessories or details, and while these are
being described the angel and the man must still be in
view. The angel and the man must be seen standing at
the portals of heaven, they must be seen speeding from
the battlements of that glorious place. The scene now
shifts to a desert of darkness, but still the angel and the
man are within the mental vision of the speaker. Now
a ray of light, breaking through a misty cloud, showers
its brightness upon them. The scene has again changed,
but the picture of the angel and the man remains. The
light grows in brightness and immensity, other details
enter into the picture—the suns, the planets, and the
twilight—but still the angel and the man are there.
Again the scenery is shifted, the man sinks down in
weariness, the chorus of angel voices is heard as the
multitude of stars open their portals to let out the
heavenly shout, “End there is none,” but still the picture
is there—the picture of the angel and the man.
In developing a theme, the same principle prevails. It
is for this reason that it is wise to have in a speech but
one proposition to expound, one subject to discuss, one
object to accomplish. By dragging in many points, instead
of developing the one, the speaker is apt to ramble,
the listener to become confused, and the speech to fail.
By this it is meant that there must be one grand central
idea or point around which all others must revolve. This
principal idea, proposition, or point must be like the hub
of a wheel—it may have any number of spokes, but
they must all radiate from the hub. It is like the picture
of the angel and the man flying through space—the
scene changes, but the angel and the man are always
present to the imaginative eye of the speaker—and it
is for this reason he is able to describe so vividly his
picture or develop his theme to make them apparent
even to the mind of the unimaginative listener.
Let us consider the developing of a theme in place of
the drawing of a picture. For this purpose we will take
an extract from a speech of that clear reasoned and
eminent theologian, William Ellery Channing:
The grand idea of humanity, of the importance of man
as man, is spreading silently, but surely. Even the most
abject portions of society are visited by some dreams of
a better condition for which they were designed. The
grand doctrine, that every human being should have the
means of self-culture, of progress in knowledge and virtue,
of health, comfort, and happiness, of exercising the powers
and affections of a man—this is slowly taking its place as
the highest social truth. That the world was made for all,
and not for a few; that society is to care for all, that no
human being shall perish but through his own fault; that
the great end of government is to spread a shield over the
rights of all—these propositions are growing into axioms,
and the spirit of them is coming forth in all the departments
of life.
How beautifully Dr. Channing holds on to his theme
through the entire passage. He starts by telling us what
the grand idea of humanity is, and then he proceeds to
expound it. The first laying down of the proposition is,
that “the importance of man as man” (this is the grand
idea of humanity) is becoming universal. He then amplifies
the idea by stating that even the lowest specimens
of humanity are awakening to a realization of it. He
then develops what this idea consists of—the right of
all men to education, proper housing, and sufficient food,
in short, the right to live as human beings—and asserts
that it has become the most important of the social truths.
He then enumerates what at one time were considered
debatable opinions but are now recognized as undeniable
facts. Notice how, while he brings in many statements,
they all radiate from the one proposition that “the importance
of man as man is spreading silently, but surely,”
and never once does he permit you to lose sight of the
theme, because he continuously has it before his mental
eye. No matter what he says, “the importance of man
as man” is uppermost, just as was the picture of the
angel and the man, and if the student in paraphrasing
the passage will keep that one point in mind, he should
have no serious difficulty in presenting it in a new garb
clearly to the minds of others. A carrying out of this
principle will enable an extempore speaker to form his
matter with perfect ease, and this is one reason why
paraphrasing is beneficial to the student of public speaking.
It is a valuable stepping stone that should be used
by all in attempting to attain proficiency in the art of
expressing thought by means of the spoken word.
Any material that comes to hand may be used for the
purpose of paraphrasing provided it be properly constructed
and expressed in good language. These are two
important points to remember in choosing selections for
paraphrasing, as students are sure to be influenced by
the construction and diction of the matter they employ
for this purpose.
The following extracts furnish splendid matter for
paraphrasing.
EDUCATION
Horace Mann
From her earliest history, the policy of this country has
been to develop the minds of all her people, and to imbue
them with the principles of duty. To do this work most
effectually, she has begun with the young. If she would
continue to mount higher and higher toward the summit of
prosperity, she must continue the means by which her present
elevation has been gained. In doing this, she will not
only exercise the noblest prerogative of government, but will
coöperate with the Almighty in one of His sublimest works.
The Greek rhetorician, Longinus, quotes from the Mosaic
account of the creation what he calls the sublimest passage
ever uttered: “God said, ‘Let there be light,’ and there
was light!” From the centre of black immensity effulgence
burst forth. Above, beneath, on every side, its radiance
streamed out, silent, yet making each spot in the vast concave
brighter than the line which the lightning pencils upon
the midnight cloud. Darkness fled as the swift beams spread
onward and outward, in an unending circumfusion of splendor.
Onward and outward still they move to this day, glorifying,
through wider and wider regions of space, the infinite
Author from whose power and beneficence they sprang. But
not only in the beginning, when God created the heavens
and the earth, did he say, “Let there be light!” Whenever
a human soul is born into the world, its Creator stands over
it, and again pronounces the same sublime words, “Let
there be light.”
Magnificent, indeed, was the material creation, when, suddenly
blazing forth in mid-space, the new-born sun dispelled
the darkness of the ancient night. But infinitely
more magnificent is it when the human soul rays forth
its subtler and swifter beams; when the light of the senses
irradiates all outward things, revealing the beauty of their
colors and the exquisite symmetry of their proportions and
forms; when the light of reason penetrates to their invisible
properties and laws, and displays all those hidden relations
that make up all the sciences; when the light of conscience
illuminates the moral world, separating truth from error,
and virtue from vice. The light of the newly kindled sun,
indeed, was glorious. It struck upon all the planets, and
waked into existence their myriad capacities of life and joy.
As it rebounded from them, and showed their vast orbs
all wheeling, circle beyond circle in their stupendous courses,
the sons of God shouted for joy. The light sped onward,
beyond Sirius, beyond the pole-star, beyond Orion and the
Pleiades, and is still spreading onward into the abysses of
space. But the light of the human soul flies swifter than
the light of the sun, and outshines its meridian blaze. It
can embrace not only the sun of our system, but all suns
and galaxies of suns; ay! the soul is capable of knowing
and enjoying Him who created the suns themselves; and
when these starry lusters that now glorify the firmament
shall wax dim, and fade away like a wasted taper, the light
of the soul shall still remain, nor time, nor cloud, nor any
power but its own perversity, shall ever quench its brightness.
Again I would say, that whenever a human soul is
born into the world, God stands over it and pronounces the
same sublime fiat, “Let there be light!” and may the time
soon come, when all human governments shall coöperate
with the Divine government in carrying this benediction and
baptism into fulfilment!
DIGGING FOR THE THOUGHT
John Ruskin
When you come to a good book, you must ask yourself,
“Am I inclined to work as an Australian miner would?
Are my pickaxes and shovels in good order, and am I in
good trim myself—and my sleeves well up to the elbows,
and my breath good, and my temper?” And, keeping the
figure a little longer, even at the cost of tiresomeness, for
it is a thoroughly useful one, the metal you are in search
of being the author’s mind or meaning, his words are as the
rock which you have to crush and smelt in order to get at
it. And your pickaxes are your own care, wit, and learning;
your smelting-furnace is your own thoughtful soul. Do not
hope to get at any good author’s meaning without those
tools and that fire. Often you will need sharpest, finest
chiselling, and patientest fusing before you can gather one
grain of the metal.
And, therefore, first of all, I tell you earnestly and authoritatively
(I know I am right in this), you must get into
the habit of looking intensely at words, and assuring
yourself of their meaning, syllable by syllable—nay, letter by
letter. For, though it is only by reason of the opposition
of letters in the function of signs to sounds that the study
of books is called “literature”, that a man versed in it is
called, by the consent of nations, a man of letters, instead
of a man of books or of words, you may yet connect with that
accidental nomenclature this real fact—that you might read
all the books in the British Museum (if you could live long
enough) and remain an utterly illiterate, uneducated person;
but that if you read ten pages of a good book, letter by letter,
that is to say, with real accuracy, you are forevermore
in some measure an educated person. The entire difference
between education and non-education (as regards the merely
intellectual part of it) consists in this accuracy. A well-educated
gentleman may not know many languages, may not
be able to speak any but his own, may have read very few
books; but whatever language he knows, he knows precisely;
whatever word he pronounces, he pronounces rightly. Above
all, he is learned in the peerage of words, knows the words
of true descent and ancient blood, at a glance, from words
of modern canaille; remembers all their ancestry, their inter-marriages,
distant relationship, and the extent to which they
were admitted, and offices they held among the national
noblesse of words at any time and in any country. But an
uneducated person may know, by memory, many languages,
and talk them all, and yet truly know not a word of any—not
a word even of his own. An ordinarily clever and sensible
seaman will be able to make his way ashore at most
ports; yet he has only to speak a sentence of any language
to be known for an illiterate person. So also the accent, or
turn of expression of a single sentence, will at once mark
a scholar. And this is so strongly felt, so conclusively
admitted, by educated persons, that a false accent or a
mistaken syllable is enough, in the parliament of any civilized
nation, to assign to a man a certain degree of inferior
standing forever.
HISTORICAL READING
Arthur James Balfour
It is no doubt true that we are surrounded by advisers
who shall tell us that all study of the past is barren except
in so far as it enables us to determine the laws by which
the evolution of human societies is governed. How far such
an investigation has been up to the present time fruitful in
results I will not inquire. That it will ever enable us to
trace with accuracy the course which states and nations are
destined to pursue in the future, or to account in detail for
their history in the past, I do not indeed believe.
We are borne along like travelers on some unexplored
stream. We may know enough of the general configuration
of the globe to be sure that we are making our way towards
the ocean. We may know enough by experience or theory
of the laws regulating the flow of liquids, to conjecture how
the river will behave under the varying influences to which
it may be subject. More than this we cannot know. It
will depend largely upon causes which, in relation to any
laws which we are ever likely to discover, may properly
be called accidental, whether we are destined sluggishly
to drift among fever-stricken swamps, to hurry down perilous
rapids, or to glide gently through fair scenes of peaceful
cultivation.
But leaving on one side ambitious sociological speculations,
and even those more modest but hitherto more successful
investigations into the causes which have in particular cases
been principally operative in producing great political
changes, there are still two modes in which we can derive
what I may call “spectacular” enjoyment from the study
of history.
There is first the pleasure which arises from the contemplation
of some great historic drama, or some broad and
well-marked phase of social development. The story of the
rise, greatness, and decay of a nation is like some vast
epic which contains as subsidiary episodes the varied stories
of the rise, greatness, and decay of creeds, of parties and
of statesmen. The imagination is moved by the slow unrolling
of this great picture of human mutability, as it is moved
by the contrasted permanence of the abiding stars. The
ceaseless conflicts, the strange echoes of long forgotten controversies,
the confusion of purpose, the successes which lay
deep the seeds of future evils, the failures that ultimately
divert the otherwise inevitable danger, the heroism which
struggles to the last for a cause foredoomed to defeat, the
wickedness which sides with right, and the wisdom which
huzzahs at the triumph of folly—fate, meanwhile, through all
this turmoil and perplexity, working silently toward the
predestined end—all these form together a subject the
contemplation of which need surely never weary.
But there is yet another and very different species of
enjoyment to be derived from the records of the past, which
requires a somewhat different method of study in order that
it may be fully tasted. Instead of contemplating, as it were,
from a distance, the larger aspects of the human drama, we
may elect to move in familiar fellowship amid the scenes
and actors of special periods.
We may add to the interest we derive from the contemplation
of contemporary politics a similar interest derived
from a not less minute and probably more accurate knowledge
of some comparatively brief passage in the political
history of the past. We may extend the social circle in
which we move—a circle perhaps narrowed and restricted
through circumstances beyond our control—by making intimate
acquaintances, perhaps even close friends, among a
society long departed, but which, when we have once learnt
the trick of it, it rests with us to revive.
It is this kind of historical reading which is usually branded
as frivolous and useless, and persons who indulge in it
often delude themselves into thinking that the real motive
of their investigation into bygone scenes and ancient scandals
is philosophic interest in an important historical episode,
whereas in truth it is not the philosophy which glorifies
the details, but the details which make tolerable the
philosophy.
Consider, for example, the use of the French Revolution.
The period from the taking of the Bastille to the fall of
Robespierre is of about the same length as very commonly
intervenes between two of our general elections. On these
comparatively few months libraries have been written. The
incidents of every week are matters of familiar knowledge.
The character and the biography of every actor in the
drama has been made the subject of minute study; and by
common admission there is no more fascinating page in the
history of the world.
But the interest is not what is commonly called philosophic,
it is personal. Because the Revolution is the dominant
fact in modern history, therefore people suppose that
the doings of this or that provincial lawyer, tossed into temporary
eminence and eternal infamy by some freak of the
revolutionary wave, or the atrocities committed by this or
that mob, half-drunk with blood, rhetoric, and alcohol, are
of transcendent importance.
In truth, their interest is great, but their importance is
small. What we are concerned to know as students of the
philosophy of history is, not the character of each turn and
eddy in the great social cataract, but the manner in which
the currents of the upper stream drew surely in toward the
final plunge, and slowly collected themselves after the catastrophe,
again to pursue, at a different level, their renewed
and comparatively tranquil course.
Now, if so much of the interest of the French Revolution
depends on our minute knowledge of each passing incident,
how much more necessary is such knowledge when we are
dealing with the quiet nooks and corners of history—when
we are seeking an introduction, let us say, into the literary
society of Johnson or the fashionable society of Walpole!
Society, dead or alive, can have no charm without intimacy,
and no intimacy without interest in trifles.
If we would feel at our ease in any company, if we wish
to find humour in its jokes and point in its repartees, we
must know something of the beliefs and prejudices of
its various members—their loves and their hates, their
hopes and their fears, their maladies, their marriages, and
their flirtations. If these things are beneath our notice, we
shall not be the less qualified to serve our queen and country,
but need make no attempt to extract pleasure out of one
of the most delightful departments of literature.
EULOGY OF GENERAL GRANT
Dean Farrar
Every true man derives his patent of nobleness direct
from God. Did not God choose David from the sheepfolds
to make him ruler of his people Israel? Was not the
“Lord of life and all the worlds” for thirty years a carpenter
at Nazareth? Do not such careers illustrate the prophecy
of Solomon, “Seest thou the man diligent in his business?
he shall stand before kings.” When Abraham Lincoln sat,
book in hand, day after day, under the tree, moving around
it as the shadow moved, absorbed in mastering his task;
when James Garfield rang the bell of Hiram Institute, day
after day, on the very stroke of the hour, and swept the
school room as faithfully as he mastered the Greek lesson;
when Ulysses Grant, sent with his team to meet some men
who were to load the cart with logs, and finding no men
there, loaded the cart with his own boy strength—they
showed in conscientious duty and thoroughness the qualities
which were to raise them to rule the destinies of men.
But the youth was not destined to die in that deep valley
of obscurity and toil in which it is the lot—perhaps the
happy lot—of many of us to spend our little lives. The
hour came: the man was needed.
In 1861 there broke out the most terrible war of modern
days. Grant received a commission as colonel of volunteers,
and in four years the struggling toiler had risen to the chief
command of a vaster army than has ever been handled by
any mortal man. Who could have imagined that four years
could make that stupendous difference? But it is often so.
The great men needed for some tremendous crisis have often
stepped as it were through the door in the wall which no
one had noticed, and, unannounced, unheralded, without prestige,
have made their way silently and single-handed to the
front.
And there was no luck in it. He rose, it has been said,
by the upward gravitation of natural fitness. It was the work
of inflexible faithfulness, of indomitable resolution, of sleepless
energy, of iron purpose, of persistent tenacity. In
battle after battle, in siege after siege, whatever Grant had
to do he did it with his might. He undertook, as General
Sherman said, what no one else would have adventured, till
his very soldiers began to reflect some of his own indomitable
determination. With a patience which nothing could tire,
with a firmness which no obstacle could daunt, with a military
genius which embraced the vastest plans, yet attended
to the smallest minutiæ, he defeated one after another every
great general of the Confederates except General Stonewall
Jackson.
Grant had not only to defeat armies, but to “annihilate
resources”—to leave no choice but destruction or submission.
He saw that the brief ravage of the hurricane is
infinitely less ruinous than the interminable malignity of
the pestilence, and that in that colossal struggle victory—swift,
decisive, overwhelming, at all costs—was the truest
mercy. In silence, in determination, in clearness of insight,
he was your Washington and our Wellington. He was like
them also in this, that the word “can’t” did not exist in his
soldier’s dictionary, and that all he achieved was accomplished
without bluster and without parade.
After the surrender at Appomattox the war of the Secession
was over. It was a mighty work, and Grant had done
it mightily. Surely the light of God, which manifests all
things in the slow history of their ripening, has shown that
for the future destinies of a mighty nation it was a necessary
and a blessed work. The Church hurls her most indignant
anathema at unrighteous war, but she never refused to honor
the faithful soldier who fights in the cause of his country
and his God. The gentlest and most Christian of poets has
used the tremendous words that—
God’s most dreaded instrument,
In working out a pure intent,
Is man—arrayed for mutual slaughter;
Yea, carnage is his daughter.
We shudder even as we quote the words; but yet the cause
for which Grant fought—the unity of a great people, the
freedom of a whole race of mankind—was as great and
noble as that when at Lexington the embattled farmers fired
the shot which was heard round the world. The South has
accepted that desperate and bloody arbitrament. Two of
the Southern generals will bear General Grant’s funeral pall.
The rancor and the fury of the past are buried in oblivion.
True friends have been made out of brave foemen, and
the pure glory and virtue of Lee and of Stonewall Jackson
will be part of the common national heritage with the fame
of Garfield and of Grant.
How to Breathe
And the Lord God formed man of the dust of the ground,
and breathed into his nostrils the breath of life; and man
became a living
soul.[1]
—The Bible
These words were spoken several thousand years
ago by one of the wisest of men, who was inspired
by the Master of Life to utter words of wisdom for the
guidance of the children of men. From the moment
those divine words were spoken it seems as though man
has been aiming to get along with as little of the breath
of God as possible. The divine breath is given as freely
now as it was at the time of the creation, and it is ever
present to those who are willing to receive it, as, like
God’s love, it is not withheld from us, but we withhold
ourselves from it. No soul is ever lost save through its
own determination to go to destruction, and no body
suffers for the want of the life-giving breath except
through sin, ignorance, or wilfulness. The great English
preacher, Charles H. Spurgeon, in a lecture to his
students, thus expressed himself: “The next best thing
to the grace of God for a preacher is oxygen.” As the
world cannot live without the grace of God, the body
cannot exist without oxygen; and this oxygen is the life-giving
property of the air which is drawn into the lungs
and distributed through the body by means of the blood.
Correct breathing insures physical health in that it causes
the blood to circulate properly through all the veins as
well as through the arteries, thus carrying off the particles
that otherwise would remain in the system, decomposing
and poisoning the body with their dead matter.
Proper breathing brightens the eye, makes ruddy the
cheek, raises the spirits, clarifies the mind, ennobles
the soul, and forms the voice. Sir George Mivart, the noted
English naturalist, voiced a self-evident fact when he
said: “Of all the functions of the body that of respiration
is the most conspicuously necessary for the maintenance
of life,” but while it is understood by all thinking
animals that they must breathe in order that they
may live, it is not so clearly evident to man that he must
breathe correctly in order that pure vocal tones may be
produced and expressive speech formed.
The question of breath. This is of the greatest importance
to the speaker, as by the action of the breathing
muscles the voice is controlled in all things except modulation.
Speech is breath and voice before it becomes
speech, and the form it takes as it starts on its journey
at the moment of its creation it must retain until it ceases
to exist. Breath possesses three forms, effusive, expulsive,
and explosive, and whichever of these forms it
assumes at the start, it must retain during its transition
into voice and speech. After the pressure of the breathing
muscles against the lungs has forced the breath into
the larynx and produced voice through the vibration of
the vocal cords until that voice has been formed into
articulated sounds by the action of the hard and soft
palate, the tongue, the teeth, and the lips, it must remain,
so far as its form is concerned, exactly as it started.
Effusive breath can produce only effusive voice, effusive
voice can be converted into only effusive speech, and in
no manner can this form be altered after the breath has
been expelled from the lungs. The voice is affected and
modified by the resonance chambers, the organs of articulation,
and the mentality of the speaker, but it must be
one of the three forms, effusive, expulsive, or explosive,
and it must retain this form from its birth to its death.
Respiration. Respiration is the process of taking air
into the lungs and sending it out. This process of breathing
is twofold, inhalation and exhalation. Inhalation is
the taking in of the air, and exhalation is the sending out
of the breath. Normal persons breathe about twenty times
a minute; that is, they inhale twenty times and exhale
twenty times during that period. When the air is received
into the lungs, the oxygen is extracted from it, eaten up,
as it were, and distributed through the system; and, on
the exhalation, the carbonic gas and organic matter is
carried out. If a person is confined within a limited
space, and little air permitted to enter, he will soon consume
most of the oxygen contained therein, poison the
atmosphere with the carbonic gas which he throws off,
and die for the want of the life-giving property—oxygen.
It is estimated that almost half the deaths are
caused through improper breathing and the inhalation of
vitiated air. Five hundred cubic feet of air every twenty-four
hours is not too much for every human being.
The lungs are the organs of respiration. They are two
in number, the right and the left. The right lung possesses
three distinct chambers, and the left lung is made
up of two. The average adult has a lung capacity, in
round numbers, of three hundred and fifty cubic inches,
and uses about thirty cubic inches for an ordinary inhalation
and exhalation, although it would be well if he used
forty, or even fifty, cubic inches of his capacity. There
are one hundred cubic inches of air always in the lungs
of an adult which cannot be forced out by physical exertion
and the human animal live. As soon as this reserve
force of air is about to be drawn upon, nature cries out
against its use, causes the being to pant, and forces him
to seek other supplies.
The two lungs are joined to the trachea, or air tube,
by means of the bronchial tubes, and at the upper end
of the trachea is the larynx, or voice box. In the larynx
are the two true vocal cords, the vibration of which
produces voice; and this voice, passing into the mouth,
is moulded into speech by the organs of articulation.
Control of the breath. There are muscles that act on
the lungs and regulate the entrance of air and the exit
of breath. The muscles are: pectoral, dorsal, costal,
intercostal, abdominal, and the diaphragm. The pectoral
muscles hold up the chest and thus allow the air to enter
the upper lobes of the lungs. The dorsal muscles press
inward from the back and assist the abdominal muscles
to regulate the action of the diaphragm. The costal and
intercostal muscles cause the ribs to expand and contract,
thus enlarging and decreasing the capacity of the cavity
that contains the lungs. The abdominal muscles act
directly on the diaphragm, causing it to fall and rise.
The diaphragm supports the lungs and is the only muscle
that comes in contact with them.
This is all the information regarding the anatomy of
the breathing muscles that is necessary to an understanding
of the instructions here given for gaining a knowledge
of their proper use and management in connection
with the production of speech.
How is one to breathe properly? By inflating the
lungs fully from their base to their apex.
How can this be accomplished? By bringing into use
all the muscles that act on the lungs, particularly the
abdominal muscles and the diaphragm. When inhaling
there should be an expansion of the base of the lungs;
and when exhaling there should be a contraction. The
upper lobes of the lungs should be expanded all the time,
the chest should be held upward and outward, whether
the person is inhaling or exhaling; the air is first drawn
into the lower lobes, then gradually rises and forces the
air out of the upper lobes, and immediately takes its
place, the upper lobes being filled with air all the time,
whereas the lower lobes are only filled immediately following
the full inhalation, as they commence to decrease
in size as soon as the air starts to rise into the upper
lobes. Breathing should be accomplished without an
apparent effort, and air should be taken whenever the
speaker feels it required; he should not continue speaking
until the breath is almost exhausted, but he should
replenish while he feels confident of his ability to utter
several more words without taking another breath.
Breathing should not be audible, but the air should be
allowed to quietly and naturally enter the lungs. This
can be accomplished by expanding the abdominal muscles,
thus drawing down the diaphragm, releasing the
pressure from the lungs and permitting the air to enter
them. It requires no effort to inhale. All that is necessary
is to create a vacuum in the lungs, by taking the
pressure of the diaphragm from them, and the air will
flow in freely. Avoid “smelling” the air into the lungs—take
bites out of the atmosphere, as it were, and permit
the air to enter the mouth as well as the
nose. Habitual mouth breathing is wrong, and one
should always breathe through the nose when not producing
voice, but when speech is required it is necessary
to allow the air to enter through both passages. Unless
this is done, the breathing will be forced and the speaker
will always be short of breath.
It is advisable to exercise physically while practicing
breathing, therefore walking, running, and climbing are
great aids in building up the organs of respiration, and
when the exercising must be done indoors, it is advisable
to go through physical movements in conjunction with
the breathing. Movements of the arms that represent
swimming, bending the bow, sawing wood, chopping
down trees, etc., are highly beneficial as aids in developing
deep and full breathing, and if one is so situated that
one can row, swim, cut down trees, etc., in reality, the
exercise brought about by such means will be of incalculable
benefit in building up the breathing mechanism.
Most persons cease to breathe correctly because of a non-use
of some of the muscles and organs of respiration,
and the exercises that are here recommended will compel
the employment of all the neglected adjuncts to correct
breathing, and thus bring about effective respiration.
How to Produce and Use the
Voice
A man was not made to shut up his mind in itself, but
to give it voice and to exchange it for other
minds.[2]
In order that man may enter into commerce with other
men for the exchange of mental commodities he must
have a medium of communication, and the greatest and
noblest of all means is the human voice. We are thus
admonished by one who was entitled to speak, for he
knew how to convey his thought by word of mouth as
well as by pen:
Remember that talking is one of the fine arts—the noblest,
the most important, and the most difficult—and that its
fluent harmonies may be spoiled by the intrusion of a single
harsh
note.[3]
Let all who would excel as public speakers heed this
wise warning and seek to obtain voices capable of producing
“fluent harmonies.”
What is voice? Voice is vocalized breath. It is formed
in the larynx, or voice box, and is produced by the breath
acting on the vocal cords and causing them to vibrate.
Immediately as voice is produced it should pass from the
larynx into the mouth and be converted into speech; one
of the worst vocal faults, throatiness, arises from a failure
to do this. Voice can be modulated; that is, its pitch
can be raised and lowered, and the whole gamut of vocal
tones can be played upon by means of the change in
pitch. The pitch of the voice is regulated by the tension
of the vocal cords and the distinctive resonance chamber
into which the vibration is placed. There are three such
chambers; the chest, the throat, and the head. Voice
and resonance should not be confounded. Resonance is
a part of voice, it is the spirit or essence, as it were, and
enters into the different chambers and thus affects the
tone of the voice; but the voice itself, the body of the
sound, must be placed on the lips. There are three divisions
to the speaking voice, the lower, the middle, and
the upper, and by moving the tone from one division to
another the voice is modulated. As before stated, the
tension of the vocal cords and the chamber into which
the resonance enters regulate the pitch of the voice.
Tones on the lower register require a lesser tension of
the vocal cords than do tones on the upper register, and
the low tones require that the resonance be placed in the
cavity of the chest, while the high tones necessitate the
resonance being placed in the head. The speaker, however,
must not allow his thought to dwell on the placing
of the resonance; he must think only of getting the speech
into the air, because the resonance, or the spirit of the
voice, will enter the proper chamber if the passage is
free and the speaker thinks of where he wishes the voice
to go, and pays no attention as to whence it comes. The
voice instantly obeys the thought, if the mechanism works
properly, consequently it is well for the speaker to think
of the end he has in view and not cumber the vocal
machine by worrying about the means to be employed in
accomplishing that end. While cultivating and disciplining
the voice it is necessary to think of the means, and to
make a conscious effort to use those means, but when
in the act of producing speech no conscious thought
should be directed toward that act. All effort used while
in the process of producing speech must be subconscious,
and entirely free from physical effort.
How to obtain a good voice. Mainly by ceasing
to abuse it, for most of the vocal defects are acquired
by bad habits. Improper breathing is responsible for
work begin placed upon the larynx which nature never
intended it to perform, and this overworking, or straining,
of the larynx produces throaty tones and causes an
irritation of that organ which finally develops into laryngitis.
A failure to form the sounds on the lips is the
cause of mouthing, and a lack of moulding the voice
into correct sound deprives the sound of its carrying power,
because of its exit being impeded. For instance, round sounds
like o require a round mould to pass through, and
if, instead of such a mould, a flat one is formed, the
sound is barely able to squeeze through after having lost
half of its vitality in the effort. Speak the word soul
with the lips rounded while uttering the vowel o and then
attempt to speak the same word with the lips flattened
when producing that sound, and the necessity of moulding
will be instantly apparent. Shakespeare says: “Speak
the speech, I pray you, as I pronounced it to you trippingly
on the tongue,” and if speakers would follow this
splendid advice which Hamlet gives to the players,
throaty tones would be abolished. But how are speakers
to do this? By thoroughly developing the breathing
muscles by proper exercise, so as to enable them to perform
their functions correctly, thereby taking away the
strain from the larynx and permitting the opening of the
throat, bringing the voice forward and moulding it on
the lips. These are the only means that will enable anyone
to speak “trippingly on the tongue,” and the importance
of so doing is forcefully expressed by Cardinal
Newman, that master of English composition, in the
following:
Our intercourse with our fellow men goes on, not by
sight but by sound, not by eyes but by ears. Hearing is the
social sense and language is the social bond.
How to Produce Speech
Effects
The first duty of man is to speak, that is his chief business
in this world, and talk, which is the harmonious speech of
two or more, is by far the most accessible of pleasures.
It costs nothing; it is all profit; it completes our education;
it founds and fosters our friendships; and it is by talk
alone that we learn our period and
ourselves.[4]
Speech is the one great outward evidence that separates
the human from the brute, and the more this faculty is
cultivated the higher man rises in the scale of civilization.
Speech permits man to clothe the immortal thought in
palpable shape and present it to other minds exactly as
it is perceived by the original thinker. It makes manifest
that which otherwise would remain in the realm of the
unseen, and permits of that communion of mind with
mind which strengthens and uplifts mankind. It is the
humanizing medium, the glorifying agent, and the magnifying
reflector of the soul.
How is speech produced? Speech is produced by the
organs of articulation acting on the voice, cutting it up,
joining, blending, and moulding the separate sounds, until
symbols are produced that represent thoughts.
The Greek rhetorician and orator, Gorgias, speaking
more than two thousand four hundred years ago, said:
The power of speech is mighty. Insignificant in themselves,
words accomplish the most remarkable ends. They have
power to remove fear and assuage pain. Moreover then can
produce joy and increase pity.
Words really possess the magic power ascribed to them
by this master of words, this great writer and speaker
of Greece at the time when she flourished in the magnificent
days of Pericles, the days when Athens was
adorned by buildings, pictures, and statuary, and her
citizens listened to oratory that has never been surpassed.
Printed words are mighty when read by the intelligent
reader, but spoken words are mightier when voiced by the
imaginative speaker. Then they become living things,
impregnated by the voice of the speaker, and they go
forth to the mind of the listener carrying their interpreted
message with them. This power of expression is
what Gorgias meant in his reference to words, and it is
this life of words that we are to consider, this explaining
by tone, pitch, force, time, and color of the voice the
meaning of the spoken words.
It is the tone of voice in which a thought is uttered
that gives the thought its power for good or evil, for
pleasure or for pain, for success or failure. Words
spoken in one manner will be devoid of meaning; spoken
in another, they will be illumined with the light of reason.
Words that are spoken as words will remain nothing but
words, but those that are spoken as thoughts will disappear
as words, and the ideas will step forward and be
seen in the expressive countenance and heard in the tones
of the voice.
There is a soul to the voice just as there is a soul to
the body, and unless this soul rays forth its light in the
form of vocal color, it will be as devoid of spirituality,
as bereft of all magnetic influence, as is the lifeless clay
after the soul has winged its flight from the earthly
habitation. It is for this reason that words struck off
at white heat often sound much better than they read;
they have leaped into existence willingly to perform their
errand and, being full of the mentality of the being who
created them, they go on their mission in a manner to
carry conviction and bring about persuasion.
To speak effectively. In the first place, by having
good working tools for the making of speech. This
means that one must use the muscles and organs of
breath, sound, and speech in such manner as to produce
the voice with ease and utter the words distinctly and
with the desired force. Secondly, one should so master
inflection, emphasis, pitch, and color as to be able to present
the thought precisely as he conceives it. The whole
vocal mechanism, in both its physical and mental parts,
must be under perfect control, and this control can only
be gained by patient practice. Attention to technique is
necessary if one desires to become an artist in any department
of life, and unless the seeker after oratorical honors
pays particular attention to controlling those different
parts of the mental and physical being that are employed
in the labor of producing speech, he will never become
a master of that art. Nature may have endowed him
with exceptional powers, but unless those powers are
developed and practiced, they will be taken away. Students
of oratory are strongly advised to master deep
breathing, articulation, modulation, emphasis, and delivery,
for unless they do so they will never possess the
power of conveying thought by means of the spoken
word, no matter how many or what manner of beautiful
thoughts they may have. A means of conveying the message
is as necessary to the speaker as is the possession
of the message. No matter what glorious messages
speakers may have within their minds, they will do no
one but themselves any good unless they can convey those
messages to others, and a speaker without a well-trained
and expressive voice is as badly off as is a farmer with
an abundant crop and no means of getting his produce
to market.
A special set of exercises for the strengthening, coloring,
and general building up of the speaking voice is here
appended, and students are urged to practice the exercises
faithfully.
Vocal Exercises
Breath. Remember that breath is the foundation of
voice, and that correct breathing is necessary to the production
of correct speech. Breathe by means of the abdominal
muscles and diaphragm, thus using the lungs
from bottom to top and retaining control over the voice;
at the same time, freeing the larynx from all pressure
and permitting the vocal tone to come smoothly into the
mouth, where it is articulated into speech.
All animals, brute and human, male and female, possess
organs of respiration that are similar in their nature
and that work in precisely the same manner. It is a mistake
to think that women breathe naturally in a different
manner from men. Many do so habitually, but it is only
on account of their mode of dress or failure to take
proper exercise, for all animals sustain life by means of
similar action of like organs of respiration.
First Exercise: Close the mouth, draw a full breath
into the lungs through the nose, being careful not to
“smell” the air in but to take it in noiselessly; then,
open the mouth and allow the breath to come into the
air, as to blowing upon a pane of glass to form a
coating of moisture. The chest must neither rise nor fall
when inhaling or exhaling, it should be held up and out
all the time, the expansion and contraction taking place
at the base of the lungs. In order to obtain this full
expansion and complete contraction of the lower lobes
of the lungs during respiration, it is necessary to draw
the abdominal muscles outward on the inhalation and
inward on the exhalation. The outward action of the
abdominal muscles will cause the diaphragm to flatten,
thus removing the pressure of that muscle from the base
of the lungs and permitting the air to enter all the lobes.
The inward action of the abdominal muscles will cause
the diaphragm to arch, thus pressing on the base of the
lungs and forcing out the breath. The main expansion
and contraction should take place below and around the
diaphragm, that portion of the body from the navel up
to the floating ribs and extending all around the body,
bringing into play the lower costal and dorsal muscles
as well as the abdominal muscles and the diaphragm.
Second Exercise: Inhale as in the first exercise, then
exhale through the mouth in the form of a sigh, using
a quicker and stronger action of the abdominal muscles
in forcing out the breath than was used in the first
exercise.
Third Exercise: Inhale as in the previous exercise,
then exhale through the mouth in the form of an
aspirated cough, being careful, however, not to allow
the whispered sound to strike upon the rim of the larynx
or to remain back in the pharynx, but bring it forward
so as to have it explode in the air and not in the throat
or mouth.
Deep breathing should be practiced until it becomes
automatic, because the speaker who makes a conscious
effort to control the breathing mechanism will be stilted
and artificial in his utterance. Breathing must be absolutely
subconscious, and these exercises should be practiced
until it becomes so. While practicing, a conscious
effort must be made to use the breathing muscles properly;
but as soon as this has been accomplished, the
thought must be taken from the means and the disciplined
muscles will then work automatically.
Voice
Voice is produced in the larynx, the voice box, but it
must be immediately brought into the mouth, converted
into speech, and sent on its way to perform its mission.
The breath acting on the vocal cords causes them to
vibrate, and this vibration is called voice. In producing
voice no more breath should be used than is necessary
to produce the desired sound. If too much breath is
used, and it escapes through the larynx without being
converted into voice, it will drown the voice and breathy
tones will be formed. Breath must always be kept back
of the voice, it must never be permitted to escape at the
sides or around the tone; if it does so escape, the tone
cannot be pure, breath will be wasted, the larynx will
soon tire, and the speech will be muffled and lack power.
First Exercise: Form the sound of m. This is done
by closing the mouth and sending the voice sound into
the cavity of the head and then through the nose into
the air. Bear in mind that you are to produce the sound
of m and not speak the letter m. Prolong the sound on
the one pitch for ten seconds, take a full breath, and repeat
the sound, practicing in this manner for five minutes
at a time.
Second Exercise: Use the voice sound of m as in the
previous exercise, but instead of sustaining the one tone,
vary it by producing medium, high, and low tones. Hum
a tune, keeping the mouth closed, using the one sound
of m, and sending the voice through the head passages
into the air. This exercise will prove wonderfully beneficial
if it is patiently practiced. Any tune may be used
for this purpose, but be sure that the voice is brought
well forward and comes into the air through the nasal
passages.
Third Exercise: Hum the sound of m, then open the
mouth and produce the vowel sound of a, gliding from
the humming sound into the full open sound of a; as, ma.
Exercise on the other four vowels, e, i, o, u, in like
manner: as, me, mi, mo, mu.
Fourth Exercise: On the same pitch that you would
use in asking an ordinary question, such as “Are you
going out today?” repeat the vowels a, e, i, o, u, using a
full breath for each sound and sustaining it on the same
pitch, and as long as you can conveniently. Then lower
the voice to the deepest tone you can produce with ease
and repeat the exercise. Then raise the voice as high as
you can without straining and repeat the exercise. Practice
in such a way as to bring into play all the tones of
the voice and gradually to increase its compass. Avoid
force in increasing the vocal range. Produce tones only
that come with ease.
Fifth Exercise: Use the ordinary speaking pitch of
the voice and repeat the vowels a, e, i, o, u, with the
explosive force; pushing the sounds out as though they
did not wish to leave and you were compelled to keep up
the pressure in order to prevent them coming back. Be
particular to press with the diaphragm only. Practice on low
and high tones also.
Sixth Exercise: Repeat the exercise on the same
register but use the explosive force, shooting the sounds
into the air like the report of a pistol. Practice on low
and high tones also.
It is a good plan to practice with speech the same as
with voice. That is, produce speech in the three forms,
effusive, expulsive, and explosive, and on the three registers,
medium, lower, and upper. Any matter can be used
for this purpose, special material not being necessary.
In order to bring speech forward and carry it into the
air, set before you an imaginary target and direct the
voice toward it, raising and lowering the target as you
desire to raise and lower the tone. Remember to think
the voice out, as you can get it out no other way.
How to Strengthen the Memory
If any one ask me what is the only and great art of memory,
I shall say it is exercise and labor. To learn much
by heart, to meditate much, and, if possible, daily, are the
most efficacious of all methods. Nothing is so much strengthened
by practice or weakened by neglect as memory.
—Quintilian
These words, uttered by the scholarly rhetorician of
Rome during the first century of the Christian era, are
as true today as when they were first spoken. Application,
concentration, association, opposition, and use are
the principal means for the effectual training and
strengthening of the memory. Many systems have been
devised for memory training, but none of them is of
more than superficial use, the majority making it more
difficult to remember the means whereby the thought is to
be recalled than to remember the thought itself. They
are cumbersome, burdensome, and unworkable. Loisette,
in his much exploited system, Assimilative Memory, advises
paying particular attention to the location of figures
in order to remember them, and he cites the following
example:
“Pike’s Peak, the most famous in the chain known as the
Rocky Mountains in America, is fourteen thousand one
hundred and forty-seven feet high. . . . There are two fourteens
in these figures, and the last figure is half of fourteen.”
This is all very well in this particular instance of Pike’s Peak,
but what are we to do with mountains that are ten
thousand and eighty-five feet, seven thousand and forty-nine
feet, or five thousand six hundred and fifty-one feet
in height? The specific case works out nicely, but the
general case cannot be worked out at all.
It is the object of this work to show how to do things
and not to controvert the advice given by other authors,
its mission being constructive and not destructive, therefore
nothing further will be said regarding the Loisette
or any other system of memory training; but specific
advice will be given regarding the best way of laying
hold of and retaining what enters the mind.
Application is one means of strengthening the memory.
Whatever you desire to retain, be sure you apply your
mind to it until you have it firmly impressed thereon.
Do not merely see or hear a fact and then permit it to
pass into forgetfulness; but, if you wish to retain it,
apply your thought to it, think deeply and strongly on it,
on all the circumstances pertaining to it, and then pass
it into the chamber of memory, there to repose until you
desire to awaken it. Study it carefully before putting it
away.
Concentration is another valuable adjunct in memory
training. Focus all your mental power upon the thing,
person, or theme you wish to remember. Bear all your
mental heat upon the one spot, and you will be able to
burn through whatever keeps your object from you, and
after having once been perceived in this manner by the
mental eye that object will never be forgotten.
A lawyer may be examining a witness and ask that
witness if he remembers seeing John Smith on a certain
occasion. The witness may say he has no recollection
of having done so. The lawyer may say, “Do you not
remember that on the twenty-first day of June you
attended a meeting of the directors of the Second National
Bank which was called to elect a new president?”
and this part of the happenings of that day may then
bring all the other occurrences to the mind of the witness,
and he may then say, “Oh yes! John Smith gave me his
check for $500 on that date. I now remember that fact
quite well.” This would be re-collecting.
Association of words, events, or ideas, helps wonderfully
in strengthening the memory, in that it enables one
to group together quickly scattered parts and thus recall
things in their entirety. This is what the lawyer did for
the witness when he mentioned the meeting of the board
of directors of the bank, and by means of the association
of events enabled the witness to recall that the meeting
of the directors took place on the day that Smith paid
him the five hundred, in this manner re-collecting the
scattered parts of the events of the twenty-first day of
June and bringing Smith clearly into the picture. In
trying to remember any occurrence, endeavor to bring to
mind some incident in connection with it, and if successful
in so doing, the whole train of events pertaining to
that occurrence will soon move regularly along in the
channels of the mind.
Opposition. A knowledge and use of the rule of opposition
will greatly assist the memory. Suppose an advocate
should say, “The thoughtless members of the community
may censure me for entering upon the prosecution of
this case,” and should desire to make the thought more
comprehensive, he could do so by placing a phrase against
the one quoted and say, “but the sober-minded men and
women will surely commend me for performing my duty
as I understand it.” Double and triple oppositions may
be used as aids to the memory; as: The Biblical account
of the flood states that God was angry with His children
of earth because of their many sins, and He determined
to destroy all animal life except that of the chosen few
who were to accompany Noah into the ark. After the
rains had ceased and the waters had subsided, Noah
feared to return to the land, but God dispelled that fear
by placing a bow in the heavens as a covenant between
Him and man that never again would He permit a deluge
of water to visit the earth. After four years of civil war,
after the land of America had been deluged with blood,
we set our Nation’s flag against the cloud as a covenant
between North and South that never again, in this dear country
of ours, shall brother’s hand be raised in enmity
against his brother.
The whole idea of this passage can be kept clearly in
mind by setting “deluge” against “civil war,” “bow”
against “flag.” Keep the idea, or the picture, before you,
and there will be no difficulty in remembering what you
desire to say, nor will there be any trouble experienced in
finding words to express the idea.
When reading, do not bother about words, but dig
down deep for the thought, lay hold of it, impress it on
the memory, and the substance of what you read (the
really valuable part of it) will remain with you forever.
In this letter to Mrs. Bixby, dated Nov. 21, 1864, President
Lincoln says:
I have been shown in the files of the War Department
a statement of the Adjutant General of Massachusetts, that
you are the mother of five sons who have died gloriously
on the field of battle.
The points to remember are that five brothers died gloriously
on the field of battle, and that a mother gave those
treasures to her country. The pictures to place upon memory’s
wall are the raging battle, and the lonely mother at
home. Those two pictures tell the whole story, and by
gazing on them the complete narrative can be given.
Use. Use is another of the great aids in memory training.
Employ the mind. Keep it busy. Make it alert
through exercise. Train it to move quickly from point to point,
picture to picture. Work it hard while you work
it, but give it frequent periods of rest. Do not cumber
the brain with a mass of words. Learn words by all
means, learn their meaning, relationship, and power, but do
not try to remember them merely as words. Think of
them, rather, in their relationship with one another—their
power of conveying an idea or explaining a thought,
their ability to paint a picture or make clear a point—think
of them collectively and not individually, and they
can be marshalled easily in phrases and sentences where
the speaker would stumble over them in attempting to
bring them forward one by one.
Sound Education. A sound general education forms
a splendid foundation for a good memory, and if you
have not had the benefit of schooling in early life, you
should take up a course of instructive reading at the
earliest possible moment. Study history, the sciences, the
arts. Read the lives of men—the pivotal men of
all periods—and select one, two, or three master works and
thoroughly saturate yourself with their style as well as
their substance. The author has many times recommended
the Bible and Shakespeare for this purpose, and
subsequent years of experience have only strengthened
his belief in the efficiency of these immortal works.
Reflection. This is a great help in memory training.
Continuously hover over your subject, brood over it,
keep it before the mental camera until a perfect negative
is taken, from which a positive may be formed at any
time. Accustom yourself to see your subject on every
side; use your spiritual eye so that you may see not only
through but all around your theme, and then you will be
able to present it in an intelligent and convincing manner
because of your being complete master of it. You will
know it.
The old saying that “one nail drives out another” does
not apply to the mind. If a fact or picture is placed
within the storehouse of the brain, it will be at the disposal
of the possessor as long as “memory holds a seat”
within the human globe. A fact cannot be clearly grasped
until it is thoroughly understood, a picture cannot be seen
unless all its details are collectively grasped by the eye,
and it is only when the fact is understood and the picture
clearly seen that they can be placed within the chambers
of the mind to be brought forth by memory at will. Some
of the parts of the fact, or the details of the picture, may
be lost, they may all be scattered, and then it is the duty
of the memory to re-collect them and join them together
so as to bring to mind the image of the original fact or
picture.
A good memory is of the greatest importance to the
orator; in fact, no one who does not possess this attribute
can be an orator in the true sense of the word. Without
it, the speaker must rely on written matter; but with it,
he can take those flights of fancy which memory alone
makes secure because of the assurance he possesses of his
ability to hold his facts securely in mind and return to
them at any time. He thus gains confidence.
The object of education is to train the mind, to discipline
it, and to bring it into subjection to the will. If the
student accomplishes this purpose, he will then be able to
concentrate his thought, to rivet it upon any subject, train
the whole force of his intellect upon it, and overcome
what would otherwise be insurmountable. It is for this
reason that memory is so valuable to the orator. If he
possesses a good memory, he may reasonably look for the
greatest success; but if it is poor, his failure is equally
certain. If, therefore, your memory fails to answer your
purpose, set to work to strengthen it. This can be done
by careful and systematic training along the lines here
set forth. Be patient, diligent, and persevering; make
use of your own thoughts—that is, think for yourself
and do not merely utter the thoughts of others—and it
will not be long before you will receive the help of that
matchless confidence which knowledge and memory alone
are able to give.
Memory, like walking, breathing, thinking, and all other
actions of the body and the spirit, must be subconscious
in order to be right and serviceable to man, and any conscious
thought concerning the means to be employed in
order to remember will surely bring about a defeat of the
purpose. Practice in remembering, as in all things, makes
perfect.
How to Acquire Confidence, and to
Control an Audience
Preparedness. Instructions as to how a speaker can
acquire confidence may be summed up in one word—preparedness.
He must be sure of his audience, his subject,
and himself. The way to make sure of his audience
is to study it, find out its prejudices (all audiences possess
prejudices), and endeavor to lead it without letting
it know that it is being led. There must be a master
when speaker and audience come into contact, and it is
the duty of the speaker to see that the mastery is not in
the hands of the audience. The speaker should be similar
in his relationship with the audience as is the director
with the orchestra, and he should always aim to keep the
audience subject to his will. If it breaks away from him,
there will be nothing but discord, and the speech, if delivered
at all, will be a failure. If, however, the audience
is hostile to the speaker and at first refuses to listen to
him, and he is capable of resisting its onslaught, he may
achieve as signal a triumph as did Henry Ward Beecher
at Liverpool, England, October 16, 1863, when, after
struggling for three hours against the turbulent mob of
southern sympathizers gathered for the avowed purpose
of preventing the delivery of his speech in behalf of the
Union, he finally mastered the disturbers, presented his
cause, and won a marvellous victory. To show the forces
that Beecher had to contend with, and over which he
triumphed, the opening of the speech he then delivered
is here given, with the interruptions noted in brackets:
For more than twenty-five years I have been made perfectly
familiar with popular assemblies in all parts of my
country except the extreme South. There has not for the
whole of that time been a single day of my life when it would
have been safe for me to go South of Mason’s and Dixon’s
line in my own country, and for one reason: my solemn,
earnest, persistent testimony against that which I consider
to be the most atrocious thing under the sun—the system
of American slavery in a great free republic. [Cheers.] I
have passed through that early period when right of free
speech was denied to me. Again and again I have attempted
to address audiences that, for no other crime than that of
free speech, visited me with all manner of contumelious
epithets; and now since I have been in England, although
I have met with greater kindness and courtesy on the part of
most than I deserved, yet, on the other hand, I perceive that
the southern influence prevails to some extent in England.
[Applause and uproar.] It is my old acquaintance: I
understand it perfectly—[laughter]—and I have always
held it to be an unfailing truth that where a man had a
cause that would bear examination he was perfectly willing
to have it spoken about. [Applause.] And when in Manchester
I saw those huge placards: “Who is Henry Ward
Beecher?” [laughter, cries of “Quite right” and applause]
and when in Liverpool I was told that there were those
blood-red placards, purporting to say what Henry Ward
Beecher had said, and calling upon Englishmen to suppress
free speech—I tell you what I thought. I thought simply
this: “I am glad of it.” [Laughter.] Why? Because if
they had felt perfectly secure that you are the minions of
the South and the slaves of slavery, they would have been
perfectly still. [Applause and uproar.] And, therefore,
when I saw so much nervous apprehension that if I were
permitted to speak [hisses and applause]—when I found
they were afraid to have me speak [hisses, laughter, and
“No, no!”], when I found they considered my speaking
damaging to their cause [applause], when I found
that they appealed from facts and reasoning to mob law
[applause and uproar] I said, no man need tell me what the
heart and secret counsel of these men are. They tremble
and are afraid. [Applause, laughter, hisses, “No, no!”
and a voice, “New York mob.”] Now, personally, it is a
matter of very little consequence to me whether I speak
here tonight or not. [Laughter and cheers.] but one
thing is very certain, if you do permit me to speak here
tonight you will hear very plain talking. [Applause and
hisses.] You will not find a man [interruption], you will
not find me to be a man that dared to speak about Great
Britain three thousand miles off, and then is afraid to speak
to Great Britain when he stands on her shores. [Immense
applauses and hisses.] And if I do not mistake the tone
and temper of Englishmen, they had rather have a man who
opposes them in a manly way [applause from all parts
of the hall] than a sneak who agrees with them in an
unmanly way. [Applause and “Bravo.”] Now if I can
carry you with me by sound convictions, I shall be immensely
glad [applause]; but if I cannot carry you with me by facts
and sound arguments, I do not wish you to go with me at all;
and all that I ask is simply fair play. [Applause, and a
voice, “You shall have it, too.”]
Public speakers should see that their subject fits the
occasion, and particularly should they make it appear as
though it intimately concerned the audience to which it is
addressed. Mr. Beecher was extremely wise in selecting the
themes upon which he spoke in his memorable tour through
Great Britain in 1863, when he presented the cause of the
Federal Government of the people of England and Scotland.
When he spoke in Manchester his theme was the
effect slavery had on the manufacturing interests; in
Glasgow, where were located the shipyards where blockade-runners
were being built for the Confederate States,
and the laboring classes were thus personally concerned
in the struggle between the States, he pointed out the
degraded effect slavery had upon labor; in the cultured
city of Edinburgh, he discussed the philosophy and the
history of slavery; thus presenting his subject, on each
occasion that he spoke, in a manner to interest his audiences.
This showed great tact on Mr. Beecher’s part and
accounts, in a large measure, for his success in winning
the masses of the people of Great Britain to the cause of
the Union.
Julius M. Mayer, ex-Attorney General of the State of
New York, at a political meeting held at Cooper Union,
on November 4, 1911, after speaking on general political
topics for a considerable time, said: “I want to discuss just
one thing.” A voice in the audience then cried out: “Go
ahead, then, and do it.” The rebuke was deserved. The
speaker, the last on the list, had been announced to speak
specifically on one question, but instead of immediately
taking up his theme, which was the Levy Election Law,
he started to discuss matters foreign to his subject; consequently
the audience, which had listened to two long
speeches by abler campaigners than Mr. Mayer, were
tired out and restless before he really took up his subject,
the result being that half the audience left before the
speaker had touched on the topic he was designated to
discuss, and the other half were not disposed to listen to
him patiently. They had listened while they were being
amused by the witty speech of Job E. Hedges, enthused
by the impassioned, eloquent address of William A. Prendergast,
and would have given attention to the remarks of
Mr. Mayer had he immediately taken up his subject; but
they were unwilling to listen to an indifferent speaker
discuss matters with which the majority of them were
thoroughly familiar. Let this experience of Mr. Mayer’s
be a lesson to speakers, and may it admonish them not to
try the patience of an audience.
Francis P. Bent, who, at the time, was Vice-Chairman
of the Board of Aldermen of the City of New York, and
who is a clever campaign speaker, on a recent occasion
quoted, in an address before a social club, the following
passage from Shakespeare’s Henry V:
In peace there’s nothing so becomes a man
As modest stillness and humility:
But when the blast of war blows in our ears,
Then imitate the action of the tiger.
This last word was scarcely out of his mouth when some one
cried out: “The Tammany Tiger?” A shout then
arose from the assembly. Alderman Bent was not one
particle disconcerted, but simply replied: “My friend,
I do not suppose that Shakespeare, in writing those lines,
intended to prophesy the coming of the Tammany Tiger,
nor did I specifically have that specimen of the animal in
view when I used the quotation, but I have no hesitation
in saying that of all the fighting machines of which I have
read, or with which I have come in contact, I know of
none that excelled the Tammany Tiger in its ability to
put up a good fight.” He then went on with his speech,
amid the hearty applause of his audience. In this instance,
Alderman Bent typified the ready speaker.
Another occasion on which a speaker cleverly turned an
interruption recently came to the personal attention of the
author. John F. Hylan, a City Magistrate of the Borough
of Brooklyn, New York City, was the last speaker on the
programme at the opening of a Democratic Club in that
section, previous to the election of 1911. His Honor had
a few pet truths in the form of facts stowed away in his
brain which he desired to impart to his Democratic brethren.
Judges, as we are informed by Shakespeare, are
“full of wise saws and modern instances,” and Magistrate
Hylan, whom the author has known for many years, is no
exception to the rule; consequently, he proceeded to do
his little “preaching.” After enumerating many of the
points he wished to drive home, particularly some pertaining
to Jeffersonian principles, he finally said: “I know
these are dry facts.” A Democratic brother here spoke
up: “You bet they are; and I’m dry, too.” Of course
the audience roared with laughter, and it looked as though
the dryness alluded to by the thirsty one had put an
end to the speech; but Magistrate Hylan, not one whit
abashed, replied: “Your thirst will be attended to by the
steward of the club in a few moments, and I will endeavor
to moisten my remarks for you by stating that they shall
soon come to a close.”
If a speaker will not antagonize his audience through
lack of tact, will keep to his subject, will be earnest in
manner and language, not overtax the patience of his
listeners by needlessly prolonging his discourse, and will
put his mentality into his voice, he will surely be rewarded
with the attention of his audience, and he will be able to
sway it to his will and compel it, unknowingly, to do his
bidding.
The speaker can only be sure of his subject after having
considered it on all sides. He must look through it,
beneath it, above it, on all sides of it, consider it carefully
from every possible standpoint, after which he may
safely feel that he knows his subject and is prepared to
speak upon it.
In order that he may be sure of himself, the speaker
must be equipped physically, vocally, and mentally to carry
out the task he has assumed. He must have a body capable
of resisting the fatigue of standing, a voice that will
serve as a vehicle for conveying the message, and a mind
of sufficient power to originate, develop, and present
the thought. All these parts may be made equal to the task
of properly performing these important duties, and the
speaker who is thus equipped will possess that perfect
confidence which the consciousness of being prepared for
the work he undertakes alone can give. If he possesses a
justified confidence in his subject, in the art of expression,
and in himself, he will be the master of all three, and by their
means he will control his audience.
Self-consciousness is the cause of many speakers failing
who otherwise are fitted for their task. The speaker
must learn to avoid thinking of himself even indirectly.
He should never permit himself to wonder what his auditors
are thinking of him or his effort—should permit no
thought to wander to them in quest of finding out their
thoughts concerning him—but he should concentrate all
his mental power upon his subject in order that he may
send it out to his audience, drive it home, and command
attention to his thought. If he does this, his will be the
dominant mind, his attention will all be directed where it
belongs—on his subject—and he will have no time nor
inclination to think of himself. Let him remember to
think outward and not inward; to concern himself with
his subject and not his audience; and, most of all, not
himself; to keep his mentality ever active, ever seeking his
picture or his theme; self-consciousness will then disappear,
taking with it all uncertainty and nervousness,
and leaving him master of the situation because of his
being master of himself. This self-mastering is of the
utmost importance to the public speaker; therefore he
should do all in his power to cultivate and strengthen it.
Without it, he is like a ship without a rudder; but with it,
he possesses not only the means of controlling his course,
but also the knowledge of directing it and the certainty
of reaching his destination. He is then the purposeful
speaker, conscious only of his ability to perform his task,
and not creating imaginary difficulties which, once created,
would surely overwhelm him.
How to Acquire Fluency of
Speech
A good working vocabulary is obtained best by studying
words, learning their meaning, their origin, and their
connections; finding out how many words express practically
the same idea; what words are directly opposed to
other words; and, in fact, becoming perfectly familiar
with them in every way. A comparatively small number
of words, if thoroughly mastered, will be of more service
to a speaker than will a much larger number with which
he is only indifferently acquainted. It is not so much the
number of tools that a workman possesses that insures the
successful performance of his work, but the skill with
which he manipulates those that he has at his disposal.
So it is with the speaker. Let him thoroughly master a
small vocabulary, because the effort he puts forth to
become fully acquainted with his limited stock of words
will, in itself, increase them and give him confidence in
their use, and he will be better off than the less informed
speaker with the greater vocabulary.
An easy flow of language is secured only by practice in
speaking. No matter how many words one may have at
one’s disposal, they will be valueless unless the possessor
has also the courage to use them. All who desire fluency
of speech should practice continually to convey thought
by word of mouth. Enter into conversation at every
favorable opportunity with persons of education and
refinement, doing as much of the talking as the proprieties
will permit, bearing in mind that only by using a faculty
is it developed and strengthened. Speak before public
gatherings as often as possible, commencing in a modest
manner by speaking for a few moments, and gradually
gather confidence and power by demonstrating to yourself
that you have the ability to acquire the art of speech.
After satisfying yourself on that point, all that remains
for you to do is to go ahead and acquire it.
How to Acquire Proficiency in
Gesture
Gesticulation, even more than speech, should be characteristic
of the speaker, and entirely free from parade or
pretense. Any gesticulation that calls attention to itself,
and not to the thought it is intended to express, is wrong
and should not be made. The aim of gesture should be to
amplify, illustrate, or strengthen the spoken word, and it
should only be employed in the furtherance of these
objects. Nothing tends more to give the speaker an
appearance of affectation than does a superabundance of
gesture, and nothing makes a speaker more awkward than
does the making of ungainly gestures. The best speakers
of today use very few gestures, these being mainly
expressive of emphasis; and most strong gestures, both
descriptive and active, have been abolished by English
and American orators. The speakers of ancient days,
and those of the eighteenth and the nineteenth centuries,
were profuse in the use of gesture, but the declamatory
style of delivery has given way to the colloquial form,
which does not permit of making of many gestures,
particularly those of the arms and hands, and depends
more on the vocal expression than it does on the physical.
While speakers are advised to be sparing in their use of
gesture, there is a certain class that may be employed
effectively, the movements of this class not being considered
by audiences, as a rule, as gestures. These are the
movements and expressions of the face, and consist of the
distinctive light of the eye—whether languid, animated,
sorrowful, gay, loving or threatening; the play of the
lips—indicating scorn, strength, or weakness; and the
state of the brow—whether smooth or contracted. All
these gestures, however, after they have been thought
out and clearly understood, may be left to be governed by
the same force that controls the coloring of the voice, and
if the mentality of the speaker so acts as to cause the
voice to properly express the thought, it will also move
the body to work in harmony with it and to correspondingly
convey the idea by means of physical expression.
The question of gesticulation may easily be discussed
at such length as to make a book, but the author does not
deem it wise to put forth any new system of gesture, nor
advise the use of any of the many old ones, but will content
himself with stating a few serious errors to be
avoided by all speakers, and by giving some general principles
that should be adopted: Do not put your hands in
your pockets, nor appear not to know what to do with
them. Refrain from playing with your watch chain, or
running your fingers through your hair. Let your arms
hang easily at your side, and appear unconscious of the
fact that you possess hands. Do not always point upward
when talking of heaven or the sky, nor put your hand on
your breast when speaking of love or conscience. Do not
attempt to describe the action of every thing—such as
the flowing of rivers, rolling of clouds, or leaping of
cataracts. Avoid using too many active gestures—that
is, gestures expressive of the action of your own mind,
such as anger, fear, and joy. Do not tear your hair,
stamp your feet, nor give any other such outward manifestation
of your feelings. Keep away from reading
desks, tables, and all articles of furniture. Stand on your
feet, in clear view of the audience; look outward and
upward, and let the assembly see that you are not afraid
to show yourself. Use gestures sparingly until you find
the ones that feel easy to you; and all gestures that come
without effort it is safe to consider natural, for if they
feel easy to you, they are likely to look natural and to be
effective. Finally, follow Hamlet’s advice to the players:
Do not saw the air too much with your hand, thus; but
use all gently: for in the very torrent, tempest, and, as I
may say, whirlwind of your passion, you must acquire and
beget a temperance that may give it smoothness. . . . Be
not too tame neither, but let your own discretion be your
tutor; suit the action to the word, the word to the action;
with this special observance, that you o’erstep not the modesty
of nature.[5]
what constituted their art
When you shall say, “As others do, so will I: I renounce,
I am sorry for it, my early visions; I must eat the good
of the land and let learning and romantic expectation go,
until a more convenient season”; then dies the man in you;
then once more perish the buds of art, and poetry, and
science, as they have died already in a thousand thousand
men. The hour of that choice is the crisis of your history,
and see that you hold yourself fast by the intellect.
—Ralph Waldo Emerson:
Dartmouth Address
If a man would become a truly great orator, he must
put aside all mere selfish desires and heed only the
call of the best that is in him. He must have visions, and
realize them; he must act according to his own understanding,
and not become the pliant tool of another,
be that other a political boss, a political machine, or an
unholy ambition; he must be himself, and refuse to echo
the thoughts of others; and, as a foundation upon which
all these virtues are to be built, must be the one great
virtue of industry.
Through all climes and in all ages men have achieved
eminence as orators by persevering efforts only, and while,
at times, an orator, full-fledged and ready for the fray,
has burst into the list and played his part upon the stage
of action, such occurrences have been so rare as to make
them but examples of the exception that proves the rule.
Therefore, let him who would become proficient in the art
of speech make up his mind to labor in order to attain
that proficiency.
At the same time, we should remember that this labor
need not necessarily be hard, need not be what is termed
laborious, because the main requisite is that we should not
interfere with nature in her work. It is perfectly natural
for man to breathe properly, and yet how few do so; it is
natural for man to speak, and yet how few speak properly!
If we aim to remove the defects or errors that interfere
with Nature doing properly her assigned task, we
need not worry but that she will perform it. Take up the
work of becoming a public speaker because you love the
art of oratory, labor at it because you desire to accomplish
it, and it will submit to you because all arts love to be
mastered.
The history of oratory is a history of the world, just
as the history of a great central character is an epitome of
the history of his time, and as it is best to study the lives
of the makers of history in order to understand the events
of history, so it is best to examine the orators in order
that we may learn of oratory.
In ancient times oratory was considered the art of arts
because it embraced all other arts and was therefore the
most difficult of achievements. Positions of honor and
renown were bestowed upon those who were capable of
giving fitting expression to their thoughts in public.
Poets sang the praises of orators and made them the
heroes of their songs. The psalmists and prophets are
but types of the orator, and the actor of today is the outcome
of the player of old who was more a speaker than
he was an actor.
Every citizen, at one time, was his own lawyer, spoke
in his own defense, and advocated his own cause. Then
came the era of the speech writers, who prepared the
matter for the citizen to deliver; and finally, the professional
advocate of today who appears in behalf of his
client and acts and speaks for him.
Let us consider the productions of the orators of that
marvellous period in the world’s history which dates from
500 to 300 years previous to the coming of Christ; and
in doing so, let us not forget that they are all translations
into a foreign tongue, and that in their transition from
one language into another they have lost much of their
force and beauty. Another thing to bear in mind is that
an oration does not read as it sounds. It lacks the magnetism
of the living speaker, the presence of the assembled
multitude, the concern in the subject, and the gravity of
the interest at stake, to lend a completeness to the words
and to impregnate them with the expression that life alone
possesses, turning the dead words into living thoughts.
Here, in these orations, we possess the mere bodies—mummies,
they might well be termed—the spirit having
departed ages ago; but by the influence of the imaginative
mind of the reader they may be compelled to assume
some semblance of their former greatness.
The best way of judging of the power of orators, and the
influence of oratory, is to study the effect they had on
the subjects with which they dealt, the audiences they
addressed, and on posterity, which looks with an unprejudiced
eye. All great orations have not accomplished the
purposes for which they were uttered, but they have all
had a decided influence on shaping the thoughts of man
and directing his actions many years after the orators
who uttered the words have passed back in to the elements
whence they came. Demosthenes did not succeed in
saving his loved Athens from the clutches of Philip, but
his burning words in behalf of liberty have stirred the
hearts of men in other lands and other ages and caused
them to battle in behalf of the principles for which the
ancient Grecian spoke; Edmund Burke and the Earl of
Chatham did not succeed in turning Lord North from his
determination to subdue the colonies of North America
by force of arms, but their noble speeches inspired their
brother Whigs in America to rush to arms and sacrifice
their all in the struggle for independence; Abraham Lincoln,
in his debate with Stephen A. Douglas, did not prevail
on the electorate of the State of Illinois to return
legislators who would elect him to the United States Senate,
but his clear reasoning and masterful presentation
of facts in that famous debate drew the attention of the
nation to him and contributed much toward making him
President of the United States. Oratory cannot fail in
ultimately accomplishing its object, although it may not
accomplish the specific object that the speaker had in mind
at the time of uttering the oration, because truth must
always ultimately triumph, and real oratory is always
truth.
Oratory requires a large theme. Men cannot grow eloquent
over a ship subsidy; they may rhetorically wave
the flag of their country and claim the land will go to
ruin unless the subsidy is granted, but there can be no
genuine enthusiasm, no eloquence, over such a cause.
When Henry Clay declared that the American flag should
be honored wherever it floated, that its folds should protect
its citizens on sea as well as on land, he had a theme
of such magnitude that was able to move his country
to take up arms in defense of the doctrine he espoused.
When Lincoln started on his mission to preserve the
Union, he held a tremendous question in hand—the question
whether government by the people should pass from
the earth—and this question brought as a response the
immortal Gettysburg Address. William H. Grady, when
speaking to the North on the subject of the New South,
had a theme of vast importance—the theme of a reunited
country. Theodore Roosevelt, in adopting “Conservation
of Natural Wealth” as his subject, brought to the
minds of his countrymen a truth to which they had blindly
closed their eyes since the settlement of the Western
Hemisphere. These are subjects upon which, if the man
is prepared, he can grow eloquent; and as soon as the
people seriously consider questions of moment to themselves
and their posterity, men will come forward who
are able to discuss such questions with eloquence that will
equal that of the past. Oratory is not dead, nor is it
sleeping; it is merely awaiting the sound of the voice it
knows to cause it to come forth. It is no use calling to it
in a foreign tongue—it must be spoken to in the voice of
truth. Right, liberty, justice, the rights of man to enjoy
the blessings of life—these are themes that will cause
eloquence to become once more the art of arts.
Examples of Grecian
Oratory[1]
For the benefit of the student of oratory, specimen orations
are here given of ten of the most famous Grecian
orators. Short biographical and other notes accompany
each selection, as guides to the student regarding the
careers of the orators and the circumstances under which
the orations were delivered.
antiphon
Antiphon, the oldest of the ten Attic orators, and
founder of Grecian political oratory, was the first to systematize
the rules and principles for the guidance of
public speakers. He was born at Rhamnus, Attica, about
480 b. c., and, because of his activity in establishing the
oligarchy of the Four Hundred, was executed at Athens
in 411 b. c., after a change had taken place in the government.
He was noted for his readiness in debate, and
gained great renown by composing orations by which
many accused of capital offenses defended themselves.
The following oration was composed by Antiphon for
a man by the name of Helus, who was accused of having
murdered Herodes, who, while on a journey with Helus,
mysteriously disappeared.
On The Murder of Herodes. (Helus, a Mitylenean,
having been accused of the murder of Herodes, who had
mysteriously disappeared from the boat in which the two
had embarked in company, defended himself in the following
speech, composed for him by Antiphon):
I could have wished, gentlemen, that I possessed the gift
of eloquence and legal experience proportionate to my adversity.
Adversity I have experienced in an unusual degree,
but in eloquence and legal experience I am sadly deficient.
The result is that, in circumstances where I was compelled
to suffer personal ill-usage on a false charge, legal experience
did not come to my rescue; and here, when my salvation
depends on a true statement of the facts, I feel embarrassed
by my incapacity for speaking. Many an innocent man has
been condemned because of his inability to present clearly
the truth and justice of his cause. Many a guilty man, on
the other hand, has escaped punishment through skilful
pleading. It follows, then, that if the accused lacks experience
on these matters, his fate depends rather on the
representation of his prosecutors than on the actual facts
and true version of the case.
I shall not ask you, gentlemen, to give me an impartial
hearing. And yet I am aware that such is the practice
of most men on trial, who have no faith in their own cause
or confidence in your justice. No, I make no such request,
because I know full well that, like all good men and true,
you will grant me the same hearing that you grant the
prosecution. I do ask you, however, to be indulgent if I
commit any indiscretion of speech, and to attribute it rather
to my inexperience than to the injustice of my cause. But
if my argument has any weight I pray you will ascribe it
rather to the force of truth than rhetorical art.
I have always felt that it is not just either that one
who has done wrong should be saved through eloquence, or
that one who has done no wrong should be condemned
through lack of eloquence. Unskilful speaking is but a
sin of the tongue; but wrongful acts are sins of the soul.
Now it is only natural that a man whose life is in danger
should commit some indiscretion of speech; for he must
be intent not only on what he says but on the outcome
of the trial, since all that is still uncertain is controlled
rather by chance than by providence. This fact inspires
great fear in a man whose life is at stake. In fact, I have
often observed that the most experienced orators speak
with embarrassment when their lives are in danger. But
whenever they seek to accomplish some purpose without
danger they are more successful. My request for indulgence,
then gentlemen, is both natural and lawful; and it is no less
your duty to grant it than my right to make it.
I shall now consider the case for the prosecution in
detail. And first I shall show you that I have been brought
to trial here in violation of law and justice, not on the
chance of eluding your judgment—for I would commit my
life to your decision, even if you were bound by no oath
to pronounce judgment according to law, since I am conscious
that I have done no wrong and feel assured that you
will do me justice: no, my purpose in showing you this is
rather that the lawlessness and violence of my accusers
may bear witness to you of their better feeling towards me.
First, then, though they imprisoned me as a malefactor,
they have indicted me for homicide—an outrage that no
one has ever suffered in this land. For I am not a malefactor,
or amenable to the law of malefactors, which has
to do only with thieves and highwaymen. So far, then,
as they have dealt with me by summary process, they have
made it possible for you to make my acquittal lawful and
righteous.
But they argue that homicide is a species of malefaction.
I admit that it is a great crime, as great as sacrilege or
treason. But these crimes are dealt with each according
to its own particular laws. Moreover, they compel me to
undergo trial in this place of public assemblage, where all
men charged with murder are usually forbidden to appear;
and furthermore they would commute to a fine in my case
the sentence of death imposed by law on all murderers, not
for my benefit, but for their own private gain, thereby
defrauding the dead of lawful satisfaction. Their reason
for so doing you will perceive as my argument advances.
In the second place, you all know that the courts decide
murder cases in the open air, for no reason than that the
judges may not assemble in the same place with those
whose hands have been defiled with blood, and that the
prosecutor may not be sheltered beneath the same roof with
the murderer. This custom my accusers have utterly disregarded.
Nay, they have even failed to take the customary
solemn oath that, whatever other crimes I may have committed,
they will prosecute me for murder alone, and will
allow no meritorious act of mine to stand in the way
of my condemnation. Thus do they prosecute me unsworn;
and even their witnesses testify against me without having
taken the oath. And then they expect you, gentlemen, to
believe these unsworn witnesses and condemn me to death,
when they have made it impossible for you to accept such
testimony by their violation and contempt of the law.
But they contend if I had been set free I would have
fled. What motive could I have had? For, if I did not mind
exile, I might have refused to come home when summoned,
and have incurred judgment by default, or, having come,
might have left voluntarily after my first trial. For such
a course is open to all. And yet my accusers in their lawlessness
seek to deprive me alone of the common right of
all Greeks.
This leads me, gentlemen, to say a word about the laws
that govern my case. And I think you will admit that they
are good and righteous, since, though very ancient, they
still remain unchanged—an unmistakable proof of excellence
in laws. For time and experience teach men what is
good and what is not good. You ought not, therefore, judge
by the arguments of my accusers whether the laws are good
or bad, but rather judge by the laws whether their claims
are just or unjust. So perfect, indeed, are the laws that
relate to homicide, that no one has ever dared to disturb
them. But these men have dared to constitute themselves
lawmakers in order to effect their wicked purposes, and disregarding
these ordinances they seek unjustly to compass
my ruin.
Their lawlessness, however, will not help them, for they
well know that they have no sworn witness to testify against
me. Moreover, they did not make a single decisive trial of
the matter, as they would have done if they had confidence
in their cause. No, they left room for controversy and
argument, as if, in fact, they meant to dispute the previous
verdict. The result is that I gain nothing by an acquittal,
since it will be open to them to say that I was acquitted as a
malefactor, not as a murderer, and catching me again they
will ask to have me sentenced to death on a charge of
homicide. Wicked schemers! Would ye have the judges set
aside a verdict obtained by fair means, and put me a second
time in jeopardy of my life for the same offense? But
this is not all. They would not even allow me to offer bail
according to law, and thus escape imprisonment, though they
have never before denied this privilege even to an alien.
And yet the officers in charge of malefactors conform to the
same custom. I, alone, then, have failed to derive advantage
from this common right conferred by law. This wrong
they have done me for two reasons: First, that they might
render me helpless to prepare for my defense; and, second,
that they might influence my friends, through anxiety for
my safety, to bear false witness against me. Thus, would
they bring disgrace upon me and mine for life.
In this trial, then, I am at a disadvantage in respect to
many points of your law and of justice. Nevertheless, I
shall try to prove my innocence. And yet I realize that it
will be difficult immediately to dissipate the false impression
which these men have long conspired to create. For it
is impossible for any man to guard against the unexpected.
Now, the facts in the case, gentlemen, are briefly these:
I sailed from Mitylene in the same boat with Herodes, whom
I am accused of having murdered. Our destination was the
same—Aenus, but our objectives were different. I went to
visit my father, who happened to be at Aenus at that time;
Herodes went to sell some slaves to certain Thracian merchants.
Both the slaves and the merchants sailed with us.
To confirm these statements I shall now offer the testimony
of competent witnesses.
To continue, then, we were compelled by a violent storm
to put in at a port on the Methymnian coast, and there we
found the boat on which they allege I killed Herodes.
Now I would have you bear in mind that this whole
affair took place not through design on my part, but through
chance. For it was by chance that Herodes undertook the
voyage with me. It was by chance that we encountered
the storm, which compelled us to put in at the Methymnian
port. And it was by chance that we found the cabined
boat in which we sought shelter against the violence of the
storm.
After we had boarded the other boat and had taken some
wine, Herodes left us, never to return. But I did not leave
the boat at all that night. On the day after Herodes disappeared,
however, I sought him as diligently as any of our
company, and felt his loss as keenly. It was I who proposed
sending a messenger to Mitylene, and when no one else was
willing to go I offered to send my own attendant. Of course,
I would not have done this if I had murdered Herodes, for
I would be sending an informant against myself. Finally,
it was only after I was satisfied by diligent search that
Herodes was nowhere to be found, that I sailed away with
the first favorable wind. Such are the facts.
What inference can you draw from these facts other than
that I am an innocent man? Even these men did not accuse
me on the spot, while I was still in the country, although
they knew of the affair. No, the truth was too apparent at
that time. Only after I had departed, and they had had
an opportunity to conspire against me, did they bring this
indictment.
Now the prosecution have two theories of the death of
Herodes. One is that he was killed on shore, the other that
he was cast into the sea. First, then, they say that I killed
Herodes on shore, by striking him on the head with a stone.
This is impossible, since, as I have proved, I did not leave
the boat that night. Strange that they should pretend to have
accurate knowledge of the manner of his death, and yet not
be able satisfactorily to account for the disappearance of
his body. Evidently this must have happened near the
shore, for, since it was night, and Herodes was drunk, his
murderer could have had no reason to take him far from the
shore. However that may be, two days’ search failed to produce
any trace of him. This drives them to their second
hypothesis—that I drowned Herodes. If that were so,
there would be some sign in the boat that the man was
murdered and cast into the sea. No such sign, however,
appears. But they say they have found signs in the boat
in which he drank the wine. And yet they admit he was not
killed in that boat. The utter absurdity of this second view
is shown by the fact that they cannot find the boat they
say I used for the purpose of drowning Herodes, or any
trace of it.
It was not till after I sailed away to Aenus, and the boat
in which Herodes and I made the voyage had returned to
Mitylene, that these men made the examination that led to
the discovery of blood. At once they concluded that I
killed Herodes on that very boat. But when they found
that this theory was inadmissible, since the blood was proved
to be that of sheep, they changed their course and sought
to obtain information by torturing the crew. The poor
wretch whom they first subjected to torture said nothing
compromising about me. But the other, whom they did not
torture till several days later, keeping him near them in
the meantime, is the one who has borne false witness
against me.
All that is possible for you to learn, gentlemen, from
the testimony of human witnesses, you have now heard. It
remains to consider the testimony of the gods, expressed
by signs. For by reliance on these heaven-sent signs you
will best secure the safety of the state both in adversity and
in prosperity. In private matters, too, you ought to attach
great weight to these signs. You all know, of course, that,
when a wicked man embarks in the same boat with a righteous
man, the gods not infrequently cause the shipwreck and
destruction of both because of the sinfulness of one alone.
Again, the righteous, by association with the wicked, have
been brought, if not to destruction, at least into the greatest
dangers that divine wrath can send. Finally, the presence
of guilty men at a sacrifice has often caused the omens to
be unfavorable. Thus do the gods testify to the guilt and
wickedness of man.
In the light of divine testimony, then, my innocence is
established. For no mariner with whom I have sailed has ever
suffered shipwreck. Nor has my presence at a sacrifice
ever caused the omens to be unfavorable.
Now, I feel sure, gentlemen, that if the prosecution could
find evidence that my presence on shipboard or at a sacrifice
had ever caused any mishap, they would insist upon this
as the clearest proof of my guilt. Since, however, this
divine testimony is adverse to their claims, they ask you to
reject it, and to have faith in their representation. Thus do
they run counter to the practice of reasonable men. For,
instead of testing words by facts, they seek to overthrow
facts by words.
Having now concluded my defense, gentlemen, against all that
I can recall of the charge against me, I look to you for
acquittal. On that depends my salvation and the fulfilment
of your oath. For you have sworn to pronounce judgment
according to law. Now, I am not liable to the laws under
which I was arrested, while as to the facts with which I am
charged I can still be brought to trial in the legal form.
And if two trials have been made out of one, the fault
is not mine, but that of my accusers. When, however, my
worst enemies give me the chance of a second trial, surely
you, the impartial awarders of justice, will never pronounce
on the present issue a premature verdict of murder. Be
not so unjust; rather leave something for that other witness,
Time, who aids the zealous seekers of eternal truth. I
should certainly desire that in cases of homicide the sentence
be in accordance with law, but that the investigation,
in every possible instance, be regulated by justice. In this
way the interests of truth and right would best be secured.
For in homicide cases an unjust sentence banishes truth and
justice beyond recall. If, then, you condemn me, you are
bound to abide by the sentence, however guiltless I may be.
No one would dare, through confidence in his innocence,
to contravene the sentence passed upon him, nor, if conscious
of guilt, would he rebel against the law. We must yield
not only to the truth, but to a verdict against the truth,
especially if there be no one to support our cause. It is
for these reasons that the laws, the oaths, and the solemnities
in murder cases differ from those in all other cases. In this
case of cases it is of the utmost importance that the issue
be clear and the decisions correct. For, otherwise, either
the murdered will be deprived of vengeance or an innocent
man will suffer death unjustly. For their accusation
is not decisive, the result depends on you. Decide, then,
justly; for your decision, if wrong, admits of no remedy.
But how, you may ask, will you decide justly? By compelling
my accusers to take the customary solemn oath before
they put me upon my defense against an indictment for
murder. And how are you to accomplish this? By acquitting
me now. And remember that, even though you acquit
me now, I shall not escape your judgment, since in the other
trial, too, you will be my judges. By an acquittal now
you make it possible to deal with me hereafter as you will,
but, if you condemn me now, my case will not be open
to reconsideration. If, then, you must make any mistake,
an undeserved acquittal is less serious than an unjust condemnation.
For the former is a mistake only; the latter an
eternal disgrace. Take care, then, that you do no irreparable
wrong. Some of you in the past have actually repented
of condemning innocent men, but not one of you has ever
repented of making an undeserved acquittal. Moreover,
involuntary mistakes are pardonable, voluntary unpardonable.
The former we attribute to chance; the latter to design. Of
two risks, then, run the lesser; commit the involuntary
mistake; acquit me.
Now, gentlemen, if my conscience were guilty, I should
never have come into this city. But I did come—with an
abiding faith in the justice of my cause, and strong in conscious
innocence. For not once alone has a clear conscience
raised up and supported a failing body in the hour of trial
and tribulation. A guilty conscience, on the other hand,
is a source of weakness to the strongest body. The confidence,
therefore, with which I appear before you, is the
confidence of innocence.
To conclude, gentlemen, I have only to say that I am not
surprised that my accusers slander me. That is their part;
yours is not to credit their slander. If, on the other hand, you
listen to me, you can afterwards repent, if you like, and punish
me by way of remedy, but, if you listen to my accusers,
and do what they wish, no remedy will then be admissible.
Moreover, no long time will intervene before you can decide
lawfully what the prosecution now asks you to decide unlawfully.
Matters like these require not haste, but deliberation.
On the present occasion, then, take a survey of the case;
on the next, sit in judgment on the witnesses; form, now,
an opinion; later, decide the facts.
It is very easy, indeed, to testify falsely against a man
charged with murder. For, if he be immediately condemned
to death, his false accusers have nothing to fear, since all
danger of retribution is removed on the day of execution.
And, even if the friends of the condemned man cared
to exact satisfaction for malicious prosecution, of what
advantage would it be to him after his death?
Acquit me, then, on this issue, and compel my accusers
to indict me according to law. Your judgment will then be
strictly legal, and, if condemned, I cannot complain that it
was contrary to law. This request I make of you with due
regard to your conscience as well as to my own right. For
upon your oath depends my safety. By whichever of these
considerations you are influenced, you must acquit me.
pericles
Pericles is considered by many historians to have been
the greatest statesman and orator that Athens produced,
but the truth regarding his oratorical ability cannot be
verified by his orations, because not one of them, in its
entirety, has come down to us. We are indebted to the
historian Thucydides for what speeches of Pericles we
possess, and he has this to say regarding their authenticity:
“I have found it difficult to retain a memory of
the precise words that I had heard spoken, and so it was
with those who brought me report. I have made the persons
say what it seemed to me most opportune for them
to say, in light of the situation; at the same time I have
adhered as closely as possible to the general sense of what
was actually said.” Pericles was born about 495 b. c., and
died in 429.
In Favor of the Peloponnesian War (432 b. c.). I always
adhere to the same opinion, Athenians, that we should make
no concessions to the Lacedaemonians; although I know
that men are not persuaded to go to war, and act when
engaged in it, with the same temper; but that, according to
results, they also change their views. Still I see that the
same advice, or nearly the same, must be given by me now
as before; and I claim from those of you who are being
persuaded to war, that you will support the common resolutions,
should we ever meet with any reverse; or not, on the
other hand, to lay any claim to intelligence, if successful.
For it frequently happens that the results of measures proceed
no less incomprehensively than the counsels of man;
and therefore we are accustomed to regard fortune as the
author of all things that turn out contrary to our expectation.
Now the Lacedaemonians were both evidently plotting
against us before, and now especially are doing so. For
whereas it is expressed in the treaty, that we should give
and accept judicial decisions of our differences, and each
side [in the meantime] keep what we have; they have
neither themselves hitherto asked for such a decision, nor
do they accept it when we offer it; but wish our complaints
to be settled by war rather than by words; and are now come
dictating, and no longer expostulating. For they command
us to raise the siege of Potidaea, and to leave Aegina independent,
and to rescind the decree respecting the Megareans;
while these last envoys that have come charge us also to leave
the Greeks independent. But let none of you think we would
be going to war for a trifle, if we did not rescind the decree
respecting the Megareans, which they principally put forward
[saying] that if it were rescinded, the war would not take
place: nor leave it in your mind any room for self-accusation
hereafter, as though you had gone to war for a trivial thing.
For this trifle involves the whole confirmation, as well as
trial, of your purpose. If you yield to these demands, you
will soon also be ordered to do something greater, as having
in this instance obeyed through fear: but by resolutely
refusing you would prove clearly to them that they must
treat with you more on an equal footing.
Henceforth then make up your minds, either to submit
before you are hurt, or, if we go to war, as I think is better,
alike to make no concession on important or trivial grounds,
nor to keep with fear what we have not acquired; for both the
greatest and the least demand from equals, imperiously urged
on their neighbors previous to a judicial decision, amounts
to the same degree of subjugation.
Now with regards to the war, and the means possessed by
both parties, that we shall not be the weaker side, be
convinced of hearing the particulars. The Peloponnesians
are men who cultivate their land themselves; and they have
no money either in private or public funds. Then they are
inexperienced in long and transmarine wars, as they only
wage them with each other for a short time, owing to their
poverty. And men of this description can neither man fleets
nor often send out land armaments; being at the same time
absent from their private business, and spending from their
own resources; and, moreover, being also shut out from the
sea: but it is superabundant revenues that support wars,
rather than compulsory contributions. And men who till
the land themselves are more ready to wage war with their
persons than with their money: feeling confident, with regard
to the former, that they will escape from dangers; but not
being sure, with regard to the latter, that they will not spend
it before they have done; especially should the war be prolonged
beyond their expectations, as [in this case] it probably
may. For in one battle the Peloponnesians and their allies
might cope with all the Greeks together; but they could not
carry on a war against resources of a different description
to their own; since they have no one board of council,
so as to execute any measure with vigor; and all having equal
votes, and not being of the same races, each forwards his
own interest; for which reasons nothing generally is brought
to completion.
Most of all will they be impeded by scarcity of money,
while, through their slowness in providing it, they continue
to delay their operations; whereas the opportunities of war
wait for no one. Neither, again, is their raising works
against us worth fearing, or their fleet. With regard to
the former, it were difficult even in time of peace to set up
a rival city; much more in a hostile country, and when
we should have raised works no less against them: and if
they build [only] a fort, they might perhaps hurt some
part of our land by incursions and desertions; it will not,
however, be possible for them to prevent our sailing to their
country and raising forts, and retaliating with our ships,
in which we are so strong. For we have more advantage
for land-service from our naval skill, than they have for
naval matters from their skill by land.
But to become skilful at sea will not easily be acquired
by them. For not even have you, though practicing from
the very time of the Median War, brought it to perfection
as yet; how then shall men who are agriculturists and
not mariners, and, moreover, will not even be permitted to
practice, from being always observed by us with many ships,
achieve anything worth speaking of? Against a few ships
observing them they might run the risk, encouraging their
ignorance by their numbers; but when kept in check by
many, they will remain quiet; and through not practicing
will be the less skilful, and therefore the more afraid.
For naval service is a matter of art, like anything else; and
does not admit of being practiced just when it may happen,
as a bywork; but rather does not even allow of anything
else being a bywork to it.
Even if they should take some of the funds at Olympia
or Delphi, and endeavor, by higher pay, to rob us of our
foreign sailors, that would be alarming, if we were not a
match for them, by going on board ourselves and our resident
aliens; but now this is the case; and, what is best of all,
we have native steersmen, and crews at large, more numerous
and better than all the rest of Greece. And with the danger
before them, none of the foreigners would consent to fly his
country, and at the same time with less hope of success to
join them in the struggle, for the sake of a few days’
higher pay.
The circumstances of the Peloponnesians then seem, to me
at least, to be of such or nearly such a character; while ours
seem both to be free from the faults I have found in theirs,
and to have other great advantages in more than an equal
degree. Again, should they come by land against our country,
we will sail against theirs; and the loss will be greater
for even a part of the Peloponnese to be ravaged, than for
the whole of Attica. For they will not be able to obtain any
land in its stead without fighting for it; while we have
abundance, both in islands and on the mainland. Moreover,
consider it [in this point of view]: if we have been islanders,
who would have been more impregnable? And we ought, as
it is, with views as near as possible to those of islanders, to
give up all thought of our land and houses, and keep watch
over the sea and the city; and not, though being enraged
on their account, to come to an engagement with the Peloponnesians,
who are much more numerous: (for if we defeat
them, we shall have to fight again with no fewer of them;
and if we meet with a reverse, our allies are lost also; for
they will not remain quiet if we are not able to lead our
forces against them); and we should make lamentation, not
for the houses and land, but for the lives [that are lost];
for it is not these things that gain men, but men that gain
these things. And if I thought that I should persuade you,
I would bid you go out yourselves and ravage them, and show
the Peloponnesians that you will not submit to them for
these things, at any rate.
I have also many other grounds for hoping that we shall
conquer, if you will avoid gaining additional dominion at the
time of your being engaged in the war, and bringing on yourselves
dangers of your own choosing; for I am more afraid
of our own mistakes than of the enemy’s plans. But
those points shall be explained in another speech at the
time of the events. At the present time let us send these
men away with this answer: that with regard to the
Megareans, we will also allow them to use our ports and
markets, if the Lacedaemonians also abstain from expelling
foreigners, whether ourselves or our allies (for it forbids
neither the one nor the other in the treaty): with regard to
the states, that we will leave them independent, if we also
hold them as independent when we made the treaty; and
when they, too, restore to the states a permission to be
independent suitably to the interests, not of the Lacedaemonians
themselves, but of the several states as they wish:
that we are willing to submit to judicial decision, according
to the treaty: and that we will not commence hostilities,
but will defend ourselves against those who do. For this is
both a right answer and a becoming one for the state to give.
But you should know that go to war we must; and if we
accept it willingly rather than not, we shall find the enemy
less disposed to press us hard; and, moreover, that it is from
the greatest hazards that the greatest honours also are gained,
both by state and by individual. Our fathers, at any rate,
by withstanding the Medes—though they did not begin with
such resources [as we have], but had even abandoned what
they had and by counsel, more than by fortune, and by
daring, more than by strength, beat off the barbarian, and
advanced their resources to their present height. And we
must not fall short of them; but must repel our enemies in
every way, and endeavor to bequeath our power to our
posterity no less [than we received it].
andocides
Andocides, a Greek orator, diplomatist, and politician,
was born at Athens about 467 b. c., and died about 391
b. c. His speeches disclose the possession of practical
common sense rather than deep learning, he being one
who gained his proficiency of speech by practice in the
public assemblies, and not, as most of the orators of his
time, in schools of rhetoric. Few authentic speeches of
his are in existence, the one here given being his speech
“On the Mysteries,” which is considered his best. He
delivered it in his own defense against the charge of
having mutilated the busts of Hermes.
Speech on the Mysteries. The preparation and zeal of
my enemies, gentlemen, to do me harm in every way, justly
or unjustly, from the very time I arrived in this city, are
by no means unknown to you. It is therefore unnecessary
for me to speak at length on this matter. I shall make of
you, however, a request that is both just and easy for
you to grant as it is important for me to obtain. I ask you
to bear in mind that I have come here now, when there
was no necessity of my remaining in the city, and although
I did not offer bail, and was not committed to prison. I
have appeared before you simply because I have confidence
in the justice of my cause, and firmly believe that you will
decide fairly, and will rather justly acquit me in accordance
with your laws and your oaths, than suffer me to be unjustly
destroyed by my enemies.
It is only natural, gentlemen, that you should have the
same opinion of a man that he has of himself. If he is
unwilling to undergo trial and thus condemns himself, it is
only reasonable that you, too, should condemn him. But if,
confident in his innocence, he awaits your judgment, you
should be predisposed to acquit him. At least you ought not
to condemn him by a premature verdict of guilty.
My enemies are reported to have said that I would not
dare to undergo trial, but would seek safety in flight. “For
what object,” they say, “can Andocides have in submitting
to trial when it is possible for him to leave the city and
have all the necessaries and convenience of life elsewhere?
In Cyprus, where he formerly lived, he has a large amount
of good land, bestowed on him as a gift. Can he, then, be
willing to put his life in jeopardy? For what purpose? Does
he not perceive the feeling of our city towards him?”
My feeling in this matter, gentlemen, is very different from
what my enemies suppose. Even though I do not, as these
men assert, share the good will of my countrymen, I am
unwilling to live elsewhere in affluence—an exile from my
native land. I should much prefer to be a citizen of this
commonwealth than of all others, however prosperous they
may now seem to be. It is with such a feeling of patriotism
that I entrust my life to your decision.
I ask you, then, gentlemen, to accord me in my defense a
preponderance of your good will, since you know that, even
if you grant both parties in the suit an impartial hearing, I,
the defendant, must necessarily be at a disadvantage. For
the prosecution, after long preparation, bring this indictment
against me without danger to themselves. But I must make
my defense in fear and trembling for my life, and weighed
down by the obloquy that has been heaped upon me. It is,
therefore, only reasonable that you should favor me rather
than the prosecution. There is a further consideration to dispose
you in my favor. Prosecutors have frequently been
found to bring charges so palpably false that you could not
but convict and punish them. Witnesses, too, who have been
instrumental in bringing about the condemnation of innocent
men, have been convicted only after it was too late to save
the guiltless victims of their false testimony. Guided, then,
and warned by the experience of the past, you will not take
for granted the truth of what my accusers say. The magnitude
of the charges against me you can learn from the prosecution;
but the truth or falseness of that charge you cannot
know until you have heard my defense.
Now, how to begin my defense, gentlemen, perplexes me
not a little. I feel considerable doubt whether I ought first
to show you that the prosecution have brought the wrong
form of action against me; or that the decree of Isotimidas
is null and void; or that certain laws and oaths forbid this
action; or whether I ought to tell you all the facts from
beginning to end. But what most perplexes me is the fact
that you do not all perhaps regard as equally serious the
same points in the charge against me. Each one of you, I
suppose, has in mind some point about which he would like
to have me speak first. Since, however, it is impossible to
speak of all points at one and the same time, I shall set before
you all the facts in order from beginning to end, omitting
nothing. For if you get a right understanding of the facts
you will readily perceive how false a charge the prosecution
have brought against me.
I think, then, that you will feel disposed of your own accord
to pronounce a just sentence. And I am led to this conclusion
because I have observed that you always consider it
a matter of the greatest importance, both in private and public
affairs, to vote according to your oaths. It is this very thing
that holds the state together, much against the will of those
who would have it otherwise. Confiding, then, in your sense
of justice, I ask you to hear my defense with good will, and
not to act the part of adversaries in this suit. Suspect not
the truth of my statements, and ensnare not my words. Hear
me patiently to the end, and then pronounce whatever judgment
you deem best and most in accordance with your
oaths. . . .
Now with regard to the information laid on account of the
mutilation of the images, I will tell you everything from the
beginning. When, then, Teucrus came from Megara, having
obtained special permission, he gave what information he had
about the mysteries and images, and denounced eighteen men.
Of the men thus denounced, some fled, and others were
arrested and put to death on the strength of this information.
Those who fled have returned and are now here. Many
relatives of those who were put to death are likewise present.
I ask, then, any one of these, who will, to interrupt me in
the course of my argument and show, if he can, that I was
the cause of exile or death in a single case.
After this had taken place, Pisander and Charicles, who
were members of the commission of inquiry, and had the
reputation at that time of being loyal to the people, declared
that what had been done was not the work of merely a
few men, but part of a conspiracy to overthrow the commonwealth,
and that they ought, therefore, to continue the
investigation.
The city was then in a sorry plight. When the herald
made proclamation for the Senate to enter the council chamber
and hauled down the signal, the trouble began. Then
it was that the conspirators fled from the market-place in
fear of arrest. Then, too, Diocleides, elated with hope over
the misfortunes of the city, brought an impeachment before
the Senate, declaring that he knew the men who had mutilated
the Hermae, and that they were thirty in number.
He told how he chanced to be an eye-witness of the affair.
Now I ask you, judges, to give your attention to this matter,
and recall whether I speak the truth, refreshing each other’s
memories; for Diocleides spoke in your midst. To that fact
you yourselves can testify.
Diocleides, you will remember, said that he had a slave at
Laurium, and that he had occasion to go for a payment due
to him. “He rose early in the morning, mistaking the hour,
and started on his way. The moon was full. When he got
near the gateway of Dionysus, he saw several men going
down from the Odeum into the orchestra of the theater.
Afraid of them, he drew into the shade, and crouched down
between the pillar and the column with the bronze statue
of the general. He saw the men, about three hundred in
number, standing around in groups of fifteen and twenty.
Most of them he recognized in the light of the moon.” Thus,
in the first place, judges, he assumed this story—a most
extraordinary one—in order, I fancy, that it might rest
with him to include in this list any Athenian he pleased,
or at pleasure to exempt him. After he had seen all this
he went, he said, to Laurium, where he learned on the following
day that the Hermae had been mutilated. He knew
at once that it was the work of the men he had seen in the
night. Returning to the city he learned that a commission
of inquiry had been appointed and that a reward of a hundred
minae had been offered for information. Seeing Euphemus,
the brother of Callias, the son of Telecles, setting in his
smithy, he brought him into the Hephaesteum and told him how
he had seen us on that night. Now, he said, he did not
desire to receive a reward from the city rather than from
us, if he could have us for friends. Euphemus said that he
did well to tell him, and asked him to come to the house
of Leogoras, that they might there confer with Andocides
and the other needful persons. He came, he declared, on
the following day, and knocked at the door. He met my
father going out, who said to him: “Are you the visitor
whom the company here expect? Well, you ought not to
reject such friends,” and with these words he was gone.
In this way he sought to ruin my father, denouncing him
as a confederate. He then stated that we told him we had
decided to give him two talents instead of a hundred minae,
as offered by the state for information, and that we pledged
ourselves, in the event of our success, to make him one of
us. His reply, he said, was that he would think it over.
We then asked him, he maintained, to come to the house of
Callias, the son of Telecles, that he, too, might be present.
Thus he sought to ruin also my kinsman. He came, he
said, to the home of Callias, concluded an agreement with
us, and gave us pledges on the Acropolis, but we failed to
pay him, as agreed, the following month. He came, therefore,
he said, to give information about what had been done.
Such, judges, was his impeachment. . . .
Now, after we were all arrested and the prison doors were
shut at night, there came the mother of one man, the sister
of another, and the wife and children of another. Then they
wept and bewailed their misfortunes. And Charmides, a
cousin of my own age, who had been brought up in our
home from childhood, said to me: “Andocides, you see how
great our calamity is. Although, then, heretofore, I had
no wish to speak or to give you pain, yet I am now constrained
to do so by our present evil. For all your friends
and associates, except us, your relations, have either been
put to death of the reasons on account of which we now
perish, or have gone into exile, thereby condemning themselves.
If, then, you know anything of this matter, tell it,
and save first yourself, then your father, whom you ought
to love exceedingly, then your brother-in-law, who married
your only sister, then the rest of your numerous kinsmen
and relatives, and finally me, who never grieved you in my
whole life, but have ever been most eager to do whatever
was for your interest.”
Now when Charmides had said this, judges, and each of
the others besought and supplicated me, I reflected how
unhappy I was to have fallen into such misfortune. Was I
to see my kinsman put to death unjustly and their property
confiscated, and see those who were in no sense to blame
for what had been done have their names inscribed on columns
as impious sinners against the gods? Was I further
to see three hundred Athenians perish undeservedly, the
city involved in calamity, and the citizens suspicious of one
another? Was I, I ask, to sit by idly, and see all this, or
was it my place to tell the people of Athens what I had
heard from Euphiletus himself, the man who committed the
outrage? I further reflected, judges, that of those who had
wrought the deed of shame some had been put to death on
the information of Teucrus, and others, having gone into
exile, had sentence of death passed upon them in their
absence. Four remained, who had not been informed against
by Teucrus,—Panaetius, Chaeredamus, Diacritus, and Lysistratus.
These men above all seemed likely to have been
confederates of those against whom Diocleides had informed,
since they were their intimate friends. For these men, then,
safety was never secure; but over my own relatives hung
certain destruction, unless some one told the people of Athens
the actual facts. It seemed to me, therefore, better to deprive
these four men of their country, who are still alive and have
returned to enjoy their patrimony, than to see my own suffer
an unjust death. Such were my reflections.
If now any of you, judges, had a preconceived idea that
I have information to ruin these men and save myself—an
assertion that my enemies make in their attempt to asperse
my character—examine that idea in the light of the facts.
For I must now give a truthful account of my doings in the
presence of the very men who perpetrated the crime and
then fled. They know best whether I lie or speak the truth,
and may confute me, if they can, in the course of my speech;
for I appeal to them. But you must learn the facts. For in
this trial, judges, nothing is so important for me as that, if
acquitted, I should be acquitted with honor; and, further,
that the general public should understand my whole conduct
to have been absolutely free from baseness or cowardice.
I told what I had heard from Euphiletus through solicitude
for my friends and kinsmen, through solicitude for the whole
city, with courage and not cowardice. If, then, this is so,
I ask you to acquit me and not to think me base.
Now consider—for a judge ought to examine the facts
by a human standard, as if the misfortune had been his
own—what would any one of you have done? If it had
been a question of death with honor or life with shame, you
might condemn my conduct as cowardice. And yet many
would have chosen life in preference to an honorable death.
But here the case was the very reverse: by keeping silent
I must have perished ignominiously in my innocence, and
must also have permitted the destruction of my father, of my
brother-in-law, of all my cousins and relations, whom I and
no one else threatened with death, by concealing the guilt
of others. The falsehoods of Diocleides had sent them to
prison; their only hope of deliverance lay in the Athenians
learning the whole truth. I was in danger, therefore, of
becoming their murderer, if I failed to tell you what I had
heard. I was also in danger of destroying three hundred
Athenians, and of involving Athens in the most serious evils.
This, then, was the prospect, if I were silent.
How different the prospect if I had made known the truth!
Then I should save myself, my father, and my kinsmen, and
should deliver the city from dangers and misfortunes.
Accordingly four men who participated in the crime were
driven into exile through me. I had nothing, however, to
do with the death or exile of the men against whom Teucrus
had laid information. Considering all this, judges, I concluded
that the least of the pressing evils was to tell the
whole truth, and, by convicting Diocleides of falsifying, to
have him punished—a man who sought to ruin us unjustly
by deceiving the city, and who, for so doing, was proclaimed
a public benefactor and received money from the state. I
therefore told the Senate that I knew the men who did the
act; that, while we were at a banquet, Euphiletus suggested
this scheme, which was not carried out then on account of
my opposition; but that later, when I had fallen from my
horse in the Cynosarges, and had broken my collar-bone and
cut my head, so that I had to be carried home on a stretcher,
Euphiletus, seeing my condition, told his confederates that
I had agreed to coöperate with them and would mutilate
the Hermes by the Phorbanteum. Thus did he deceive them.
Yet on that very account the Hermes near my father’s house,
dedicated by the Aegean tribe, is, as you all know, the only
one in Athens not mutilated; for that task, as Euphiletus
told his companions, was assigned to me. When they found
this out, they were furious, because I knew of the deed without
having had a hand in it. On the following day Meletus
and Euphiletus came to me and said: “We have done the
deed, Andocides. And if you think fit to remain silent, you
will have our friendship as heretofore; otherwise our enmity
will be more effectual than any friendship you can make by
betraying us.” Thereupon I told them that I considered
Euphiletus a villain, and that they ought to feel furious,
not because I knew it, but because they had done the abominable
deed. In support of this statement I gave my own slave
for the torture, to prove that I had been ill and unable even
to leave my bed; and the Presidents received the female
slaves for examination in the house from which the conspirators
set forth to begin their work. After the Senate
and the commission of inquiry found out that everything was
just as I had stated, they summoned Diocleides. No words
were wasted. He at once admitted that he had lied, and
asked to be spared on condition of revealing the men who
had put him up to it. He said they were Alcibaides of the
deme of Phegeus and Amiantus from Aegina; both of whom
fled in fear. After you had heard this you imprisoned Diocleides
and put him to death, but delivered my relatives from
destruction—all on my account. Moreover you allowed the
exiles to return; and you yourselves were freed from great
dangers and evils.
Wherefore, judges, you ought to pity me in my misfortune;
nay, you ought to hold me in honor for what I have
done. When Euphiletus proposed the most traitorous of
all compacts, I opposed him, and upbraided him as he
deserved. Yet I concealed the crime of the conspirators, even
when some were put to death and others driven into exile
through the information laid by Teucrus. Only after we
were imprisoned and on the point of being put to death
through the instrumentality of Diocleides, did I denounce
the four conspirators—Panaetius, Diacritus, Lysistratus, and
Chaeredemus. These men, I admit, were driven into exile on
my account. But my act saved my father, my brother-in-law,
three cousins, and seven other relatives, all of whom
were about to suffer an unjust death. These now behold
the light of day on my account, and they frankly admit it.
Moreover, the man who threw the whole city into confusion
and involved it in the greatest dangers has been convicted.
Finally you have been delivered from great dangers and
freed from suspicion, one against another.
Recall, now, judges, whether I speak the truth, and do
those of you who know, enlighten the rest. And do you,
clerk, call the persons themselves who were released through
me; for they know and can tell you best. This is so, judges;
as they will come up and testify as long as you care to
listen. . . .
And now, gentlemen, when you are about to pronounce
final judgment, there are certain things you should call
to mind. Remember that you now enjoy among all the
Greeks the enviable reputation of being not only brave on
the field of battle, but wise in the council chamber, since
you attend not so much to the punishment of past misdeeds
as to the future security of the State and the concord of
its citizens. Other States as well as ours have had their
share of evils. But the peaceful settlement of civil discord
is the triumph of the best and wisest peoples. Since, then,
you have the admiration of all nations, hostile as well as
friendly, take care that you do not deprive your city of its
fair fame, or create the impression that your success is
due rather to chance than deliberation.
I ask you further to have the same opinion of me that
you have of my ancestors. Give me the chance to follow
their example. They occupy a place in the memory of their
countrymen by the side of the greatest benefactors of the
State. They served their country nobly and well, chiefly
through good will to you, and with the further purpose that,
if ever they or their descendants should fall into misfortune,
they might find favor and pardon with you. Forget them
not; for once their meritorious deeds served our city in a
time of need. When our navy was annihilated at Aegospotami,
and many were bent on the destruction of Athens,
the Spartans decided to save the city through respect for
the memory of those men who had fought for the liberty
of all Greece. Since, then, our city was saved through the
merits of my ancestors; for to the deeds that saved our city
my ancestors contributed no small part. Share with me,
then, the salvation that you received from the Greeks.
Consider, also, if you save me, what manner of citizen
you will have in me. Once rich and affluent, I have been
reduced to penury and want through no fault of mine, but
through calamities that befell our city. Since then I have
earned my livelihood in an honest way, toiling with my hands
and brain. Many friends, I have, too; among them kings
and great men of the world, whose friendship you will share
with me.
If, on the other hand, you destroy me, there will be no
one left to perpetuate our name and family. And yet the
home of Andocides and Leogoras is no disgrace to Athens.
But great will be the disgrace if I am in exile, and Cleophon,
the lyremaker, dwells in the house of my fathers—a house
whose walls are decked with trophies taken by my ancestors
from the enemies of their country.
Though my ancestors be dead, let their memory still live,
and fancy that you see their shades solemnly pleading in my
behalf. For whom else have I to plead for me? My father?
He is dead. Brothers? I have none. Children? None
have yet been born to me.
Do you, then, be to me father, brother, children. To
you I flee for refuge; you I supplicate and beseech. Turn
then, in supplication to yourselves, and grant me life and
safety.
lysias
Lysias, while he never attained Athenian citizenship,
resided most of his life at Athens, and took an important
and intimate part in the affairs of that city while it was
a democracy. The ancient historians place his birth at
459 b. c., and his death at
378 b. c., but modern critics
would place his birth at about 440 b. c.,
and his death at 380 b. c.
Thirty-four orations are ascribed to Lysias, but
the authenticity of several of them is questionable. His
style is simple and clear, at the same time possessing force
and vividness of expression.
The oration here given was delivered in Athens in 403
b. c., and is considered the best of his speeches that have
come down to us. Eratosthenes was one of the Thirty
Tyrants who decreed the death of the brother of Lysias.
Against
Eratosthenes (403 b. c.). It is an easy matter,
O Athenians, to begin this accusation. But to end it without
doing injustice to the cause will be attended with no small
difficulty. For the crimes of Eratosthenes are not only too
atrocious to describe, but too many to enumerate. No
exaggeration can exceed, and within the time assigned for
this discourse it is impossible fully to represent them. This
trial, too, is attended with another singularity. In other
causes it is usual to ask the accusers: “What is your resentment
against the defendants?” But here you must ask the
defendant: “What was your resentment against your country?
What malice did you bear your fellow citizens? Why
did you rage with unbridled fury against the state itself?”
The time has now indeed come, Athenians, when, insensible
to pity and tenderness, you must be armed with just severity
against Eratosthenes and his associates. What avails it to
have conquered them in the field, if you be overcome by
them in your councils? Do not show them more favor for what
they boast they will perform, than resentment for what
they have already committed. Nor, after having been at so
much pains to become masters of their persons, allow them
to escape without suffering that punishment which you once
sought to inflict; but prove yourselves worthy of that good
fortune which has given you power over your enemies.
The contest is very unequal between Eratosthenes and
you. Formerly he was both judge and accuser; but we, even
while we accuse, must at the same time make our defense.
Those who were innocent he put to death without trial. To
those who are guilty we allow the benefit of law, even though
no adequate punishment can ever be inflicted. For should
we sacrifice them and their children, would this compensate
for the murder of your fathers, your sons, and your brothers?
Should we deprive them of their property, would this indemnify
the individuals whom they have beggared, or the State
which they have plundered? Though they can not suffer a
punishment adequate to their demerit, they ought not, surely,
on this account, to escape. Yet how matchless is the
effrontery of Eratosthenes, who, being now judged by the
very persons whom he formerly injured, still ventures to
make his defense before the witnesses of his crimes. What
can show more evidently the contempt in which he holds
you, or the confidence which he reposes in others?
Let me now conclude with laying before you the miseries
to which you were reduced, that you may see the necessity
of taking punishment on the authors of them. And first, you
who remained in the city, consider the severity of their government.
You were reduced to such a situation as to be
forced to carry on a war, in which, if you were conquered,
you partook indeed of the same liberty with the conquerors;
but if you proved victorious, you remained under the slavery
of your magistrates. As to you of the Piraeus, you will
remember that though you never lost your arms in the battles
which you fought, yet you suffered by these men what your
foreign enemies could never accomplish, and at home, in
times of peace, were disarmed by your fellow citizens. By
them you were banished from the country left you by your
fathers. Their rage, knowing no abatement, pursued you
abroad, and drove you from one territory to another. Recall
the cruel indignities which you suffered; how you were
dragged from the tribunal and the altars; how no place, however
sacred, could shelter you against their violence. Others,
torn from their wives, their children, their parents, after putting
an end to their miserable lives, were deprived of funeral
rites; for these tyrants imagined their government so firmly
established that even the vengeance of the gods was unable
to shake it.
But it is impossible for one, or in the course of one trial,
to enumerate the means which were employed to undermine
the power of this state, the arsenals which were demolished,
the temples sold or profaned, the citizens banished or murdered,
and those whose dead bodies were impiously left
uninterred. Those citizens now watch your decree, uncertain
whether you will prove accomplices of their death or
avengers of their murder. I shall desist from any further
accusations. You have heard, you have seen, you have
experienced. Decide then!
isocrates
Isocrates, one of the greatest of the great men who
lived between 500 and 300 b. c., and made Greece famous
for literary and oratorical preëminence, owes his renown
not to his ability as a deliverer of speeches, but as a constructor
of them, and as a teacher of rhetoric and oratory.
He understood the principles of vocal expression perfectly,
but he was of a retiring nature and lacked volume
of voice, the latter being a particularly serious drawback
because of the necessity of speaking in the open before
vast concourses of people. He withdrew from active participation
in the public life of Athens, and opened a school
in that city for the training of orators. Isaeus, the teacher
of Demosthenes, was one of his pupils. Isocrates was
born in 436 b. c., and died at the age of ninety-eight.
Encomium on Evagoras. When I saw, O Nicocles, that
you were honoring the tomb of your father, not only with
numerous and magnificent offerings, according to custom,
but also with dances, musical exhibitions, and athletic contests,
as well as with horse races and trireme races, on a
scale that left no possibility of their being surpassed, I
thought that Evagoras, if the dead have any feeling of what
happens on earth, while accepting this offering favorably,
and beholding with joy your filial regard for him and your
magnificence, would feel far greater gratitude to any one
who could show himself capable of worthily describing his
mode of life and the dangers he had undergone than to any one
else; for we shall find that ambitious and high-souled
men not only prefer praise to such honors, but choose a
glorious death in preference to life, and are more jealous of
their reputation than of their existence, shrinking from nothing
in order to leave behind a remembrance of themselves
that shall never die.
Now, expensive displays produce none of these results,
but are merely an indication of wealth; those who are
engaged in liberal pursuits and other branches of rivalry, by
displaying, some their strength, and others their skill, increase
their reputation; but a discourse that could worthily describe
the acts of Evagoras would cause his noble qualities to be
ever remembered amongst all mankind.
Other writers ought accordingly to have praised those who
showed themselves distinguished in their own days, in order
that both those who are able to embellish the deeds of others
by their eloquence, speaking in the presence of those who
were acquainted with the facts, might have adhered to the
truth concerning them, and that the younger generation might
be more eagerly disposed to virtue, feeling convinced
that they will be more highly praised than those to whom
they show themselves superior.
At the present time, who could help being disheartened at
seeing those who lived in the times of the Trojan wars, and
even earlier, celebrated in songs and tragedies, when he
knows beforehand that he himself, even if he surpass their
noble deeds, will never be deemed worthy of such eulogies?
The cause of this is jealousy, the only good of which is that
it is the greatest curse to those who are actuated by it. For
some men are naturally so peevish that they would rather
hear men praised, as to whom they do not feel sure that they
ever existed, than those at whose hands they themselves have
received benefits.
Men of sense ought not to be the slaves of the folly of
such men, but, while despising them, they ought at the same
time to accustom others to listen to matters which ought to
be spoken of, especially since we know that the arts and
everything else are advanced, not by those who abide by
established customs, but by those who correct and, from
time to time, venture to alter anything that is unsatisfactory.
I know that the task I am proposing to myself is a difficult
one—to eulogize the good qualities of a man in prose.
A most convincing proof of this is that, while those who are
engaged in the study of philosophy are ever ready to speak
about many other subjects of various kinds, none of them has
ever yet attempted to compose a treatise on a subject like
this.
When a boy, he was distinguished for beauty, strength,
and modesty, the most becoming qualities at such an age.
In proof of which witnesses could be produced: of his
modesty, those of the citizens who were brought up with
him; of his beauty, all who saw him; of his strength, the
contests in which he surpassed his compeers.
When he grew to man’s estate, all these qualities were
proportionately enhanced, and in addition to them he
acquired courage, wisdom, and uprightness, and these in no
small measure, as is the case with some others, but each of
them in the highest degree.
For he was so distinguished for his bodily and mental
excellence, that, whenever any of the reigning princes of the
time saw him, they were amazed and became alarmed for
their rule, thinking it impossible that a man of such talents
would continue to live in the position of a private individual,
and whenever they considered his character they felt such
confidence in him, that they were convinced that he would
assist them if any one ventured to attack them.
In spite of such changes of opinion concerning him, they
were in neither case mistaken; for he neither remained a
private individual, nor, on the other hand, did them injury,
but the Deity watched over him so carefully in order that
he might gain the kingdom honorably, that everything which
could not be done without involving impiety was carried out
by another’s hands, while all the means by which it was possible
to acquire the kingdom without impiety or injustice he
reserved for Evagoras. For one of the nobles plotted
against and slew the tyrant, and afterwards attempted to seize
Evagoras, feeling convinced that he would not be able to
secure his authority unless he got him out of the way.
Evagoras, however, escaped this peril and, having got safe
to Soli in Cilicia, did not show the same feeling as those who
are overtaken by like misfortunes. Others, even those who
have been driven from sovereign power, have their spirits
broken by the weight of their misfortunes; but Evagoras rose
to such greatness of soul, that, although he had all along
lived as a private individual, at the moment when he was
compelled to flee, he felt that he was destined to rule.
Despising vagabond exiles, unwilling to attempt to secure
his return by means of strangers, and to be under the necessity
of courting those inferior to himself, he seized this
opportunity, as befits all who desire to act in a spirit of
piety and to act in self-defense rather than to be the first to
inflict an injury, and made up his mind either to succeed in
acquiring the kingdom or to die in the attempt if he failed.
Accordingly, having got together fifty men (on the highest
estimate), he made preparations to return to his country in
company with them.
From this it would be easy to recognize his natural force
of character and the reputation he enjoyed amongst others;
for, when he was on the point of setting sail with so small
a force on so vast an undertaking, and when all kinds of
perils stared him in the face, he did not lose heart himself,
nor did any of those whom he had invited to assist him think
fit to shrink from dangers, but, as if they were following a
god, all stood by their promises, while he showed himself
as confident as if he had a stronger force at his command
than his adversaries, or knew the result beforehand.
This is evident from what he did; for, after he had landed
on the island, he did not think it necessary to occupy any
strong position, and, after providing for the safety of his
person, to wait and see whether any of the citizens would
come to his assistance; but, without delay, just as he was,
on that eventful night he broke open a gate in the wall, and
leading his companions through the gap, attacked the royal
residence.
There is no need to waste time in telling of the confusion
that ensues at such moments, the terror of the assaulted, and
his exhortations to his comrades; but, when the supporters
of the tyrant resisted him, while the rest of the citizens looked
on and kept quiet, fearing, on the one hand, the authority
of their rule, and, on the other, the valor of Evagoras; he
did not abandon the conflict, engaging either in single combat
against numbers, or with few supporters against the
whole of the enemy’s forces, until he had captured the palace,
punished his enemies, succored his friends, and finally recovered
for his family its ancestral honors, and made himself
ruler of the city.
I think, even if I were to mention nothing else, but were
to break off my discourse at this point, it would be easy to
appreciate the valor of Evagoras and the greatness of his
achievements; however, I hope that I shall be able to present
both even more clearly in what I am going to say.
For while, in all ages, wo many have acquired sovereign
power, no one will be shown to have gained this high position
more honorably than Evagoras. If we were to compare
the deeds of Evagoras with those of each of his predecessors
individually, such details would perhaps be unsuitable to the
occasion, while time would be insufficient for their recital;
but if, selecting the most famous of these men, we examine
them in the light of his actions, we shall be able to investigate
the matter equally well, and at the same time to discuss
it more briefly.
Who would not prefer the perils of Evagoras to the lot of
those who inherited kingdoms from their fathers? For no
one is so indifferent to fame that he would choose to receive
such power from his ancestors rather than to acquire it, as
he did, and to bequeath it to his children. Further, amongst
the returns of princes to their thrones that took place in old
times, those are most famous which we hear of from the
poets; for they not only inform us of the most renowned of
all that have taken place, but add new ones out of their own
imaginations. None of them, however, has invented the
story of a prince who, after having undergone such fearful
and terrible dangers, has returned to his own country; but
most of them are represented as having regained possession
of their kingdoms by chance, others as having overcome their
enemies by perfidy and intrigue.
Amongst those who lived afterwards (and perhaps more
than all) Cyrus, who deprived the Medes of their rule
and acquired it for the Persians, is the object of most general
admiration. But, whereas, Cyrus conquered the army of the
Medes with that of the Persians, an achievement which many
(whether Hellenes or barbarians) could easily accomplish,
Evagoras undoubtedly carried out the greater part of what
has been mentioned by his own unaided energy and valor.
In the next place, it is not yet certain, from the expedition
of Cyrus, that he would have faced the perils of Evagoras,
while it is obvious, from the achievements of the latter, that
he would readily have attempted the same undertakings as
Cyrus. Further, while Evagoras acted in everything in
accordance with rectitude and justice, several of the acts of
Cyrus were not in accordance with religion; for the former
merely destroyed his enemies, the latter slew his mother’s
father. Wherefore, if any were content to judge, not the
greatness of events, but the good qualities of each, they
would rightly praise Evagoras more than Cyrus.
But—if I am to speak briefly and without reserve, without
fear of jealousy, and with the utmost frankness—no
one, whether mortal, demigod, or immortal, will be found
to have acquired his kingdom more honorably, more gloriously,
or more piously than he did. One would feel still
more confident of this if, disbelieving what I have said, he
were to attempt to investigate how each obtained supreme
power. For it will be manifest that I am not in any way
desirous of exaggerating, but that I have spoken with such
assurance concerning him because the facts which I state
are true.
Even if he had gained distinction only for unimportant
enterprises, it were fitting that he should be considered
worthy of praise in proportion; but, as it is, all would allow
that supreme power is the greatest, the most august, and
most coveted of all blessings, human and divine. Who then,
whether poet, orator, or inventor of words, could extol in
a manner worthy of his achievements one who has gained
the most glorious prize that exists by most glorious deeds?
However, while superior in these respects, he will not be
found to have been inferior in others, but, in the first place,
although naturally gifted with most admirable judgment, and
able to carry out his undertakings most successfully, he did
not think it right to act carelessly or on the spur of the
moment in the conduct of affairs, but occupied most of his
time in acquiring information, in reflection, and deliberation,
thinking that, if he thoroughly developed his intellect, his
rule would be in like manner glorious, and looking with surprise
upon those who, while exercising care in everything
else for the sake of the mind, took no thought for the intelligence
itself.
In the next place, his opinion of events was consistent; for,
since he saw that those who look best after realities suffer
the least annoyance, and that true recreation consists not in
idleness, but in success that is due to continuous toil, he left
nothing unexamined, but had such thorough acquaintance
with the condition of affairs, and the character of each of
the citizens, that neither did those who plotted against him
take him unawares, nor were the respectable citizens
unknown to him, but all were treated as they deserved; for
he neither punished nor rewarded them in accordance with
what he heard from others, but formed his judgment of them
from his own personal knowledge.
But, while he busied himself in the care of such matters,
he never made a single mistake in regard to any of the
events of everyday life, but carried on the administration of
the city in such a spirit of piety and humanity that those
who visited the island envied the power of Evagoras less
than those who were subject to his rule; for he consistently
avoided treating any one with injustice, but honored the virtuous,
and, while ruling all vigorously, punished the wrongdoers
in strict accordance with justice; having no need of
counsellors, but, nevertheless, consulting his friends; often
making concessions to his intimates, but in everything showing
himself superior to his enemies; preserving his dignity,
not by knitted brows, but by his manner of life; not behaving
irregularly or capriciously in anything, but preserving consistency
in word as well as in deed; priding himself, not on
the successes that were due to chance, but those due to
his own efforts; bringing his friends under his influence by
kindness, and subduing the rest by his greatness of soul;
terrible, not by the number of his punishments, but by the
superiority of his intellect over that of the rest; controlling
his pleasures, but not led by them; gaining much leisure by
little labor, but never neglecting important business for the
sake of short-lived ease; and, in general, omitting none of
the fitting attributes of kings, he selected the best from each
form of political activity; a popular champion by reason of
his care for the interests of the people, an able administrator
in his management of the state generally, a thorough
general in his resourcefulness in the face of danger, and a
thorough monarch from his pre-eminence in all these qualities.
That such were his attributes, and even more than
these, it is easy to learn from his acts themselves.
hyperides
Hyperides, born in 396 b. c.,
and died in 322 b. c., was
a pupil in philosophy of Plato, and studied oratory under
Isocrates. He was at one time a close associate and follower
of Demosthenes, but later disagreed with him on
matters pertaining to the state, and took part in the prosecution
that finally drove Demosthenes into exile. Hyperides
was famed for the charm of his delivery, being
esteemed by many equal to Demosthenes in this respect,
and for the brilliancy and quickness of his wit.
Speech Against Athenogenes. [Hyperides’ client, whose
name does not appear, desired to obtain a boy slave, who,
with his father and brother, was the property of Athenogenes.
The plaintiff proposed to purchase the liberty of
the boy in question, while Athenogenes, aided by Antigona,
lured the purchaser, by false representations, into buying
all three slaves with their liabilities, which he pretended were
but trifling. After the bargain was completed the plaintiff
found that the slaves had brought him debts enough to compass
his ruin; he therefore brought suit against Athenogenes
and engaged Hyperides as counsel. The following speech, of
which some fragments are missing, presents a satisfactory
example of the orator’s style. The opening sentences are
lost. What is here given is but an extract from the speech]:
Gentlemen, you have heard the whole story in all its
details. Possibly, however, Athenogenes will plead, when his
turn comes, that the law declares all agreements between
man and man to be binding. Just agreements, my dear sir.
Unjust ones, on the contrary, it declares shall not be binding.
I will make this clearer to you from the actual words of the
laws. You need not be surprised at my acquaintance with
them. You have brought me to such a pass and have filled
me with such a fear of being ruined by you and your cleverness
that I made it my first and main duty to search and
study the laws night and day.
Now one law forbids falsehood in the market-place, and a
very excellent injunction it is, in my opinion; yet you have,
in open market, concluded a contract with me to my detriment
by means of falsehoods. For if you can show that you
told me beforehand of all the loans and debts, or that you
mentioned in the contract the full amount of them, as I have
since found it to be, I will abandon the prosecution and confess
that I have done you an injustice.
There is, however, also a second law bearing on this point,
which relates to bargains between individuals by verbal agreements.
It provides that “when a party sells a slave he shall
declare beforehand if he has any blemish; if he omit to do
so, he shall be compelled to make restitution.” If, then, the
vendor of a slave can be compelled to make restitution
because he has omitted to mention some chance infirmity, is
it possible that you should be free to refuse responsibility for
the fraudulent bargain which you have deliberately devised?
Moreover, an epileptic slave does not involve in ruin all the
rest of his owner’s property, whereas Midas, whom you sold
to me, has ruined, not me alone, but even my friends as well.
And now, Athenogenes, proceed to consider how the law
stands, not only with respect to slaves, but also concerning
free men. Even you, I suppose, know that children born
of a lawfully betrothed wife are legitimate. The lawgiver,
however, was not content with merely providing that a wife
should be betrothed by her father or brother, in order to
establish legitimacy. On the contrary, he expressly enacts
that “if a man shall give a woman in betrothal justly and
equitably, the children born of such marriage shall be legitimate,”
but not if he betroths her on false representations and
inequitable terms. Thus the law makes just betrothals
valid, and unjust ones it declares invalid.
Again, the law relating to testaments is of a similar nature.
It enacts that a man may dispose of his own property as he
pleases, “provided that he be not disqualified by old age or
disease or insanity, or by influenced by a woman’s persuasions,
and that he be not in bonds or under any other constraint.”
In circumstances, then, in which marriages and
testaments relating solely to a man’s own property are invalidated,
how can it be right to maintain the validity of such
an agreement as I have described, which was drawn up by
Athenogenes in order to steal property belonging to me?
Can it be right that the disposition of one’s property by
will should be nullified if it is made under the persuasions of
a woman, while, if I am persuaded by Athenogenes’ mistress
and am entrapped by them into making this agreement, I am
thereby to be ruined, in spite of the express support which
is given me by the law? Can you actually dare to rest your
case on the contract of which you and your mistress procured
the signature by fraud, which is also the very ground
on which I am now charging you with conspiracy, since my
belief in your good faith induced me to accept the conditions
which you proposed? You are not content with having got
the forty minas which I paid for the slaves, but you must
needs plunder me of five talents in addition, plucking me
like a bird taken in a snare. To this end you have the face
to say that you could not inform me of the amount of the
debts which Midas had contracted, because you had not the
time to ascertain it. Why, gentlemen, I, who brought absolute
inexperience into the arrangement of commercial matters,
had not the slightest difficulty in learning the whole
amount of the debts and the loans within three months; but
he, with an hereditary experience of three generations in the
business of perfumery; he, who was at his place in the
market every day of this life; he, who owned three shops
and had his accounts made up every month, he, forsooth, was
not aware of the debts! He is no fool in other matters, but
in his dealings with his slave it appears he at once became a
mere idiot, knowing of some of the debts, while others, he
says, he did not know of—those, I take it, which he did not
want to know of. Such a contention, gentlemen, is not a
defense, but an admission that he has no sound defense to
offer. If he states that he was not aware of the debts, it is
plain that he cannot at the same time plead that he told me
all about them; and it is palpably unjust to require me to
discharge debts of the existence of which the vendor never
informed me.
Well, then, Athenogenes, I think it is tolerably plain on
many grounds, that you knew of Midas’ debts, and not the
least from that fact that you
demanded. . . .[2]
If, however, you did not inform me of the total amount
of the debts simply because you did not know it yourself,
and I entered into the contract under the belief that what
I had heard from you was the full sum of them, which of us
ought in fairness to be liable for them—I, who purchased
the property after their contraction, or you who originally
received the sums borrowed? In my opinion it should be
you; but if we differ on this point let the law be our arbiter.
The law was not made either by infatuated lovers or by
men engaged in conspiracy against their neighbor’s property,
but by the most public-spirited of statesmen, Solon. Solon,
knowing that sales of property are common in the city,
enacted a law—and one universally admitted to be just—to
the effect that fines and expenditures incurred by slaves
should be discharged by the master for whom they work.
And this is only reasonable; for if a slave effect a good
stroke of business or establish a flourishing industry, it is
his master who reaps the profit of it. You, however, pass
over the law in silence, and are eloquent about the iniquity
of breaking contracts. Whereas Solon held that a law was
more valid than a temporary ordinance, however just that
ordinance might be, you demand that a fraudulent contract
should outweigh all laws and all justice alike.
I am told, however, that the defendant has another plea in
reserve, and will argue that I brought all this mischief on
my own head by disregarding his advice. He will declare
that he offered to let me take the two boys, but that he urged
me to leave Midas to him and not to buy him. I, however,
he says, refused and insisted on buying all three. And
this, they say, he intends to plead before a court such as the
present! His object, of course, is to assume the appearance
of fair dealing, but he must have forgotten that he will not
be addressing an audience of fools, but one quite capable of
seeing through his shameless effrontery. Let me tell you
the actual facts, and you will see that they are of a piece
with the rest of the conduct of himself and his confederate.
He sent the boy, whom I mentioned just now, to me, to say
that he could not be mine unless I bought his father and his
brother as well as himself. I had actually assented to this
and promised to pay the price for all three of them, when
Athenogenes, thinking that he now had the upper hand and
wishing me to have as much trouble as possible, came to
some of my
friends. . . .[3]
Now I am no professional perfume-seller, neither have I
learned any other trade. I simply till the land which my
father gave me. It was solely by this man’s craft that I was
entrapped into the sale. Which is more probable on the face
of things, Athenogenes, that I was coveting your business (a
business of which I had no sort of experience), or that you
and your mistress were plotting to get my money? I certainly
think the design was on your
side. . . .[4]
Further, at the time of the war against Philip he left the
city shortly before the battle, and instead of marching out
with us to Chaeronea he migrated to Troezen. By so doing
he broke the law which enacts that if a man migrates from
the city during time of war he shall be liable to impeachment
and summary arrest whenever he returns. His action shows
that he had made up his mind that the city would escape
peril, while he laid ours under sentence of death; and he corroborated
this by not marrying his daughters here in Athens,
but giving them to husbands in
Troezen. . . .[5]
So while he has broken the general covenant which every
citizen makes with his state, he lays stress on the private
covenant which he made with me, apparently expecting people
to believe that a man who is indifferent to justice in his dealings
with you would have been careful to observe it in his
dealings with me! Why, so universal and impartial was he
in his want of principle that, when he had gone to Troezen,
and the people of Troezen had conferred their citizenship
upon him, he put himself under the directions of Mnesias of
Argos, and having been appointed archon by his means,
expelled the citizens from their own city. They will prove
this to you themselves, since they are living here in exile.
You, gentlemen, gave them an asylum when they were
expelled from their country, you gave them your citizenship,
who shared with them every privilege that you possess. You
remembered the service which they had rendered to you more
than a hundred and fifty years ago, during the war with Persia,
and you recognized the duty of helping in the hour of
their misfortune those who had aided you in the hour of your
peril. But this scoundrel, this deserter from Athens who had
procured admission as a citizen of Troezen, when once his
position was thus secured, cared nothing for either the State
or the welfare of the citizens, but behaved with the utmost
barbarity towards the city which had granted him its
hospitality. . . .[6]
To prove the truth of these assertions the clerk shall read
to you, first, the law which forbids resident aliens to migrate
in time of war; secondly, the evidence of the Troezenians;
and finally the ordinance which these same Troezenians
passed in your honor, in return for which you gave them
asylum here and conferred your citizenship upon them.
Read.
[The law, the evidence, and the ordinance are read.]
Now take the deposition of his own relative. . . .
You know of what manner he conspired against me, and
how he has been found a traitor against your state; how he
despaired of your safety and abandoned the commonweal
in the hour of danger; and how he has made homeless many
of those to whom he migrated. Will you not then punish
this scoundrel, now that you have him in your power? And
for myself, gentlemen, I implore you not to refuse me your
protection. Reflect that your decision in this case is a matter
of life or death for me, while an adverse verdict will
inflect no very serious loss upon him. . . . Remember, gentlemen,
the oath that you have taken and the laws that have
been read in your ears, and give sentence against him in
accordance with the justice that you have been sworn to
observe.
isaeus
Isaeus, the pupil of Isocrates and the teacher of
Demosthenes, was born about 420 b. c., but it is disputed
as to whether he was born a Chalcidian or an
Athenian. He is famous for his mastery of argumentative
oratory, and appears to have studied Lysias attentively,
because of the similarity of their styles. Lysias,
however, used closely the divisions of a speech, such as
introduction, argument, and epilogue, whereas Isaeus
avoided formal arrangement of his matter and depended
on his argumentative skill for convincing his hearers. He
died about the year 370 b. c. Eleven of his speeches,
dealing mainly with the law of inheritance, have come
down to us.
Menexenus and Others Against Dicaeogenes and
Leochares. [Dicaeogenes, whose estate was in dispute, had four
sisters, all of whom were married and had issue. When he
died without children, his uncle, Proxenus, produced a will
by which the deceased appeared to have left a third part of
his estate to his cousin, Dicaeogenes. This cousin, not content
with a share, insisted that he had a right to the whole,
and, having set up another will in his own favor, took possession
of the remaining two-thirds of the property. This
belonged to the sisters of the deceased, who proved the second
will to be a forgery; upon this Dicaeogenes undertook
to restore the two-thirds without diminution, and one Leochares
was his surety; but on their refusal to perform their
promise, the nephews of the elder Dicaeogenes began a suit
against them for the performance of their agreement.]
We had imagined, judges, that all agreements made in
court concerning this dispute would have been specifically
performed; for when Dicaeogenes disclaimed the remaining
two-thirds of this estate, and was bound, together with his
surety, to restore them without any controversy, on the faith
of this assurance we gave a release of our demands; but now,
since he refuses to perform his engagement, we bring our
complaint, conformably to the oath which we have taken,
against both him and his surety, Leochares.
[The Oath]
That we swore truly, both Cephisodotus, who stands near
me, perfectly knows, and the evidence, which we shall
adduce, will clearly demonstrate. Read the depositions.
[Evidence]
You have heard the testimony of these witnesses, and I
am persuaded that even Leochares himself will not venture
to assert that they are perjured; but he will have recourse
perhaps to this defense, that Dicaeogenes has fully performed
his agreement, and that his own office of surety is
completely satisfied. If he allege this, he will speak untruly
and will easily be confuted; for the clerk shall read to you
a schedule of all the effects which Dicaeogenes, the son of
Menexenus, left behind him, together with an inventory of
those which the defendant unjustly took; and if he affirms
that our uncle neither had them in his lifetime nor left them
to us at his death, let him prove his assertion; or if he insists
that the goods were indeed ours, but that we had them
returned to us, let him call a single witness to that fact; as
we have produced evidence on our part that Dicaeogenes
promised to give us back the two-thirds of what the son of
Menexenus possessed, and that Leochares undertook to see
him perform his promise. This is the ground of our action,
and this we have sworn to be true. Let the oath be read.
[The Oath]
Now, judges, if the defendants intended only to clear themselves
of this charge, what has already been said would
be sufficient to ensure my success; but, since they are prepared
to enter once more into the merits of the question
concerning the inheritance, I am desirous to inform you on
our side of all the transactions in our family; that, being
apprised of the truth, and not deluded by their artifices, you
may give a sentence agreeable to reason and justice.
Menexenus our grandfather had one son named Dicaeogenes,
and four daughters, of whom Polyaratus my father
married one; another was taken by Democles of Phrearrhi;
a third by Cephisophon of Paeania; and the fourth was
espoused by Theopompus the father of Cephisodotus. Our
uncle Dicaeogenes, having sailed to Cnidos in the Parhalian
galley, was slain in a sea fight; and, as he left no children,
Proxenus the defendant’s father brought a will to our parents,
in which his son was adopted by the deceased and
appointed heir to a third part of his fortune; this part our
parents, unable at that time to contest the validity of the will
permitted him to take; and each of the daughters of Menexenus,
as we shall prove by the testimony of persons then present,
had a decree for her share of the residue.
When they had thus divided the inheritance and had
bound themselves by oath to acquiesce in the division, each
person possessed his allotment for twelve years; in which
time, though the courts were frequently open for the administration
of justice, not one of these men thought of alleging
any unfairness in the transaction; until, when the state was
afflicted with troubles and seditions, this Dicaeogenes was
persuaded by Melas the Egyptian, to whom he used to submit
on other occasions, to demand from us all our uncle’s
fortune and to assert that he was appointed heir to the
whole.
When he began his litigation we thought he was deprived
of his senses; never imagining that the same man, who at
one time claimed to be heir to a third part, and at another time
an hear to the whole, could gain any credit before this tribunal;
but when we came into court, although we urged more
arguments than our adversary and spoke with justice on our
side, yet we lost our cause; not through any fault of the jury,
but through the villainy of Melas and his associates, who,
taking advantage of the public disorders, assumed a power of
seizing possessions to which they had no right, by swearing
falsely for each other. By such men, therefore, were the
jury deceived; and we, overcome by this abominable iniquity,
were stripped of our effects; for my father died not long
after the trial and before he could prosecute, as he intended,
the perjured witnesses of his antagonist.
On the very day when Dicaeogenes had thus infamously
prevailed against us, he ejected the daughter of Cephisophon,
the niece of him who left the estate, from the portion allotted
to her; took from the wife of Democles what her brother had
given her as co-heiress; and deprived both the mother of
Cephisodotus and the unfortunate youth himself of their
whole fortune. Of all these he was at the same time guardian
and spoiler, next of kin, and cruelest enemy; nor did
the relation which he bore them excite in the least degree
his compassion; but the unhappy orphans, deserted and
indigent, became destitute even of daily necessities.
Such was the guardianship of Dicaeogenes their nearest
kinsman! who gave to their avowed foes what their father
Theopompus had left them, illegally possesses himself of the
property which they had from their maternal uncle and their
grandfather; and (what was the most open act of cruelty)
having purchased the house of their father and demolished
it, he dug up the ground on which it stood, and made that
handsome garden for his own house in the city.
Still further; although he receives an annual rent of eighty
minas from the estate of our uncle, yet such are his insolence
and profligacy that he sent my cousin, Cephisodotus, to
Corinth as a service attendant on his brother Harmodius;
and adds to his other injuries this cruel reproach, that he
wears ragged clothes and coarse buskins; but is not this
unjust, since it was his own violence which reduced the boy
to poverty?
On this point enough has been said, I now return to the
narration from which I have thus digressed. Menexenus
then, the son of Cephisophon, and cousin both to this young
man and to me, having a claim to an equal portion of the
inheritance, began a prosecution against those who had perjured
themselves in the former cause, and convicted Lycon,
whom he had first brought to justice, of having falsely sworn
that our uncle appointed this Dicaeogenes heir to his whole
estate; when, therefore, this pretended heir was disappointed
in his hopes of deluding you, he persuaded Menexenus, who
was acting both for our interest and his own, to make a
compromise, which, though I blush to tell it, his baseness
compels me to disclose.
What was their agreement?
That Menexenus should receive a competent share of the
effects on condition of his betraying us, and releasing the
other false witnesses, whom he had not yet convicted; then,
injured by our enemies, and by our friends, we remained
with silent indignation; but you shall hear the whole transaction
from the mouths of witnesses.
[Evidence]
Nor did Menexenus lose the reward of his perfidy; for,
when he had dismissed the persons accused, and given up
our cause, we could not recover the promised bribe from his
seducer whose deceit he so highly resented, that he came
over again to our side.
We, therefore, justly thinking that Dicaeogenes had no
right to any part of the inheritance, since his principal witness
had been actually convicted of perjury, claimed the
whole estate as next of kin to the deceased; nor will it be
difficult to prove the justice of our claim; for, since two wills
have been produced, one of an ancient date, and the other
more recent; since by the first, which Proxenus brought with
him, our uncle made the defendant heir to a third part of
his fortune, which will Dicaeogenes himself prevailed upon
the jury to set aside; and since the second, under which he
claims the whole has been proved invalid by the conviction
of the perjured witnesses, who swore to its validity; since, I
say, both will have been shown to be forged, and no other
testament existed, it was impossible for any man to claim
the property as heir by appointment, but the sisters of the
deceased, whose daughters we married, were entitled to it as
heirs by birth.
These reasons induced us to sue for the whole as next of
kin, and each of us claimed a share; but when we were on
the point of taking the usual oaths on both sides, this Leochares
put in a protestation that the inheritance was not
controvertible; to this protestation we took exceptions, and
having begun to prosecute Leochares for perjury, we discontinued
the former case. After we had appeared in court,
and urged the same arguments on which we have now
insisted, and after Leochares had been very loquacious in
making his defense, the judges were of opinion that he was
perjured, and as soon as this appeared by the number of
pellets, which were taken out of the urns, it is needless to
inform you what entreaties he used both to the court and
to us, or what an advantage we might then have taken; but
attend to the argument which we have made, and upon our consenting
that the Archon should mix the pellets together without
counting them, Dicaeogenes undertook to surrender two-thirds
of the inheritance, and to resign them without any
dispute to the sisters of the deceased, and for the full performance
of this undertaking, Leochares was his surety,
together with Mnesiptolemus the Plotian; all which my witnesses
will prove.
[Evidence]
Although we had been thus injured by Leochares, and
had it in our power, after he was convicted of perjury, to
mark him with infamy, yet we consented that judgment
should not be given, and were willing to drop the prosecution
upon condition of recovering our inheritance; but
after all this mildness and forbearance we were deceived,
judges, by these faithless men; for neither has Dicaeogenes
restored to us the two-thirds of his estate, conformably to
his agreement in court; nor will Leochares confess that he
was bound for the performance of that agreement. Now if
these promises had not been made before five hundred jurymen
and a crowd of hearers, one cannot tell how far this
denial might have availed him; but, to show how falsely
they speak, I will call some witnesses who were present both
when Dicaeogenes disclaimed two-thirds of the succession
and undertook to restore them undisputed to the sisters of
our uncle, and when Leochares engaged that he should punctually
perform what he had undertaken; to confirm his evidence,
judges, we entreat you, if any of you were then in
court, to recollect what passed, and, if our allegations are
true, to give us the benefit of your testimony, for, if Dicaeogenes
speaks the truth, what advantage did we reap from
gaining the cause, or what inconvenience did he sustain by
losing it?
If, as he asserts, he only disclaimed the two-thirds without
agreeing to restore them unencumbered, what has he lost by
relinquishing his present claim to an estate the value of
which he has received? For he was not in possession of the
two third parts, even before we succeeded in our suit, but
had either sold or mortgaged them; it was his duty, however,
to return the money to the purchasers and to give us back
our share of the land; since it was with a view to this that
we, not relying singly upon his own engagement, instead
upon his finding a surety. Yet, except two small houses without
the walls of the city, and about sixty acres of land in the
plain, we have received no part of our inheritance; nor did
we care to eject the purchasers of the rest lest we should
involve ourselves in litigation; for when, by the advice of
Dicaeogenes, and on his promise not to oppose our title, we
turned Micio out of a bath which he had purchased, he
brought an action against us and recovered forty minas.
This loss, judges, we incurred through the perfidy of
Dicaeogenes; for we, not imagining that he would recede
from an agreement so solemnly made, assured the court that
we would suffer any evil if Dicaeogenes should warrant the
bath to Micio; not that we depended on his own word, but
we could not conceive that he would betray the sureties who
had undertaken for him; yet this very man, who disavowed
all pretensions to these two-thirds, and even now admits his
disavowal, had the baseness, when he was vouched by Micio,
to acknowledge his warranty; while I, unhappy man, who
had not received a particle of my share, was condemned to
pay forty minas for having ousted a fair purchaser and left
the court oppressed by the insults of this Dicaeogenes. To
prove the transaction I shall call my witnesses.
[Evidence]
Thus have we been injured, judges, by this man; whilst
Leochares, who was bound for him and has been the cause
of all our misfortunes, is confident enough to deny what
has been proved against him; because his undertaking was
not entered in the register of the court; now, judges, as
we were then in great haste, we had time to enter part only
of what had been agreed on, and took care to provide faithful
witnesses of all the rest; but these men have a convenient
subterfuge: what is advantageous to them they allow to be
valid although it be not written, but deny the validity of what
may be prejudicial to their interests unless it be in writing;
nor am I surprised that they refuse to perform their verbal
promises since they will not act conformably to their
written agreements.
That we speak truly, an undeniable proof shall be produced:
Dicaeogenes gave my sister in marriage with a portion
of forty minas to Protarchides of Potamos; but, instead
of paying her fortune in money he gave her husband a house
which belonged to him in Ceramicus; now she had the same
right with my mother to a share of the estate; when Dicaeogenes,
therefore, had resigned to the women two-thirds of
the inheritance, Leochares told Protarchides in what manner
he had become a surety, and promised in writing to give him
his wife’s allotment if he would surrender to him the house
which he had taken instead of the portion; Protarchides,
whose evidence you shall now hear, consented; but Leochares
took possession of his house and never gave him any part
of the allotment.
[Evidence]
As to the repairs of the bath and the expenses of building,
Dicaeogenes has already said, and will probably say
again, that we have not reimbursed him, according to our
engagement, for the sum which he expended on that account,
for which reason he cannot satisfy his creditors nor give
us the shares to which we are entitled. To answer this,
I must inform you that, when we compelled him in open
court to disclaim this part of the inheritance, we permitted
him, by the advice of the jury, to retain the products of the
estate, which he had enjoyed for so long, by way of compensation
for his expense in repairs and for his public charges;
and some time after, not by compulsion, but of our own free
will, we gave him a house in the city, which we separated
from our own estate and added to this third part.
This he had as an additional recompense for the materials
which he had bought for his building; and he sold the house
to Philonicus for fifty minas; nor did we make him this present
as a reward of his probity, but as a proof that our own
relatives, how dishonest soever, are not undervalued by us
for the sake of lucre; and even before, when it was in our
power to take ample revenge of him by depriving him of all
his possession, we could not act with the rigor of justice,
but were contented with obtaining a decree for part of our
own property; whilst he, when he had procured an unjust
advantage over us, plundered us with all possible violence,
and now strives to ruin us, as if we were not his kinsmen,
but his inveterate foes.
We will now produce a striking instance of our candor
and of his knavery. When, in the month of December, judges,
the prosecution against Leochares was carried on with firmness,
both he and Dicaeogenes entreated me to postpone the
trial and refer all matters in dispute to arbitration; to which
proposal, as if we had sustained only a slight injury, we consented;
and four arbitrators were chosen, two by us, and as
many by them; we then swore, in their presence, that we
would abide by their award; and they told us that they
would settle our controversy, if possible, without being
sworn; but that, if they found it impossible to agree, they
would severally declare upon oath what they thought the
merits of the case. After they had interrogated us for a long
time, and inquired minutely into the whole transaction, Diotamus
and Melanopus the two arbitrators, whom we had
brought, expressed their readiness to make their award, either
upon oath or otherwise, according to their opinion of the
truth from the testimony of both parties; but the other two,
whom Leochares had chosen, refused to join in any award
at all; though one of them, Diopithes, was a kinsman of Leochares,
and an enemy to me on account of some former disputes,
and his companion, Demaratus, was a brother of that
Mnesiptolemus whom I mentioned before as one of the sureties
for Dicaeogenes; these two decided against giving any opinion,
although they had obliged us to swear that we would
submit to their decision.
[Evidence]
It is abominable, then, that Leochares should request you
to pronounce a sentence in his favor which his own relation,
Diopithes, refused to pronounce; and how can you,
judges, with propriety decree for this man, when even his
friends have virtually decreed against him? For all these
reasons I entreat you, unless you think my request inconsistent
with justice, to decide this case against Leochares.
As for Dicaeogenes, he deserves neither your compassion
as an indigent and unfortunate man, nor your indulgence as
a benefactor in any degree to the state; I shall convince you,
judges, that neither of these characters belongs to him; shall
prove him to be both a wealthy and a profligate citizen, and
shall produce instances of his base conduct towards his
friends, his kinsmen, and the public. First, though he took
from us an estate from which he annually received eighty
minas, and although he enjoyed the profits of it for ten years,
yet he is neither in possession of the money nor will declare
in what manner he has employed it. It is also worthy of
your consideration, that, when he presided over the games
of his tribe at the feast of Bacchus he obtained only the
fourth prize, and was the last of all in the theatrical exhibitions
and the Pyrrhic dances: these were the only offices
that he has served, and these, too, by compulsion; and see
how liberally he behaved with so large an income! Let me
add that in a time of the greatest public calamity, when so
many citizens furnished vessels of war, he would not equip a
single galley at his own expense, nor even joined with
another; whilst others, whose entire fortune was not equal
to his yearly rents, bore that expensive office with alacrity;
he ought to have remembered that it was not his father who
gave him his estate, but you, judges, who established it by
your decree; so that, even if he had not been a citizen, gratitude
should have prompted him to consult the welfare of
the city.
Again, when contributions were continually brought by all
who loved their country, to support the war and provide for
the safety of the state, nothing came from Dicaeogenes;
when Lechaeum indeed was taken, and when he was pressed
by others to contribute, he promised publicly that he would
give three minas, a sum less than that which Cleonymus the
Cretan voluntarily offered; yet even this promise he never
performed; but his name was hung up on the statues of the
Eponymi with an inscription asserting, to his eternal dishonor,
that he had not paid the contribution, which he promised
in public, for his country’s service. Who can now wonder,
judges, that he deceived me, a private individual, when
he so notoriously deluded you all in your common assembly?
Of this transaction you shall now hear the proof.
[Evidence]
Such and so splendid have been the services which Dicaeogenes,
possessed of so large a fortune, has performed for
the city! You perceive, too, in what manner he conducts
himself towards his relatives, some of whom he has deprived,
as far as he was able, of their property; others he has
basely neglected, and forced, through the want of mere necessaries,
to enter into the service of some foreign power.
All Athens saw his mother sitting in the temple of Illithyia,
and heard her accuse him of a crime which I blush to relate,
but which he blushed not to commit. As to his friends, he
has now incurred the violent hatred of Melas the Egyptian,
who had been fond of him from his early youth, by refusing
to pay him a sum of money which he had borrowed; his other
companions he had either defrauded of sums which they lent
him, or has failed to perform his promise of giving them
part of his plunder if he succeeded in his cause.
Yet our ancestors, judges, who first acquired this estate,
and left it to their descendants, conducted all the public
games, contributed liberally toward the expense of the war,
and continually had the command of galleys, which they
equipped: of these noble acts the presents with which they
were able, from what remained of their fortune after their
necessary charges, to decorate the temples, are no less undeniable
proofs, than they are lasting monuments of their virtue;
for they dedicated to Bacchus the tripods which they
won by their magnificence in their games; they gave new
ornaments to the temple of the Pythian Apollo, and adorned
the shrine of the goddess in the citadel, where they offered
the first fruits of their estate, with a great number, if we consider
that they were only private men, of statues both in
brass and stone. They died fighting resolutely in defense of
their country; for Dicaeogenes, the father of my grandfather,
Menexenus, fell at the head of the Olysian legion in Spartolus;
and his son, my uncle, lost his life at Cnidos, where
he commanded the Parhalian galley.
His estate, O Dicaeogenes, thou hast unjustly seized and
shamefully wasted, and, having converted it into money, hast
the assurance to complain of poverty. How hast thou spent
that money? Not for the use of the state or of your friends;
since it is apparent that no part of it has been employed for
those purposes; not in breeding fine horses, for thou never
wast in possession of a horse worth more than three minas;
not in chariots, for, with so many farms and so great a fortune,
that never hadst a single carriage even drawn by
mules; nor hast thou redeemed any citizen from captivity;
nor hast thou conveyed to the citadel those statues which
Menexenus had order to be made for the price of three
talents, but was prevented by his death from consecrating in
the temple; and, through thy avarice, they lie to this day in
the shop of the statuary; thus hast thou presumed to claim
an estate to which thou hast no color of right, and hast not
restored to the gods the statues, which were truly their own.
On what ground, Dicaeogenes, canst thou ask the jury to
give a sentence in thy favor? Is it because thou hast frequently
served the public offices; expended large sums of money to
make the city more respectable, and greatly benefited
the State by contributing bountifully towards supporting
the war? Nothing of this sort can be alleged with truth. Is
it because thou art a valiant soldier? But thou never once
could be persuaded to serve in so violent and so formidable
a war, in which even the Olynthians and the islanders lose
their lives with eagerness, since they fight for this country;
while thou, who art a citizen, wouldst never take arms for
the city.
Perhaps the dignity of thy ancestors, who slew the tyrant,
emboldens thee to triumph over us; as for them, indeed, I
honor and applaud them, but cannot think that a spark of
their virtue animates thy bosom; for thou hast preferred the
plunder of our inheritance to the glory of being their
descendant, and wouldst rather be called the son of Dicaeogenes
than of Harmodius; not regarding the right of being
entertained in the Prytaneum, nor setting any value on the
precedence and immunities which the posterity of those
heroes enjoy; yet it was not for noble birth that Harmonius
and Aristogiton were so transcendently honored, but for their
valor and probity; of which thou, Dicaeogenes, hast not the
smallest share.
lycurgus
Lycurgus, a pupil both of Plato and Isocrates, was born
at Athens about the year 396 b. c., and died in 323 b. c.
During the great struggle with Philip of Macedon, he
allied himself with Demosthenes and became one of the
leaders of the national party. He was a man of refined
and artistic tastes, a patriot, and an orator. Only the
conclusion of his speech is here given.
Oration Against Leocrates. Gentlemen, you have heard
the witnesses. It may well be that what I now declare will
rouse your indignation and your scorn of this Leocrates. Not
content to abscond alone with his wretched self and his
money, he must needs drag with him the ancestral faith,
today become your law because your ancestors kept it, the
establishment of the fathers and the heritage of him their
child, drag this to Megara, filch it from the land. He hallowed
not that sacred name of old, would tear it from its
home, make it forsake with him the temples and the country
once its own, as if in the land of the stranger it could rise
again, for him. Athena, with no Athens there! in Megara!
their land and their laws to be here! Why did your fathers
give to the land her name? Because her land was here. In
the name of Athena did they put their trust; she abandons
not her own. Leocrates, recreant to law and tradition and
religion, took from us all, as far as in him lay, the help that
is ours from on high. And not content with all these grievous
wrongs, he took the capital he had withdrawn here and
with it made shipments of grain from Cleopatra in Epirus
into Leucas and from there into Corinth; this in violation of
your law which lays so severe a penalty on any man of
Athens who shall ship grain to any port but ours. Here then
is your man; traitor in war; lawbreaker in business; false
to the faith and the land and the law. Here he is in your
jurisdiction: shall not his doom be death? shall he not serve
warning to others? If not, then ye must be some listless
men, whose wrath no crime can rouse.
And now in what strains did Homer voice this theme? To
your fathers he was such a noble poet that they passed a law
that at every pan-Athenian festival, as the five years came
round, his epics alone should be delivered; thus bearing witness
to the world of Greece that the greatest of works were
the works for them. A salutary measure. Brevity is the nature
of the law. It may not instruct; it must simply command.
To the poets it must refer the life of man, to portray
the human spirit in its loftiest achievement, and with the
resistless argument of art our souls are swayed. It is Hector
who speaks rousing the Trojans in their country’s name:
When ye have reached the ships, fight onward, ceaselessly striving:
What though the stroke of fate shall call some man to his glory?
Where is the sting of death when a hero falls for his country?
Wife and child and home are safe in the hour that the Argives
Take to the ships once more and sail for the land of their fathers.
With strains like these, men of Athens, ringing in the ears
of your sires, they could emulate the deeds of old; rising to
such heights of valor that not for their own native State
alone, but for all Hellas as a common fatherland, they stood
ready to offer up their lives. There on Marathon they went
into line in the face of the barbarians, bore down all Asia in
arms, the stake their lives alone, winning security for Greece
at large; not puffed up with the pride of renown, but glad
their work was worthy of its fame; of Greece the champions,
masters of the heathen worlds; letting their deeds proclaim
aloud with glory. Such was the strenuous life they led in
Athens in the great days of old that once when the Lacedaemonians,
valiant of men, were at war with the Messinians,
the god vouchsafed them a response that bade them take a
leader from our people, and then they should conquer their
enemies. If then divine judgment declared in favor of our
leadership, even for the children of Hercules, lords for all
time in Sparta, are we not justified in our faith that once
Athenian valor was peerless? Who that is Greek does not
know that they took one Tyrtaeus for their general? And
with him they overthrew their enemies. And when the
immediate peril was past, they (with an admirable wisdom)
turned the episode to the advantage of their youth for all
time. For when Tyrtaeus left them, his elegiacs were still
theirs. While other poets have had no vogue among them,
for him their enthusiasm has been so great that they passed
a law that whenever a campaign was to open, all the man
should be called to the tent of the king to hear the strains
of Tyrtaeus. Nothing else, they thought, could make their
men so ready to lay down their lives for their country. And
now the day is come when we ourselves may need the sound
of those elegiacs which could make their way to the souls
of Spartans:
Blest is the brave: how glorious is his prize,
When at his country’s call he dares and dies.
And sad the sight when, envious of the dead,
The man without a country begs his bread.
His poor old parents feebly toil along,
And little children who have done no wrong.
Spurned by the glance he meets at every turn,
He learns how hot the beggar’s brand can burn.
His name is shame: the human form divine
Shows in its fall the soul’s dishonored shrine.
Deeds in the dust of ages swiftly root,
And children’s children reap the bitter fruit.
Strike for our country, comrades: on, ye brave!
Where is the man that dreads a patriot grave?
And ye, my younger brethren, side by side,
Shoulder to shoulder stand, whate’er betide.
The surging thrill ye feel before your foe
Swept o’er your father’s heart-strings long ago.
To those whose days are longer in the land
Lend in the pride of youth the helping hand.
For shame to see an old man fall in front
When young men leave him there to bear the brunt:
Low in the dust the hoary hair is trailed;
And last is quenched a soul that never quailed,
Youth in its bloom should pluck the glowing bough
Whose leaves in glory wreathe a hero’s brow.
Welcome to man, and fair in woman’s eye,
The manly form that living dares to die.
Fate hangs apoise, with gloom and triumph fraught:
Up, hearts! and in the balance count we our lives as naught.
Noble sentiments, gentlemen, that sway the soul of him
that hath ears to hear. The Spartans could hear them, and
receive such an impulse into manhood that they engaged
with us in a struggle for the hegemony. It was nature’s
rivalry; for the noblest achievements have been wrought on
either side. Our ancestors had overthrown the barbarian
who had set the first hostile foot upon Attic soil; in them
was made manifest a manhood that no money could corrupt,
a valor no host countervail. In Thermopylae the Lacedaemonians
made their stand; and though the fate they met
was not like ours, yet there the ideals of human devotion
became reality.
And thus on the borne of life we can see the memorials of
the valor of our race graven with the chisel of truth unto all
Greek blood:
For Theirs:
Go stranger, tell the Spartans where we lie,
True to the land that taught her sons to die.
For Yours:
On Marathon when Athens fought alone,
Down to the dust the golden East was thrown.
These great memories, Athenians, are the glory of the
men who bequeathed them and of Athens the undying
renown. Not in this wise was Leocrates wrought. The fair
fame of the city, flower of the ages, deliberately hath he
defiled. If then he meet death at your hands, all Greece will
feel the abhorrence in which you hold such acts. If not,
then are the fathers of their ancient fame bereft by the same
fell stroke that wounds your brothers in citizenship. They
who revere not the men of old will follow the footsteps of
this man, quick to descry the path that shall lead them to
favor with our enemies, quick to perceive that shamelessness,
treachery, cowardice, need only a verdict from you to prove
their native worth.
One word more and I am done. To your sovereign chastisement
I commit the man who stands for Athenian annihilation.
On your own honor and in the presence of the gods
you are to give Leocrates his due. On the head of the
criminal lies the crime; but in a miscarriage of justice the
jurors delinquent become participant of guilt. Gentlemen, ye
cast the secret ballot now; but be not deceived: not one man
among you can deposit a vote that the eye of heaven does
not see. In my opinion, gentlemen, your verdict today
reaches all the greatest and most fearful crimes at once: we
behold them in the person of Leocrates; treason, for he abandoned
the city to subjugation by the enemy; apostasy, for
he played a coward’s part in freedom’s cause; sacrilege for
the groves might be felled, the temples razed, as far as he
was concerned; abomination, for the memorials of our fathers
might be swept away and the hallowed observance abolished;
desertion, for the nidering did not report for duty in the line.
Where then is the man who will vote to clear him? Who is
he that will show his sympathy with crime that shows malice
aforethought? Is there a man so bereft of sense that he
will set Leocrates free and so place his own security at the
mercy of men who would abandon him? that out of pity
for Leocrates he will take no pity on himself, when his choice
may mean death at the hands of the foe? that by extending
clemency to a traitor he will lay himself open to the retribution
of heaven?
In support of our country, religion and laws I have pleaded
this case, in righteousness and in fairness, indulging in no
irrelevant abuse of the man and making no charges extraneous
to the case. You must all be convinced that a vote
for the acquittal of Leocrates is a vote for the conviction
of the country; for in the life of nations subjugation is the
death. Here stand the two urns; one for your undoing, one
for your redemption: vote there for the disruption of the
country, vote here for her security and prosperity. Think,
men of Athens: the land and the trees are pleading, the
harbors, the walls are entreating, the temples and shrines are
in prayer. Save them. Make of Leocrates an example.
One final declaration of my confidence: this pity that fills
your hearts for the tears you look upon can never avail to
pervert your loyalty to the law of the land, your devotion
to the people of Athens.
aeschines
Aeschines, best known as an opponent of Demosthenes,
was, in fact, a gallant solider, a man of much ability, and
a really great orator. He was born in Attica, 389 b. c.,
five years before the birth of his famous rival, and died
314 b. c. His eloquence was of a high order, but his
renown was tarnished by his defeat of Demosthenes in
the contest on the proposition of Ctesiphon that Demosthenes
should be awarded a golden crown for his patriotic
services to the state. The speech delivered by Aeschines
on that occasion was in many respects able, but he committed
the grievous error of abusing his adversary and
thus exposing his animosity.
Against Crowning Demosthenes. You see, Athenians,
what preparations are on foot, what forces are arrayed, what
appeals to the Assembly are being made by certain persons
to prevent the proper and ordinary course of justice from
having its effect in the city. For myself I came before you,
first, with a firm belief in the immortal gods, next, with an
abiding confidence in the laws and in you, convinced that
intrigues will not more avail with you than these laws and
the cause of justice.
I could indeed have fain desired that both in the Council
of Five Hundred and in the Assembly the presiding officers
had compelled conformity to established rules of debate, and
that the laws had been enforced concerning the orderly deportment
of public speakers which were laid down by Solon.
It should thus have been permitted to the oldest citizens, as
the laws prescribe, to ascend the platform decorously, and
without tumult or annoyance, according to their experience,
express their opinions upon what they regarded most advantageous
to the city. Afterwards, each citizen in order of
seniority should have in turn presented his independent views
upon every question.
In this way it seems to me would the affairs of the city
have been best conducted, and prosecutions have been reduced
within the smallest compass. Since, however, the old
recognized rules of procedure have been swept away, and
certain men recklessly introduce illegal propositions, and
certain others put them to the vote—men who have managed
to secure the presidency, not by just and proper means,
but taking possession of it by contrivance—it is brought to
pass that if any other senator shall succeed in reaching the
first place in due course of law and shall then attempt to
obtain the result of your votes properly, such an one is
denounced and impeached by the men who regard our government
as no longer a common inheritance but as their own
peculiar property. And when in this way, by reducing private
citizens to servitude and by securing absolute power themselves,
they have overthrown established legal judgments
and have passed decrees according to the dictates of their
passions, there shall be heard no longer that most beautiful
and proper invitation of the herald, “Who desires to express
his opinion, of citizens of fifty years of age and
upwards, and afterwards, of all other in rotation?”
Thus neither the laws, nor the senators, nor the presidents,
nor the presiding tribe itself a tenth part of the city,
can control the indecent conduct of these orators.
Such being the case, and such the position in which the
city is placed—and you must be convinced that this is so,—one
part at least of the constitution, if I know anything of
the matter, still survives—the right of prosecution
for proposing unconstitutional measures. Should you destroy this
right, or surrender it to those who will destroy it, I prophesy
that you will have unconsciously given away to a few men
almost our entire form of government. For you must surely
know, Athenians, that but three forms of government exist,
monarchy, oligarchy, and democracy: the two former are
administered according to the feeling and opinions of those
who are at the head of affairs, but republics repose upon
the authority of law. Let no one of you, therefore, forget,
but on the contrary let him lay it carefully to heart, that
when he enters this tribunal for the trial of such an issue,
on that day he is called upon to cast his vote upon his own
right of free speech. Therefore was it that our old lawgivers
placed in the forefront of the juror’s oath these words,
“I will render a verdict according to law,” knowing well
that when the laws were jealously observed by the city free
institutions were safe.
Wherefore is it that, bearing these things in mind, you
should hold in abhorrence all who commit unconstitutional
acts, and that you should look upon no infraction of the
constitution as small or unimportant, but treat all as of the
gravest nature. Nor should you suffer any man to deprive
you of this most vital right—neither the persuasions of the
generals who for a long time past have been at work with
certain of our orators to overthrow the constitution, nor the
solicitations of strangers when those whose administration
has been illegal have brought up hither to screen them from
justice—but as each one of you would blush to quit the
ranks in which he was stationed on the day of battle, so you
should now blush at the thought of abandoning the post in
which you are placed by the laws which are today the
guardians of our institutions.
You must further bear in mind that your fellow citizens
have now entrusted to your keeping the city itself in thus
confiding the constitution to your charge; not only those
of them who are here present intent upon the course of this
trial, but those also who are necessarily absent upon their
private business. If, therefore, holding in due regard these
your fellow citizens, and remembering the oaths you have
sworn and the laws you are living under, you should convict
Ctesiphon for having introduced an unconstitutional bill false
in terms and injurious to the city, overturn, Athenians, such
unconstitutional enactments, confirm our free institutions,
and punish the men who have been advising against the
law and against the interests both of the State and of yourselves.
If in this frame of mind you listen to the words
which are about to be spoken, I well know that your verdict
will be in accordance with justice and right, and that it
will redound to the credit of yourselves and of the whole
community.
I have thus far spoken about the general nature of this
prosecution, and, I hope, with sufficient fairness. I now
desire to speak briefly about the laws which have been
passed in regard to persons who are accountable to the
state, against which the decree of Ctesiphon offends.
In former times it happened that men who had exercised
the highest employment and had been entrusted with the
management of the public revenues, although guilty therein
of the grossest corruption, would, by conniving with certain
orators both in the Senate and the General Assembly, anticipate
all examination into their accounts by means of votes
of condemnation and proclamations of thanks in their behalf.
Not only were citizens who attempted to bring them to justice
for the state of their accounts in this way much perplexed,
but the jurors themselves who were to try the cause
were reduced to a grave dilemma. And many of these
officials, although clearly proved to have embezzled public
moneys in the most flagrant way, were yet permitted to leave
the judgment-seat unpunished. And not unreasonably. For
the jurors were ashamed, it seems to me, that it should
appear the same man in the same city, and perchance in the
very same year, who had been proclaimed in the Assemblies
as worthy of being honored with a golden crown by the
people for his virtue and uprightness, should a short time
afterwards be brought to trial, and go forth from our courts
of justice convicted of fraud in his accounts. So that the
jurors were compelled, as it were, to give their verdict not
so much upon the crime which was proven, as in regard to
the honor of the city itself. And hence it was that one of
our lawgivers provided for this very emergency by
propounding a law—and a most admirable one it was—by
which the coronation of all persons liable to account was
distinctly forbidden. Notwithstanding the passage of this
law, evasions of it more efficacious than the law itself have
been invented, in ignorance of which, unless they be explained
to you, you would be entirely deceived. This decree for
the crowning of officials while they were still liable to
account were introduced contrary to law by men not ill
disposed by nature—if any one can be well-disposed who
thus acts illegally—and by way of a slave to propriety
they added to the propositions the words, “after they shall
have rendered a correct account of their administration.”
The city, however, was injured in the same way by this
evasion, since the accounting was equally forestalled by the
panegyrics and votes of crowns; and the propounder of the
decree, by thus qualifying it, admitted to his discredit that
at the time of its proposal he was conscious of an intended
infraction of the law. But this fellow Ctesiphon, men of
Athens, at one bound clears both law and qualification; for
by his decree he asks that Demosthenes, while actually in
office, before he has furnished any explanations or delivered
in any accounts, shall be crowned by the people! . . .
You have just heard, Athenians, that the law directs the
proclamation of one who is crowned by the people to be
made in the Pnyx at an Assembly of the people, and nowhere
else. Ctesiphon, however, not only transgresses the law by
directing it to be done in the theatre, thus changing the place
from that where the Athenians hold their Assembly, but he
commands it to take place, not before the people alone, but
in presence of the assembled Greeks, that they may see
along with us what manner of man it is whom we then
honor. . . .
Since, then, it is directed that those honored with a crown
by the Senate shall be proclaimed in the Senate Chamber,
and those crowned by the people in the Assembly, and it is
interdicted to those crowned by the tribes or demes to be so
proclaimed in the theatre, that no one by mean solicitations
for crowns and proclamations should thereby obtain a spurious
honor, and it is moreover forbidden by the law that
proclamation shall be made by any one unless by the Senate,
the people, the tribes, and the demes; if all these be excepted,
what remains but the case of crowns conferred by foreign
states? That this is manifestly so, I shall convince you
by the laws themselves. . . .
Besides it is enjoined by law that the crown of gold
which shall be proclaimed in the theatre in behalf of any one
shall be taken from him and consecrated to Athens. Who
would dare, however, from this, to accuse the people of
Athens of a sordid economy? Never was there a city, never
an individual, so destitute of generosity, as in the same
moment to proclaim, take away, and consecrate a crown
of their own bestowal! This consecration is doubtless
directed to be made because the crown has been conferred
by strangers, that no man may estimate a foreign honor
as of greater value than his country, and may not be tempted
in consequence to fail in his devotion to her. The crown
conferred by the people and proclaimed in the Assembly is
never consecrated, but on the contrary is permitted to be
enjoyed, not only by its recipient, but by his descendants, that
by preserving this memorial in their family they may never
become ill-disposed to their country. And this is the reason
why the lawmaker has prohibited the proclamation in the
theatre of a crown conferred by strangers unless authorized
by a decree of the people; the foreign city which may desire
so to honor one of your citizens shall first through an embassy
demand it of the people; and thus he who is crowned shall
owe higher debt of gratitude to you who have permitted
the proclamation than to those who have presented him with
the crown itself. . . .
I may here foretell the part that he will play when he
sees that you are in earnest in your endeavor to hold him to
his true course. Ctesiphon will introduce that arch-impostor,
that plunderer of the public, who has cut the constitution
into shreds; the man who can weep more easily than others
laugh, and from whom perjury flows in ready words!
He can, I doubt not, change his tone, and pass from tears
to gross abuse, insult the citizens who are listening outside,
and cry out that the partisans of oligarchical power, detested
by the hand of truth, are pressing round the prosecutor to
support him, while the friends of the constitution are rallying
round the accused. And when he dares to speak so,
answer thus his seditious menaces: “What, Demosthenes,
had the heroes who brought back our fugitive citizens from
Phyle been like you, our democratic form of government
had ceased to exist! Those illustrious men saved the state
exhausted by great civil disorders in pronouncing that wise
and admirable sentence ‘oblivion of all offenses.’ But you,
more careful of your rounded periods than of the city’s
safety, are willing to reopen all her wounds.”
When this perjurer shall seek for credit by taking refuge
in his oaths, remind him that to the foresworn man who asks
belief in them from those he has deceived so often, of two
things one is needful, neither of which exists for Demosthenes;
he must either get new gods, or an audience not the
same. And to his tears and wordy lamentations, when he
shall ask, “Whither shall I fly, Athenians should you
cast me out, I have not where to rest,” reply “Where shall the
people seek refuge, Demosthenes; what allies, what resources,
what reserve have you prepared for us? We all
see what you have provided for yourself. When you have
left the city, you shall not stop, as you would seem, to dwell
in Piraeus, but, quickly thence departing, you shall visit other
lands with all the appointments for your journey provided
through your corruption from Persian gold or public
plunder.”
But why at all these tears, these cries, this voice of lamentation?
Is it not Ctesiphon who is accused, and even for him
may not the penalty be moderated by you? Thou pleadest
not, Demosthenes, either for thy life, thy fortune, or thy
honor! Why is he then so disquieted? About crowns of
gold and proclamations in the theatre against the laws: the
man who, were the people so insensate or so forgetful of
the present as to wish to crown him in this time of public
distress, should himself step forth and say, “Men of Athens,
while I accept the crown, I disapprove the proclamation of
the honor at a time like this: it should not be in regard to
things for which the state is now mourning and while it is
in the depth of grief.” Would not a man whose life was
really upright so speak out; only a knave who assumes the
garb of virtue would talk as you do?
Let none of you, by Hercules, be apprehensive lest this
high-souled citizen, this distinguished warrior, from loss of
this reward should on his return home take his life. The
man who rates so low your consideration as to make a thousand
incisions on that impure and mortgaged head which
Ctesiphon proposes against all law to honor with a crown,
makes money of his wounds by bringing actions for the
effects of his own premeditated blows. Yes, that crown of
his so often battered, that perhaps even now it bears upon
it the marks of Meidias’ anger, that crown which brings its
owner in an income, serves both for revenue and head! . . .
And can it be that he whom you have thought worthy by
your decree, of the honor of this crown, is so unknown to the
public which has been so largely benefited by him that you
must procure assistance to speak in his behalf? Ask of the
jurors whether they know Chabrias, Iphicrates and Timotheus,
and learn from them why they have honored and
erected statues to them? Will they not proclaim with one
voice that they rendered honor to Chabrias for his naval
victory near Naxos; to Iphicrates for having cut off a
Spartan corps; to Timotheus for his expedition to Corcyra;
to other heroes for their many glorious achievements? Ask
them now why Demosthenes is to be rewarded. Is it for his
venality, for his cowardice, for his base desertion of his
post in the day of battle? In honoring such an one will
you not dishonor yourselves and the gallant men who have
laid down their lives for you in the field? whose plaintive
remonstrances against the crowing of this man you may
almost seem to hear. Strange, passing strange, does it seem,
Athenians, that you banish from the limits of the state the
stocks and stones the senseless implements which have unwittingly
caused death by casualty; that the hand which has
inflicted the wound of self-destruction is buried apart from
the rest of the body; and that yet you can render honor to
this Demosthenes, by whose counsels this last fatal expedition
in which your troops were slaughtered and destroyed
was planned! The victims of this massacre are thus insulted,
in their graves, and the survivors outraged and discouraged
when they behold the only reward of patriotic valor to be an
unremembered death and a disregarded memory! And last
and most important of all consequences, what answer shall
you make to your children when they ask you after what
examples they shall frame their lives? Is it not, men of
Athens—you know it well—is it not the palaestra, the
seminary, or the study of the liberal arts alone, which form
and educate our youth. Of vastly greater value are the
lessons taught by these honors publicly conferred. If a man
proclaimed and crowned in the theatre for virtue, courage,
and patriotism when his irregular and vicious life belies the
honor, the young who witness this are perverted and corrupted!
In a profligate and a pander, such as Ctesiphon,
sentenced and punished, an instructive lesson is given to the
rising generation. Has a citizen voted in opposition to
justice and propriety, and does he, on his return to his
house, attempt to instruct his son; disobedience surely follows,
and the lesson is justly looked upon as importunate
and out of place. Pronounce your verdict then, not as simple
jurors, but as guardians of the State, whose decision can be
justified in the eyes of their absent fellow citizens who
shall demand a strict account of it. Know ye not, Athenians,
that the people is judged by the ministers whom it honors;
will it not be disgraceful, then, that you shall be thought to
resemble the baseness of Demosthenes, and not the virtues
of your ancestors?
How, then, is this reproach to be avoided? It must be
to distrusting the men who usurp the character of upright
and patriotic citizens, which their entire conduct gainsays.
Good will and zeal for the public interest can be readily
assumed in name: oftentimes those who have the smallest
pretensions to them by their conduct seize upon and take
refuge behind these honorable titles. When you find, then,
an orator desirous of being crowned by strangers and of
being proclaimed in presence of the Greeks, let him, as the
law requires in other cases, prove the claim which he asserts
by the evidence of a life free from reproach, and a wise and
blameless course. If he be unable to do this, do not confirm
to him the honors which he claims, and try at least to preserve
the remnant of that public authority which is fast
escaping from you. Even now, strange as it should seem,
are not the Senate and the people passed over and neglected,
and despatches and deputations received by private citizens,
not from obscure individuals, but from the most important
personages of Europe and Asia? Far from denying that for
which under our laws the punishment is death, it is made
the subject of open public boast; the correspondence is
exhibited and read; and you are invited by some to look upon
them as the guardians of the constitution, while others demand
to be rewarded as the saviors of the country. The people,
meanwhile, as if struck with the decrepitude of age and
broken down by their misfortunes, preserve the republic only
in name and abandon to others the reality of authority.
You thus retire from the Assembly, not as from a public
deliberation, but as from an entertainment given at common
cost where each guest carries away with him a share of
the remnants of the feast. That I speak forth the words
of truth and soberness, hearken to which I am about to say.
It distresses me to recur so often to our public calamities,
but when a private citizen undertook to sail only to Samos
to get out of the way, he was condemned to death on the
same day by the Council of Areopagus as a traitor to his
country. Another private citizen, unable to bear the fear
which oppressed him, and sailing in consequence to Rhodes,
was recently denounced for this and escaped punishment
by an equal division of the votes. Had a single one been
cast on the other side, he would have been either banished
or put to death. Compare these instances with the present
one. An orator, the cause of all our misfortunes, who
abandons his post in time of war and flies from the city,
proclaims himself worthy of crowns and proclamations. Will
you not drive such a man from your midst as the common
scourge of Greece; or will you not rather seize upon and
punish him as a piratical braggart who steers his course
through our government by dint of phrases?
Consider, moreover, the occasion on which you are called
upon to record your verdict. In a few days the Pythian
Games will be celebrated, and the assembled Greeks will all
be reunited in your city. She has already suffered much
disparagement from the policy of Demosthenes: should you
now crown him by your votes you will seem to share the
same opinion as the men who wish to break the common
peace. By adopting the contrary course you will free the
state from any such suspicion.
Let your deliberations, then, be in accord with the interests
of the city: it is for her, and not a foreign community,
you are now to decide. Do not throw away your honors, but
confer them with discernment upon high-minded citizens and
deserving men. Search with both eyes and ears as to who
they are among you who are today standing forth in Demosthenes’
behalf. Are they the companions of his youth who
shared with him the manly toils of the chase or the robust
exercises of the palaestra? No, by the Olympian Jove, he
has passed not his life in hunting the wild boar or in the
preparation of his body for fatigue and hardship, but in the
exercise of chicane at the cost of the substance of men of
wealth!
Examine well his vainglorious boasting when he shall
dare to say that by his embassy he withdrew the Byzantines
from the cause of Philip; that by his eloquence he detached
from him the Acarnanians, and so transported the Thebans
as to confirm them upon your side. He believes indeed that
you have reached such a point of credulity that you are ready
to be persuaded by him of anything he may choose to utter,
as if you had here in your midst the goddess Persuasion
herself, and not an artful demagogue.
And when, at the close of his harangue, Demosthenes
shall invite the partakers of his corruption to press round
and defend him, let there be present in your imagination
upon the platform from which I am now speaking the venerable
forms of the ancient benefactors of the state, arrayed
in all their virtue, to oppose these men’s insolence. I see
among them the wise Solon, that upright lawgiver who
founded our popular government upon the soundest principles
of legislation, gently advising you with his native moderation
not to place your oaths and the law under the control of
this man’s discourse. And Aristides, by whose equity the
imposts upon the Greeks were regulated, whose daughters,
left in poverty through his incorruptible integrity, were
endowed by the state, Aristides is seen complaining of this
outrage upon justice, and demanding whether the descendants
of the men who fought worthy of death and actually
banished from their city and country Arthmius the Zelian,
then living in their midst and enjoying the sacred rights
of hospitality for merely bringing Persian gold into Greece,
are now going to cover themselves with disgrace by honoring
with a crown of gold the man who has not simply brought
higher the stranger’s money, but is enjoying here the price
of his treason. And Themistocles and the men who fell
at Marathon and Plataea, think you that they are insensible
to what is taking place? Do not their voices cry out from
the very tombs in mournful protests against this perverse
rendering of honor to one who has dared to proclaim his
union with the barbarians against the Greeks?
As for me, O Earth and Sun, O Virtue, and thou, Intelligence,
by whose light we are enabled to discern and to
separate good from evil, as for me, I have directed my
efforts against this wrong. I have lifted up my voice against
this injustice! If I have spoken well and loftily against
this crime, I have spoken as I should have wished; but if my
utterances have been feeble and ill-directed, still they have
been according to the measure of my strength. It is for you,
men of Athens and jurors, to weigh carefully both what has
been spoken and what has been left unsaid, and to render
such a decision as shall not only be upright but for the
advantage of the State.
demosthenes
Demosthenes, considered the greatest of the Greek orators,
and consequently the greatest orator in the history
of the world, as oratory flourished nowhere as it did in
Greece between 500 and 300 b. c., was born about 383
b. c., and died by poison administered to himself, after
being captured by Macedonian troops, 322 b. c.
“He [Demosthenes] seems to have lacked by nature all
the physical qualifications of a great orator, and to have
acquired them solely by indefatigable self-discipline and
training. At about the age of thirty he made his first
appearance as a politician; he continued to practice as a
logographer (speech-writer) until he was about forty, by
which time he had made a fortune sufficient to enable him
to devote himself exclusively to political life until he died,
at the age of sixty-one.”
Demosthenes studied under Isaeus and profited by the
work previously done by the great rhetoricians and orators,
Lysias, Isocrates, Antiphon, and others. Demosthenes’
political morality was of the highest, and this was
one of the main sources of his great strength.
Speech of Demosthenes in Defense of Ctesiphon, Commonly
known as the “Oration on the Crown.” I begin, men
of Athens, by praying to every god and goddess that the
same good-will, which I have ever cherished toward the
commonwealth and all of you, may be requited to me on the
present trial. I pray likewise—and this specially concerns
yourselves, your religion, and your honor—that the gods
may put it in your minds not to take counsel of my opponent
touching the manner in which I am to be heard—that
would, indeed, be cruel!—but of the laws and of your oath;
wherein (besides the other obligations) it is prescribed that
you shall hear both sides alike. This means, not only that
you must pass no precondemnation, not only that you must
extend your good-will equally to both, but also that you must
allow the parties to adopt such order and course of defense
as they severally choose and prefer.
Many advantages hath Aeschines over me on this trial;
and two especially, men of Athens. First, my risk in the
contest is not the same. It is assuredly not the same for
me to forfeit your regard, as for my adversary not to succeed
in his indictment. To me—but I will say nothing
untoward at the outset of my address. The prosecution,
however, is play to him. My second disadvantage is, that
natural disposition of mankind to take pleasure in hearing
invective and accusation, and to be annoyed by those who
praise themselves. To Aeschines is assigned the part which
gives pleasure; that which is (I may fairly say) offensive to
all, is left for me. And if, to escape from this, I make
no mention of what I have done, I shall appear to be
without defense against his charges, without proof of my
claims to honor; whereas, if I proceed to give an account
of my conduct and measures, I shall be forced to speak frequently
of myself. I will endeavor then to do so with all
becoming modesty; what I am driven to by the necessity
of the case will be fairly chargeable to my opponent, who has
instituted such a prosecution.
I think, men of the jury, you will all agree that I, as
well as Ctesiphon, am a party to this proceeding, and that it
is a matter of no less concern to me. It is painful and
grievous to be deprived of anything, especially by the act of
one’s enemy; but your good-will and affection are the
heaviest loss, precisely as they are the greatest prize to gain.
Such being the matters at stake in this cause, I conjure
and implore you all alike, to hear my defense to the charge
in that fair manner which the laws prescribe—laws, to
which their author, Solon, a man friendly to you and to
popular rights, thought that validity should be given, not
only by the recording of them, but by the oath of you, the
jurors; not that he distrusted you, as it appears to me, but,
seeing that the charges and calumnies, wherein the prosecutor
is powerful by being the first speaker, cannot be got
over by the defendant, unless each of you jurors, observing
his religious obligation, shall work with like favor receive the
arguments of the last speaker, and lend an equal and impartial
ear to both, before he determines upon the whole case.
As I am, it appears, on this day to render an account
both of my private life and my public measures, I would
fain, as in the outset, call upon the gods to my aid; and in your
presence I implore them, first, that the good-will which I
have ever cherished toward the commonwealth and all of
you may be fully requited to me on the present trial; next,
that they may direct you to such a decision upon this indictment
as will conduce to your common honor, and to the good
conscience of each individual.
Had Aeschines confined his charge to the subject of the
prosecution, I, too, would have proceeded at once to my
justification of the decree. But since he has wasted now fewer
words in the discussion of other matters, in most of them
calumniating me, I deem it both necessary and just, men of
Athens, to begin by shortly adverting to these points, that
none of you may be induced by extraneous arguments to shut
your ears against my defense of the indictment.
To all his scandalous abuse of my private life, observe
my plain and honest answer. If you know me to be such as
he alleged—for I have lived nowhere else but among you—let
not my voice be heard, however transcendent my
statesmanship! Rise up this instant and condemn me! But
if, in your opinion and judgment, I am far better and of better
descent than my adversary; if (to speak without offense)
I am not inferior, I or mine, to any respectable citizens;
that give no credit to him for his other statements—it is
plain they were all equally fictions—but to me let the same
good-will, which you have uniformly exhibited upon many
former trials, be manifested now. With all your malice,
Aeschines, it was very simple to suppose that I should
turn from the discussion of measures and policy to notice
your scandal. I will do no such thing; I am not so crazed.
Your lies and calumnies about my political life I will examine
forthwith; for that loose ribaldry I shall have a word
hereafter, if the jury desire to hear it.
The crimes whereof I am accused are many and grievous;
for some of them the laws enact heavy—most severe penalties.
The scheme of this present proceeding includes a
combination of spiteful insolence, insult, railing, aspersion,
and everything of the kind; while for the said charges and
accusations, if they were true, the state has not the means
of inflicting an adequate punishment, or anything like it.
For it is not the right to debar another of access to the people
and privilege of speech; moreover, to do so by way of malice
and insult—by Heaven! is neither honest, nor constitutional,
nor just. If the crimes which he saw me committing against
the State were as heinous as he so tragically gave out, he
ought to have enforced the penalties of the law against them
at the time; if he saw me guilty of an impeachable offense,
by impeaching and so bringing me to trial before you; if
moving illegal decrees, by indicting me for them. For surely
if he can prosecute Ctesiphon on my account, he would not
have forborne to indict me myself, had he thought he could
convict me. In short, whatever else he saw me doing to
your prejudice, whether mentioned or not mentioned in
his catalogue of slander, there are laws for such things, and
punishments, and trials, and judgments, with sharp and severe
penalties; all of which he might have enforced against me:
and had he done so—had he thus pursued the proper method
with me, his charges would have been consistent with his
conduct. But now he has declined the straightforward and
just course, avoided all proofs of guilt at the time, and after
this long interval gets up, to play his part withal, a heap
of accusation, ribaldry, and scandal. Then he arraigns
me, but prosecutes the defendant. His hatred of me he
makes the prominent part of the whole contest; yet, without
having ever met me upon that ground, he openly seeks to
deprive a third party of his privileges. Now, men of Athens,
besides all the other arguments that may be urged in Ctesiphon’s
behalf, this, methinks, may very fairly be alleged—that
we should all try our own quarrel by ourselves; not leave
our private dispute, and look what third party we can damage.
That surely were the height of injustice.
It may appear, from what has been said, that all his
charges are alike unjust and unfounded in truth; yet I wish
to examine them separately, and especially his calumnies
about the peace and the embassy, where he attributed to
me the acts of himself and Philocrates. It is necessary also,
and perhaps proper, men of Athens, to remind you how
affairs stood at those times, that you may consider every
single measure in reference to the occasion.
When the Phocian war had broken out—not through
me, for I had not then commenced public life—you were
in this position: you wished the Phocians to be saved, though
you saw they were not acting right; and would have been
glad for the Thebans to suffer anything, with whom for a
just reason you were angry; for they had not borne with
moderation their good fortune at Leuctra. The whole of
Peloponnesus was divided: they that hated the Lacedaemonians
were not powerful enough to destroy them; and
they that ruled before by Spartan influence were not masters
of the states: among them, as among the rest of the Greeks,
there was a sort of unsettled strife and confusion. Philip,
seeing this—it was not difficult to see—lavished bribes
upon the traitors in every state, embroiled and stirred them
all up against each other; and so, by the errors and follies
of the rest, he was strengthening himself, and growing up to
the ruin of all. But when every one saw that the then overbearing,
but now unfortunate, Thebans, harassed by so long
a war, must of necessity have recourse to you, Philip, to
prevent this, and obstruct the union of the states, offered
to you peace, to them succor. What helped him then almost
to surprise you in a voluntary snare? The cowardice, shall
I call it? or ignorance—or both—of the other Greeks, who
while you were waging a long and incessant war—and that,
too, for their common benefit, as the event has shown—assisted
you neither with money nor men, nor anything else
whatsoever. You, being justly and naturally offended with
them, lent a willing ear to Philip.
The peace then granted was through such means brought
about, not through me, as Aeschines calumniously charged.
The criminal and corrupt practice of these men during the
treaty will be found, on fair examination, to be the cause of
our present condition. The whole matter am I for truth’s
sake discussing and going through; for, let there appear to
be ever so much criminality in these transactions, it is surely
nothing to me. The first who spoke and mentioned the subject
of peace was Aristodemus the actor; the seconder and
mover, fellow-hireling for that purpose with the prosecutor,
was Philocrates the Agnusian—your associate, Aeschines,
not mine, though you should burst with lying. Their supporters—from
whatever motives—I pass that by for the
present—were Eubulus and Cephisophon. I had nothing to
do with it.
Notwithstanding these facts, which I have stated exactly
according to the truth, he ventured to assert—to such a pitch
of impudence had he come—that I, besides being author of
the peace, had prevented the country making it in a general
council with the Greeks. Why, you—I know not what name
you deserve!—when you saw me robbing the state of an
advantage and connection so important as you described just
now, did you ever express indignation? did you come forward
to punish and proclaim what you now charge me with?
If, indeed, I had been bribed by Philip to prevent the conjunction
of the Greeks, it was your business not to be silent,
but to cry out, to protest, and inform the people. But you
never did so—your voice was never heard to such a purpose,
and no wonder; for at that time no embassy had been sent
to any of the Greeks—they had all been tested long before;
and not a word of truth upon the subject has Aeschines
spoken.
Besides, it is the country that he most traduces by his
falsehoods. For, if you were at the same time calling on
the Greeks to take arms and sending your own ambassadors
to treat with Philip for peace, you were performing the part
of an Eurybatus, not the act of a commonwealth, or of honest
men. But it is false, it is false. For what purpose could ye
have sent for them at that period? For peace? They all
had it. For war? You were yourselves deliberating about
peace. It appears, therefore, I was not the adviser or the
author of the original peace; and none of his other calumnies
against me are shown to be true.
Observe again, after the state had concluded the peace,
what line of conduct each of us adopted. Hence you will
understand who it was that coöperated in everything with
Philip, who that acted in your behalf, and sought the advantage
of the commonwealth.
I moved in the council, that our ambassadors should sail
instantly for whatever place they heard Philip was in, and
receive his oath: they would not, however, notwithstanding
my resolution. What was the effect of this, men of Athens?
I will explain. It was Philip’s interest that the interval
before the oaths should be as long as possible; yours, that
it should be as short. Why? Because you discontinued all
your warlike preparations, not only from the day of swearing
peace, but from the day you conceived hopes of it; a thing
which Philip was from the beginning studious to contrive,
believing—rightly enough—that whatever of your possessions
he might take before the oath of ratification he should
hold securely; as none would break the peace on such
account. I, men of Athens, foreseeing and weighing these
consequences, moved the decree, to sail for whatever place
Philip was in, and receive his oath without delay; so that
your allies, the Thracians, might be in possession of the
places which Aeschines ridiculed just now (Serrium, Myrtium,
and Ergisce), at the time of swearing the oaths; and
that Philip might not become master of Thrace by securing
the post of vantage, nor provide himself with plenty of
money and troops to facilitate his further designs. Yet this
decree he neither mentions nor reads; but reproaches me,
because, as Councillor, I thought it proper to introduce the
ambassadors. Why, what should I have done? Moved not
to introduce men who were come for the purpose of conferring
with you? or ordered the Manager not to assign them
places at the theatre? They might have had places for their
two obols, if the resolution had not been moved. Was it my
duty to guard the petty interests of the state, and have sold
our main interests like these men? Surely not. Take and
read me this decree, which the prosecutor, knowing it well,
passed over. Read!
The Decree
“In the Archonship of Mnesiphilus, on the thirteenth of
Hecatombaeon, in the presidency of the Pandionian tribe,
Demosthenes, son of Demosthenes of Paeania, moved:
Whereas, Philip hath sent ambassadors for peace, and hath
agreed upon articles of treaty, it is resolved by the Council
and people of Athens, in order that the peace voted in the
first assembly may be ratified, to choose forthwith from the
whole body of Athenians five ambassadors; and that the
persons elected do repair, without any delay, wheresoever
they shall ascertain that Philip is, and as speedily as may
be exchange oaths with him, according to the articles agreed
on between him and the Athenian people, comprehending the
allies of either party. For ambassadors were chosen, Eubulus
of Anaphlystus, Aeschines of Cothocidae, Cephisophon of
Rhamnus, Democrates of Phyla, Cleon of Cothocidae.”
Notwithstanding that I had passed this decree for the
advantage of Athens, not that of Philip, our worthy ambassadors
so little regarded it as to sit down in Macedonia three
whole months, until Philip returned from Thrace after
entirely subjugating the country; although they might in
ten days, or rather in three or four, have reached the
Hellespont and saved the fortresses, by receiving his oath
before he reduced them: for he would never have touched
them on our presence, or we should not have sworn him;
and thus he would have lost the peace, and not have obtained
both the peace and the fortresses.
Such was the first trick of Philip, the first corrupt act
of these accursed miscreants, in the embassy: for which I
avow that I was and am and ever will be at war and variance
with them. But mark another and still greater piece of villainy
immediately after. When Philip had sworn to the
peace, having secured Thrace through these men disobeying
my decree, he again bribes them not to leave Macedonia until
he had got all ready for his expedition against the Phocians.
His fear was, if they reported to you his design and preparation
for marching, you might sally forth, sail round with
your galleys to Thermopylae as before, and block up the
strait; his desire, that, the moment you received the intelligence
from them, he should have passed Thermopylae, and
you be unable to do anything. And in such terror and
anxiety was Philip, lest, notwithstanding he had gained these
advantages, if you voted succor before the destruction of the
Phocians, his enterprise should fail, he hires this despicable
fellow, no longer in common with the other ambassadors, but
by himself individually, to make that statement and report to
you, by which everything was lost.
I conjure and beseech you, men of Athens, throughout the
trial to remember this: that, if Aeschines in his charge had
not travelled out of the indictment, neither would I have
spoken a word irrelevant; but since he has resorted to every
species both of accusation and calumny, it is necessary for
me to reply briefly to each of his charges.
What, then, were the statements made by Aeschines,
through which everything was lost? That you should not
be alarmed by Philip’s having passed Thermopylae—that
all would be as you desired, if you kept quiet; and in two or
three days you would hear he as their friend to whom he
had come as an enemy, and their enemy to whom he had
come as a friend—it was not words that cemented attachments
(such was his solemn phrase), but identity of interest;
and it was the interest of all alike, Philip, the Phocians, and
you, to be relieved from the harshness and insolence of the
Thebans. His assertions were heard by some with pleasure,
on account of the hatred which then subsisted against the
Thebans. But what happened directly, almost immediately,
afterwards? The wretched Phocians were destroyed, their
cities demolished; you that kept quiet, and trusted to Aeschines,
were shortly bringing in your effects out of the country,
while Aeschines received gold; and yet more—while you
got nothing but your enmity with the Thebans and Thessalians,
Philip won their gratitude for what he had done. To
prove what I say, read me the decree of Callisthenes, and
the letter of Philip, from both of which these particulars will
be clear to you.
These and like measures, Aeschines, are what become an
honorable citizen (by their success—O earth and heaven!
we should have been the greatest of people incontestably,
and deserved to be so: even under their failure the result is
glory, and no one blames Athens or her policy; all condemn
fortune that so ordered things); but never will he desert
the interests of the commonwealth, nor hire himself to her
adversaries, and study the enemy’s advantage, instead of his
country’s; nor on a man who has courage to advise and propose
measures worthy of the state, and resolution to persevere
in them, will he cast an evil eye, and, if any one privately
offends him, remember and treasure it up; no, nor
keep himself in a criminal and treacherous retirement, as
you so often do. There is indeed a retirement just and beneficial
to the state, such as you, the bulk of my countrymen,
innocently enjoy; that, however, is not the retirement of
Aeschines; far from it. Withdrawing himself from public
life when he pleases (and that is often), he watches for the
moment when you are tired of a constant speaker, or when
some reverse of fortune has befallen you, or anything
untoward has happened (and many are the casualties of
human life); at such a crisis he springs up an orator, rising
from his retreat like a wind; in full voice, with words and
phrases collected, he rolls them out audibly and breathlessly,
to no advantage or good purpose whatsoever, but to the
detriment of some or other of his fellow-citizens and to the
general disgrace.
Yet from this labor and diligence, Aeschines, if it proceeded
from an honest heart, solicitous for your country’s
welfare, the fruits should have been rich and noble and
profitable to all—alliances of states, supplies of money, conveniences
of commerce, enactment of useful laws, opposition
to our declared enemies. All such things were looked for
in former times; and many opportunities did the past afford
for a good man and true to show himself; during which time
you are nowhere to be found, neither first, second, third,
fourth, fifth, nor sixth—nor in any rank at all—certainly
in no service by which your country was exalted. For what
alliance has come to the state by your procurement? What
succors, what acquisition of good will or credit? What
embassy or agency is there of yours, by which the reputation
of the country has been increased? What concern, domestic,
Hellenic, or foreign, of which you have had the management,
has improved under it? What galleys? what ammunition?
what arsenals? what repair of walls? what cavalry?
What in the world are you good for? What assistance in
money have you ever given, either to the rich or the poor, out
of public spirit or liberality? None. But, good sir, if there
is nothing of this, there is at all events zeal and loyalty.
Where? when? You infamous fellow! Even at a time when
all who ever spoke upon the platform gave something for the
public safety, and last Aristonicus gave the sum which he
had amassed to retrieve his franchise, you neither came forward
nor contributed a mite—not from inability—no! for
you have inherited above five talents from Philo, your wife’s
father, and you had a subscription of two talents from the
chairmen of the Boards for what you did to cut up the navy
law. But, that I may not go from one thing to another and
lose sight of the question, I pass this by. That it was not
poverty prevented your contributing, already appears: it
was, in fact, your anxiety to do nothing against those to
whom your political life is subservient. On what occasion,
then, do you show your spirit? When do you shine out?
When aught is to be spoken against your countrymen!—then
it is you are splendid in voice, perfect in memory, an
admirable actor, a tragic Theocrines.
You mention the good men of olden times; and you are
right to do so. Yet it is hardly fair, O Athenians, that he
should get the advantage of that respect which you have for
the dead, to compare and contrast me with them—me who
am living among you; for what mortal is ignorant that
toward the living there exists always more or less of ill will,
whereas the dead are no longer hated even by an enemy?
Such being human nature, am I to be tried and judged by
the standard of my predecessors? Heaven forbid! It is not
just or equitable, Aeschines. Let me be compared with you,
or any persons you like of your party who are still alive.
And consider this—whether it is more honorable and better
for the state, that because of the services of a former age,
prodigious though they are beyond all power of expression,
these of the present generation should be unrequited and
spurned, or that all who give proof of their good intentions
should have their share of honor and regard from the
people? Yet indeed—if I must say so much—my politics
and principles, if considered fairly, will be found to resemble
those of the illustrious ancients, and to have had the same
objects in view, while yours resemble those of their calumniators:
for it is certain there were persons in those times
who ran down the living, and praised people dead and gone,
with a malignant purpose like yourself.
Two things, men of Athens, are characteristic of a well-disposed
citizen: so may I speak of myself and give the
least offense: In authority, his constant aim should be the
dignity and pre-eminence of the commonwealth; in all times
and circumstances his spirit should be loyal. This depends
upon nature; power and might upon other things. Such a
spirit, you will find, I have ever sincerely cherished. Only
see, when my person was demanded—when they brought
Amphictyonic suits against me—when they menaced—when
they promised—when they set these miscreants like
wild beasts upon me—never in any way have I abandoned
my affection for you. From the very beginning I chose an
honest and straightforward course in politics, to support the
honor, the power, the glory of my fatherland, these to exalt,
in these to have my being. I do not walk about the market
place gay and cheerful because the stranger has prospered,
holding out my right hand and congratulating those who I
think will report it yonder, and on any news of our own success
shudder and groan and stoop to the earth, like these
impious men, who rail at Athens, as if in so doing they did
not rail at themselves; who look abroad, and if the foreigner
thrives by the distress of Greece, are thankful for it, and say
we should keep him so thriving all the time.
Never, O ye gods, may those wishes be confirmed by you!
If possible, inspire even in these men a better sense and feeling!
But if they are indeed incurable, destroy them by themselves;
exterminate them on land and sea; and for the rest
of us, grant that we may speedily be released from our
present fears, and enjoy a lasting deliverance.
their style and means
The Latin temperament being practical, whereas the
Grecian was highly imaginative, it was a long time
before Roman oratory escaped from the hardness of competition
and delivery that pervaded it for many centuries,
and it was not until the conquest of Greece that the classic
style of oratory made its deep impress upon the work of
the Roman orators.
The elder Cato was austere in matter and manner, and
the younger Cato, dying 103 years after the death of his
great-grandfather, inherited many of his characteristics,
and although his oratory displayed candor, truth, and
courage, it lacked the finish, smoothness, and grace of the
Grecian school, which qualities were, to a great extent,
possessed by Cicero, Caesar, Crassus, and Marc Antony.
Caius Gracchus and his brother Tiberius had a marked
influence upon the Roman style of oratory by softening
and smoothing it, but this influence was not strongly felt
until the coming of Cicero, and that marvellous group of
statesmen, politicians, and orators which embraced Pompey,
Crassus, Caesar, Cato, Antonius (Marc Antony), and
Hortensius. The Latin oratory had been candid but hard,
and lacked all the grace that made the Grecian oratory so
bewitching; but Cicero, by combining the candor of the
Roman style with the beauty of the Grecian, produced a
form of oratory that has not been surpassed by any other
orator.
Crassus was undoubtedly an orator of the first rank.
Plutarch said of him: “As for learning, he chiefly cared
for rhetoric, and what would be serviceable with large
numbers; he became one of the best speakers at Rome,
and by his pains and industry outdid the best natural
orators.” Little of his matter has come down to us.
Julius Caesar, among his other powers, possessed that
of oratory, and were it not for his transcendent abilities
as a solider, which overshadowed his other talents, his
oratorical ability would have insured him a place in
history.
Marc Antony was another great orator of the Ciceronian
period, but nothing very authentic of his has come
down to us. Shakespeare was indebted to Plutarch for
his idea of the oration over the body of Caesar, and this
matchless oration no doubt gives us a just conception of
Antony’s style. History tells us that Antony possessed
almost unnatural influence over his soldiers through his
eloquence, and that when they were discouraged over
long marches, hardships, and privations, he would go the
rounds of his encampment, addressing his troops; that he
would so enthuse them that they would forget their fears
and miseries, and rush with him to victory. The speech
delivered over the body of Caesar by Marc Antony is
reported by Dion Cassius in his History of Rome, but
how much of it was spoken by Antony is problematical.
The selections here given will convey a clear and comprehensive
idea of the scope and style of Roman oratory
in its palmiest days.
cato the censor
Marcus Porcius Cato, surnamed Censorius, or Major,
Roman statesman, general, and orator, bas born at Tusculum,
234 b. c., and died in 149 b. c. He was scrupulously
honest himself, and demanded honesty in all who would
serve the state. He opposed the influence of Greek civilization
over the Romans, and conceived it to be his duty
to prevent new ideas being taught to the younger men of
his generation. He was a maintainer of primitive discipline,
and it was for this reason he gained the title of the
Censor. The speech here given displays his character
and style to perfection. It was delivered in the Roman
Forum in 215 b. c.
Speech in Support of the Oppian Law. If, Romans, every
individual among us had made it a rule to maintain the prerogative
and authority of a hundred with respect to his own
wife, we should have less trouble with the whole sex. But
now our privileges, overpowered at home by female contumacy,
are, even here in the Forum, spurned and trodden
under foot; and because we are unable to withstand each
separately, we now dread their collective body. I was accustomed
to think it a fabulous and fictitious tale that in a certain
island the whole race of males was utterly extirpated by
a conspiracy of the women.
But the utmost danger may be apprehended equally from
either sex if you suffer cabals and secret consultations to be
held: scarcely indeed can I determine, in my own mind,
whether the act itself, or the precedent that it affords, is of
more pernicious tendency. The latter of these more particularly
concerns us consuls and the other magistrates; the
former, you, my fellow-citizens: for, whether the measure
proposed to your consideration be profitable to the state or
not, is to be determined by you, who are to vote on the
occasion.
As to the outrageous behavior of these women, whether it
be merely an act of their own, or owing to your instigations,
Marcus Fundanius and Lucius Valerius, it unquestionably
implies culpable conduct in magistrates. I know not whether
it reflects greater disgrace on you, tribunes, or on the consul:
on you certainly, if you have brought these women hither
for the purpose of raising tribunician seditions; on us, if
we suffer laws to be imposed on us by a secession of women,
as was done formerly by that of the common people. It was
not without painful emotions of shame that I, just now, made
my way into the Forum through the midst of a band of
women.
Had I not been restrained by respect for the modesty and
dignity of some individuals among them, rather than of the
whole number, and been unwilling that they should be seen
rebuked by a consul, I should not have refrained from saying
to them, “What sort of practice is this, of running out
into the public, besetting the streets, and addressing other
women’s husbands? Could not each have made the same
request to her husband at home? Are your blandishments
more seducing in public than in private, and with other
women’s husbands than with your own? Although if females
would let their modesty confine them within the limits of
their own right, it did not become you, even at home, to
concern yourselves about any laws that might be passed or
repealed here.” Our ancestors thought it not proper that
women should perform any, even private, business, without
a director, but that they should be ever under the control of
parents, brothers, or husbands. We, it seems, suffer them,
now, to interfere in the management of state affairs, and to
thrust themselves into the Forum, into general assemblies,
and into assemblies of election: for what are they doing at
this moment in your streets and lanes? What, but arguing,
some in support of the motion of tribunes; others contending
for the repeal of the law?
Will you give the reins to their intractable nature, and
then expect that themselves should set bounds to their
licentiousness, and without your interference? This is the
smallest of the injunctions laid on them by usage or the laws,
all of which women bear with impatience: they long for entire
liberty; nay, to speak the truth, not for liberty, but for
unbounded freedom in every particular: for what will they
not attempt if they now come off victorious? Recollect all
the institutions respecting the sex, by which our forefathers
restrained their profligacy and subjected them to their husbands;
and yet, even with the help of all these restrictions,
they can scarcely be kept within bounds. If, then, you suffer
them to throw these off one by one, to tear them all asunder,
and, at last, to be set on an equal footing with yourselves,
can you imagine that they will be any longer tolerable?
Suffer them once to arrive at an equality with you, and they
will from that moment become your superiors.
But, indeed, they only object to any new law being made
against them; they mean to deprecate, not justice, but severity.
Nay, their wish is that a law which you have admitted,
established by your suffrages, and found in the practice and
experience of so many years to be beneficial, should now be
repealed; and that by abolishing one law you should weaken
all the rest. No law perfectly suits the convenience of
every member of the community; the only consideration is,
whether, on the whole, it is profitable to the greater part.
If, because a law proves obnoxious to a private individual,
it must therefore be cancelled and annulled, to what purpose
is it for the community to enact laws, which those, whom
they were particularly intended to comprehend, could presently
repeal? Let us, however, inquire what this important
affair is which has induced the matrons thus to run out into
public in this indecorous manner, scarcely restraining from
pushing into the Forum and the assembly of the people.
Is it to solicit that their parents, their husbands, children,
and brothers may be ransomed from captivity under
Hannibal?
By no means: and far be ever from the commonwealth
so unfortunate a situation. Yet, when such was the case,
you refused this to the prayers which, on that occasion,
their duty dictated. But it is not duty, nor solicitude for
their friends; it is religion that has collected them together.
They are about to receive the Idaean Mother, coming out of
Phrygia from Pessinus.
What motive, that even common decency will not allow
to be mentioned, is pretended for this female insurrection?
Hear the answer:
That we may shine in gold and purple; that both on festival
and common days, we may ride through the city in our
chariots, triumphing over vanquished and abrogated law,
after having captured and wrested from your suffrages;
and that there may be no bounds to our expenses and our
luxury.
Often have you heard me complain of the profuse expenses
of the women—often of these of the man; and that not only
of men in private stations, but of the magistrates; and that
the state was endangered by two opposite vices, luxury and
avarice; these pests which have ever been the ruin of every
great state. These I dread the more, as the circumstances
of the commonwealth grow daily more prosperous and happy;
as the empire increases; as we have passed over into Greece
and Asia, places abounding with every kind of temptation
that can inflame the passions; and as we have begun to
handle even royal treasures; for I greatly fear that these
matters will rather bring us into captivity than we them.
Believe me, those statues from Syracuse made their way
into this city with hostile effect. I already hear too many
commending and admiring the decorations of Athens and
Corinth, and ridiculing the earthen images of our Roman
gods that stand on the fronts of their temples. For my part,
I prefer these gods—propitious as they are, and I hope
will continue, if we allow them to remain in their own
mansions.
In the memory of our fathers, Pyrrhus, by his ambassador
Cineas, made trial of the dispositions, not only of our men,
but of our women also, by offers of presents: at that time
the Oppian law, for restraining female luxury, had not been
made; and yet not one woman accepted a present. What,
think you, was the reason? That for which our ancestors
made no provision by law on this subject: there was no
luxury existing which might be restrained.
As diseases must necessarily be known before their remedies,
so passions come into being before the laws which
prescribe limits to them. What called forth the Licinian law,
restricting estates to five hundred acres, but the unbounded
desire of enlarging estates? What the Cineian law, concerning
gifts and presents, but that the plebeians had become
vassals and tributaries to the senate? It is not, therefore,
in any degree surprising that no want of the Oppian Law,
or of any other, to limit the expenses of the women, was
felt at that time, when they refused to receive gold and
purple that was thrown in their way and offered to their
acceptance. If Cineas were now to go round the city with
his presents, he would find numbers of women standing in
the public streets ready to receive them.
There are some passions the causes or motives of which
I can no way account for. To be debarred of a liberty in
which another is indulged may perhaps naturally excite some
degree of shame or indignation; yet, when the dress of all
is alike, what inferiority in appearance can any one be
ashamed of? Of all kinds of shame, the worst, surely, is the
being ashamed of frugality or of poverty; but the law
relieves you with regard to both; you want only that which
it is unlawful for you to have.
This equalization, says the rich matron, is the very thing
that I cannot endure. Why do I not make a figure, distinguished
with gold and purple? Why is the poverty of others
concealed under this cover of law, so that it should be
thought that, if the law permitted, they would have such
things as they are not now able to procure? Romans, do
you wish to excite among your wives an emulation of this
sort, that the rich should wish to have what no other can
have; and that the poor, lest they should be despised as such,
should extend their expenses beyond their abilities? Be
assured that when a woman once begins to be ashamed of
what she ought not to be ashamed of, she will not be ashamed
of what she ought. She who can, will purchase out of her own
purse; she who cannot, will ask her husband.
Unhappy is the husband, both he who complies with the
request and he who does not; for what he will not give
himself, another will. Now they openly solicit favors from
other women’s husbands: and, what is more, solicit a law
and votes. From some they obtain them; although, with
regard to you, your property, or your children, you would
find it hard to obtain anything from them. If the law ceases
to limit the expenses of your wife, you yourself will never
be able to limit them. Do not suppose that the matter will
hereafter be in the same state in which it was before the
law was made on the subject. It is safer that a wicked man
should never be accused than he should be acquitted; and
luxury, if it had never been meddled with, would be more
tolerable than it will be, now, like a wild beast, irritated by
having been chained and then let loose. My opinion is that
the Oppian law ought on no account to be repealed. Whatever
determination you may come to, I pray all the gods to
prosper it.
cato the younger
Marcus Porcius Cato, great-grandson of Cato the Censor,
and distinguished from him by being called Uticensis,
from the city of Utica, where he met his death, was born
95 b. c., and died by his own hand in 46 b. c. He resembled
his great ancestor in the severity of his opposition to
views entertained by others that differed from his own,
yet this was somewhat softened by his Greek training,
which modified greatly the hard and stubborn spirit of
the old Latin race. He was a brave man, a lover of his
country, and a great orator.
On the Punishment of the Catiline Conspirators (63 b. c.).
My feelings, Conscript Fathers, are extremely different when
I contemplate our circumstances and dangers, and when I
revolve in my mind the sentiments of some who have spoken
before me. Those speakers, as it seems to me, have considered
only how to punish the traitors who have raised war
against their country, their parents, their altars, and their
homes; but the state of affairs warns us rather to secure
ourselves against them, than to take counsel as to what
sentence we should pass upon them. Other crimes you may
punish after they have been committed; but as to this, unless
you prevent its commission, you will, when it has once taken
effect, in vain appeal to justice. When the city is taken, no
power is left to the vanquished.
But, in the name of the immortal gods, I call upon
you who have always valued your mansions and villas, your
statues and pictures, at a higher price than the welfare of
your country, if you wish to preserve those possessions, of
whatever kind they are, to which you are attached; if you
wish to secure quiet for the enjoyment of your pleasures,
arouse yourselves and act in defense of your country. We
are not now debating on the revenues, or on injuries done
to our allies, but our liberty and our life are at stake.
Often, Conscript Fathers, have I spoken at great length in
this assembly; often have I complained of the luxury and
avarice of our citizens, and, by that very means, have
incurred the displeasure of many. I, who never excused
to myself, or to my own conscience, the commission of any
fault, could not easily pardon the misconduct, or indulge
the licentiousness, of others. But though you little regarded
my remonstrances, yet the republic remained secure; its
own strength was proof against your remissness. The question,
however, at present under discussion, is not whether
we live in a good or bad state of morals; nor how great,
nor how splendid, the empire of the Roman people is; but
whether these things around us, of whatever value they are,
are to continue our own, or to fall, with ourselves, into the
hands of the enemy.
In such a case, does any one talk to me of gentleness and
compassion? For some time past, it is true, we have lost
the real names of things; for to lavish the property of
others is called generosity, and audacity in wickedness is called
heroism, and hence the state is reduced to the brink of ruin.
But let those who thus misname things be liberal, since
such is the practice, out of the property of our allies; let
them be merciful to the robbers of the treasury; but let
them not lavish our blood, and, while they spare a few
criminals, bring destruction on all the guiltless.
Caius Caesar, a short time ago, spoke in fair and elegant
language, before this assembly, on the subject of life and
death; considering as false, I suppose, what is told of the
dead—that the bad, going a different way from the good,
inhabit places gloomy, desolate, dreary, and full of horror.
He accordingly proposes that the property of the conspirators
should be confiscated, and themselves kept in custody
in the municipal towns; fearing, it seems, that, if they remained
at Rome, they might be rescued either by their
accomplices in the conspiracy, or by a hired mob; as if,
forsooth, the mischievous and profligate were to be found
only in the city, and not through the whole of Italy, or as
if desperate attempts would not be more likely to succeed
where there is less power to resist them. His proposal,
therefore, if he fears any danger from them, is absurd; but
if, amid such universal terror, he alone is free from alarm,
it the more concerns me to fear for you and
myself.[1]
Be assured, then, that when you decide on the fate of
Lentulus and the other prisoners, you at the same time determine
that of the army of Catiline, and of all the conspirators.
The more spirit you display in your decision, the more will
their confidence be diminished; but if they shall perceive
you in the smallest degree irresolute, they will advance upon
you with fury.
Do not suppose that our ancestors, from so small a commencement,
raised the republic to greatness merely by force
of arms. If such had been the case, we should enjoy it in
a most excellent condition; for of allies and citizens, as
well as arms and horses, we have a much greater abundance
than they had. But there were other things which made
them great, but which among us have no existence—such
as industry at home, equitable government abroad, and
minds impartial in council, uninfluenced by any immoral or
improper feeling. Instead of such virtues, we have luxury
and avarice, public distress and private superfluity; we extol
wealth, and yield to indolence; no distinction is made between
good men and bad; and ambition usurps the honors due to
virtue. Nor is this wonderful; since you study each his
individual interest, and since at home you are slaves to
pleasure, and here to money or favor; and hence it happens
that an attack is made on the defenseless state.
But on these subjects I shall say no more. Certain citizens
of the highest rank, have conspired to ruin their
country; they are engaging the Gauls, the bitterest foes of
the Roman name, to join in a war against us; the leader
of the enemy is ready to make a descent upon us; and do
you hesitate, even in such circumstances, how to treat armed
incendiaries arrested within your walls? I advise you to
have mercy upon them; they are young men who have been
led astray by ambition; send them away, even with arms
in their hands. But such mercy, and such clemency, if they
turn those arms against you, will end in misery to yourselves.
The case is, assuredly, dangerous, but you do not
fear it; yes, you fear it greatly, but you hesitate now to act,
through weakness and want of spirit, waiting one for
another, and trusting to the immortal gods, who have so
often preserved your country in the greatest dangers. But
the protection of the gods is not obtained by vows and
effeminate supplications; it is by vigilance, activity, and
prudent measures, that general welfare is secured. When
you are once resigned to sloth and indolence, it is in vain
that you implore the gods; for they are then indignant and
threaten vengeance.
In the days of our forefathers, Titus Manlius Torquatus,
during a war with the Gauls, ordered his own son to be put
to death because he had fought with an enemy contrary to
orders. That noble youth suffered for excess of bravery;
and do you hesitate what sentence to pass on the most
inhuman of traitors? Perhaps their former life is at variance
with their present crime. Spare, then, the dignity of
Lentulus, if he has ever spared his own honor or character,
or had any regard for the gods or for men. Pardon the youth
of Cethegus, unless this be the second time that he has
made war upon his country. As to Gabinius, Statilius,
Coeparius, why should I make any remark upon them? Had
they ever possessed the smallest share of discretion they
would never have engaged in such a plot against their
country.
In conclusion, Conscript Fathers, if there were time to
amend an error, I might easily suffer you, since you disregard
words, to be corrected by experience of consequences.
But we are beset by dangers on all sides; Catiline, with his
army, is ready to devour us; while there are other enemies
within the walls, and in the heart of the city; nor can any
measures be taken, or any plans arranged, without their
knowledge. The more necessary is it, therefore, to act with
promptitude. What I advise, then, is this: That, since
the state, by a treasonable combination of abandoned citizens,
has been brought into the greatest peril; and since the conspirators
have been convicted on the evidence of Titus
Volturcius, and the deputies of the Allobroges, and on their
own confession, of having concerted massacres, conflagrations,
and other horrible and cruel outrages, against their
fellow citizen and their country, punishment be inflicted,
according to the usage of our ancestors, on the prisoners who
have confessed their guilt, as on the men convicted of capital
crimes.[2]
julius caesar
Caius Julius Caesar was born about 100 b. c., and died
at the hands of Brutus, Cassius, and their fellow-conspirators
in 44 b. c. He was a marvellous man in every
respect, achieving almost equal eminence as a solider, a
statesman, a man of letters and an orator. He advised
against putting to death those who were engaged with
Catiline in his conspiracy, and had Cicero listened to his
advice, and refrained from executing Lentulus, Cethegus,
Statilius, Gabinius, and others, he would have escaped
the humiliation of banishment on the charge of unlawfully
putting to death a Roman citizen.
Speech Delivered in the Roman Senate on the Treatment
of the Catiline Conspirators. It becomes all men, Conscript
Fathers, who deliberate on dubious matters, to be influenced
neither by hatred, affection, anger, nor pity. The mind, when
such feelings obstruct its view, cannot easily see what is
right; nor has any human being consulted, at the same
moment, his passions and his interest. When the mind is
freely exerted, its reasoning is sound; but passion, if it
gain possession of it, becomes its tyrant, and reason is
powerless.
I could easily mention, Conscript Fathers, numerous examples
of kings and nations, who, swayed by resentment or
compassion, have adopted injudicious courses of conduct;
but I had rather speak of those instances in which our
ancestors, in opposition to the impulse of passion, acted
with wisdom and sound policy.
In the Macedonian war, which we carried on against
King Perses, the great and powerful state of Rhodes, which
had risen by the aid of the Roman people, was faithless
and hostile to us; yet, when the war was ended, and the
conduct of the Rhodians was taken into consideration, our
forefathers left them unmolested, lest any should say that
war was made upon them for the sake of seizing their
wealth, rather than of punishing their faithlessness.
Throughout the Punic wars, too, through the Carthaginians,
both during peace and in suspension of arms, were guilty of
many acts of injustice, yet our ancestors never took occasion
to retaliate, but considered rather what was worthy of
themselves than what might justly be inflicted on their
enemies.
Similar caution, Conscript Fathers, is to be observed by
yourselves, that the guilt of Lentulus, and the other conspirators,
may not have greater weight with you than your
own dignity, and that you may not regard your indignation
more than your character. If indeed, a punishment adequate
to their crimes be discovered, I consent to extraordinary
measures; but if the enormity of their crime exceeds whatever
can be devised, I think that we should inflict only
such penalties as the laws have provided.
Most of those who have given their opinions before me
have deplored, in studied and impressive language, the sad
fate that threatens the republic; they have recounted the
barbarities of war, and the afflictions that would fall on the
vanquished; they have told us that maidens would be dishonored,
and youths abused; that children would be torn
from the embraces of their parents; that matrons would be
subjected to the pleasure of the conquerors; that temples and
dwelling-houses would be plundered; that massacres and
fires would follow; and that every place would be filled with
arms, corpses, blood, and lamentations. But to what end,
in the name of the eternal gods! was such eloquence
directed? Was it intended to render you indignant at the
conspiracy? A speech, no doubt, will inflame him whom so
frightful and monstrous a reality has not provoked! Far
from it: for to no man does evil, directly against himself,
appear a light matter; many, on the contrary, have felt it
more seriously than was right.
But to different persons, Conscript Fathers, different
degrees of license are allowed. If those who pass a life
sunk in obscurity commit any error, through excessive anger,
few become aware of it, for their fame is as limited as their
fortune; but of those who live invested with extensive power,
and in an exalted station, the whole world knows the proceedings.
Thus in the highest position there is the least
liberty of action; and it becomes us to indulge neither partiality
nor aversion, but least of all animosity; for what in
others is called resentment is in the powerful termed violence
and cruelty.
I am, indeed, of opinion, Conscript Fathers, that the
utmost degree of torture is inadequate to punish their crime;
but the generality of mankind dwell on that which happens
last, and, in the case of malefactors, forget their guilt, and
talk of their punishment, should that punishment have been
inordinately severe. I feel assured, too, that Decimus
Silanus, a man of spirit and resolution, made the suggestions
which he offered, from zeal for the state, and that he had no
view, in so important a matter, to favor or to enmity; such I
know to be his character, and such his discretion. Yet his
proposal appears to me, I will not say cruel (for what can
be cruel that is directed against such characters?), but foreign
to our policy. For, assuredly, Silanus, either your fears,
or their treason, must have induced you, a consul-elect, to
propose this new kind of punishment. Of fear it is unnecessary
to speak, when, by the prompt activity of that distinguished
man our consul, such numerous forces are under
arms; and as to the punishment, we may say, what is, indeed,
the truth, that in trouble and distress death is a relief from
suffering, and not a torment; that it puts an end to all human
woes; and that, beyond it, there is no place either for sorrow
or joy.
But why, in the name of the immortal gods, did you not
add to your proposal, Silanus, that, before they were put to
death they should be punished with the scourge? Was it
because the Porcian law forbids it? But other laws forbid
condemned citizens to be deprived of life, and allow them
to go into exile. Or was it because scourging is a severer
penalty than death? Yet what can be too severe, or too
harsh, toward men convicted of such an offence? But if
scourging be a milder punishment than death, how is it
consistent to observe the law as to the smaller point, when
you disregard it as to the greater?
But who, it may be asked, will blame any severity that
shall be decreed against these parricides of their country?
I answer that time, the course of events, and fortune, whose
caprice governs nations, may blame it. Whatever shall fall
on the traitors, will fall on them justly; but it is for you,
Conscript Fathers, to consider well what you resolve to
inflict on others. All precedents productive of evil effects
had their origin from what was good; but when a
government passes into the hands of the ignorant and unprincipled,
any new example of severity, inflicted on deserving
and suitable objects, is extended to those that are improper
and undeserving of it. The Lacedaemonians, when they had
conquered the Athenians, appointed thirty men to govern
their state. These thirty began their administration by putting
to death, even without a trial, all who were notoriously
wicked, or publicly detestable; acts at which the people
rejoiced, and extolled their justice. But afterward, when
their lawless power gradually increased, they proceeded, at
their pleasure, to kill the good and bad indiscriminately, and
to strike terror into all; and thus the state, overpowered
and enslaved, paid a heavy penalty for its imprudent
exultation.
Within our own memory, too, when the victorious Sylla
ordered Damasippus, and others of similar character, who
had risen by distressing their country, to be put to death, who
did not commend the proceeding? All exclaimed that wicked
and factious men, who had troubled the state with their
seditious practices, had justly forfeited their lives. Yet this
proceeding was the commencement of great bloodshed. For
whenever any one coveted the mansion or villa, or even the
plate or apparel of another, he exerted his influence to have
him numbered among the proscribed. Thus they, to whom
the death of Damasippus had been a subject of joy, were
soon after dragged to death themselves; nor was there any
cessation of slaughter, until Sylla had glutted all his partisans
with riches.
Such excesses, indeed, I do not fear from Marcus Tullius,
or in these times. But in a large state there arise many men
of various dispositions. At some other period, and under
another consul, who, like the present, may have an army
at his command, some false accusation may be credited as
true; and when, with our example for a precedent, the
consul shall have drawn the sword on the authority of
the senate, who shall stay its progress, or moderate its fury?
Our ancestors, Conscript Fathers, were never deficient in
conduct or courage; nor did pride prevent them from imitating
the customs of other nations, if they appeared deserving
of regard. Their armor, and weapons of war, they borrowed
from the Samnites; their ensigns of authority, for
the most part, from the Etrurians; and, in short, whatever
appeared eligible to them, whether among allies or among
enemies, they adopted at home with the greatest readiness,
being more inclined to emulate merit than to be jealous of it.
But at the same time, adopting a practice from Greece, they
punished their citizens with the scourge, and inflicted capital
punishment on such as were condemned. When the
republic, however, became powerful, and faction grew strong
from the vast number of citizens, men began to involve the
innocent in condemnation, and other like abuses were practiced;
and it was then that the Porcian and other laws were
provided, by which condemned citizens were allowed to go
into exile. This lenity of our ancestors, Conscript Fathers,
I regard as a very strong reason why we should not adopt
any new measures of severity. For assuredly there was
greater merit and wisdom in those, who raised so mighty an
empire from humble means than in us, who can scarcely
preserve what they so honorably acquired. Am I of opinion,
then, you will ask, that the conspirators should be
set free, and that the army of Catiline should thus be increased?
Far from it; my recommendation is, that their
property be confiscated, and that they themselves be kept in
custody in such of the municipal towns as are best able
to bear the expense; that no one hereafter bring their
case before the senate, or speak on it to the people; and
that the senate now give their opinion that he who shall act
contrary to this, will act against the republic and general
safety.
catiline
Lucius Sergius Catilina (Catiline), who is best known
for his conspiracy against the government of Rome, was
born about the year 108 b. c., and was killed in the battle
of Faesulae, Italy, in 62 b. c. He was a man of dissolute
habits, devoid of any moral sense, a murderer, and a
traitor, yet he was a brave soldier and an able orator.
In Catiline’s time the lower classes were in a wretched
state of poverty and had strong reasons for discontent
with the government. This fact Catiline seized upon with
masterly effect, for through it a free pardon and large
rewards were offered to all who would desert his cause
and testify regarding the conspiracy, not one of Catiline’s
followers betrayed him. Catiline failed, not through the
weakness of his cause, nor for his lack of ability, but
because of the utter worthlessness of his character.
Speech to the Conspirators. If your courage and fidelity
has not been sufficiently proved by me, this favorable opportunity
would have occurred to no purpose; mighty hopes,
absolute power, would in vain be within our grasp; nor
should I, depending on irresolution or fickle-mindedness,
pursue contingencies instead of certainties. But as I have,
on so many remarkable occasions, experienced your bravery
and attachment to me, I have ventured to engage in a most
important and glorious enterprise. I am aware, too, that
whatever advantages or evils affect you, the same affect me;
and to have the same desires and the same aversions is
assuredly a firm bond of friendship.
What I have been meditating you have already heard
separately. But my ardor for action is daily more and more
excited when I consider what our future condition of life
must be unless we ourselves assert our claims to liberty.
For, since the government has fallen under the power and
jurisdiction of a few, kings and princes have constantly
been their tributaries; nations and states have paid them
taxes; but all the rest of us, however brave and worthy,
whether noble or plebeian, have been regarded as a mere
mob, without interest or authority, and subject to those to
whom, if the state were in a sound condition, we should be
a terror. Hence all influence, power, honor, and wealth,
are in their hands, or where they dispose of them; to us,
they have left only insults, dangers, persecutions, and poverty.
To such indignities, O bravest of men, how long will
you submit? Is it not better to die in a glorious attempt,
than, after having been the derision of other men’s insolence,
to resign a wretched and degraded existence with
ignominy?
But success (I call gods and men to witness) is in our
own hands. Our years are fresh, our spirit is unbroken;
among our oppressors, on the contrary, through age and
wealth a general debility has been produced. We have,
therefore, only to make a beginning; the course of events
will accomplish the rest.
Who in the world, indeed, that has the feelings of a man,
can endure that they should have a superfluity of riches, to
squander in building over seas and levelling mountains, and
that means should be wanting to us even for the necessaries
of life; that they should join together two houses or more,
and that we should not have a hearth to call our own?
They, though they purchase pictures, statues, and embossed
plate; though they pull down new buildings and erect others,
and lavish and abuse their wealth in every possible method,
yet cannot, with the utmost efforts of caprice, exhaust it.
But for us there is poverty at home, debts abroad; our present
circumstances are bad, our prospects much worse; and
what, in a word, have we left, but a miserable existence?
Will you not, then, awake to action? Behold that liberty,
that liberty for which you have so often wished, with
wealth, honor, and glory, are set before your eyes. All
these prizes fortune offers to the victorious. Let the enterprise
itself, then, let the opportunity, let your property, your
dangers, and the glorious spoils of war, animate you far
more than my words. Use me either as your leader or your
fellow solider; neither my heart nor my hand shall be wanting
to you. These objects I hope to effect, in concert with
you, in the character of consul; unless, indeed, my expectation
deceives me, and you prefer to be slaves rather than
masters.
Speech to His Troops. I am well aware, soldiers, that
words cannot inspire courage, and that a spiritless army
cannot be rendered active, or a timid army valiant, by the
speech of its commander. Whatever courage is in the heart
of a man, whether from nature or from habit, so much will
be shown by him in the field; and on him whom neither glory
nor danger can move, exhortation is bestowed in vain; for
the terror in his breast stops his ears.
I have called you together, however, to give you a few
instructions, and to explain to you, at the same time, my
reasons for the course which I have adopted. You all know,
soldiers, how severe a penalty the inactivity and cowardice
of Lentulus has brought upon himself and us; and how,
while awaiting reinforcements from the city, I was unable
to march into Gaul. In what situation our affairs now
are, you will understand as well as myself. Two armies
of the enemy, one on the side of Rome and the other on
that of Gaul, oppose our progress; while the want of corn
and of other necessaries prevents us from remaining, however
strongly we may desire to remain, in our present position.
Whithersoever we would go, we must open a passage
with our swords. I conjure you, therefore, to maintain a
brave and resolute spirit; and to remember, when you advance
to battle, that on your own right hands depend riches,
honor, and glory, with the enjoyment of your liberty and of
your country. If we conquer, all will be safe, we shall have
possessions in abundance; and the colonies and corporate
towns will open their gates to us. But if we lose the victory
through want of courage, those same places will turn against
us, for neither place nor friend will protect him whom his
arms have not protected. Besides, soldiers, the same
exigency does not press upon our adversaries as presses
upon us; we fight for our country, for our liberty, for our
life; they contend for what but little concerns them, the
power of a small party. Attack them, therefore, with so
much the greater confidence, and call to mind your achievements
of old.
We might, with the utmost ignominy, have passed the
rest of our days in exile. Some of you, after losing your
property, might have waited at Rome for assistance from
others. But because such a life, to men of spirit, was disgusting
and unendurable, you resolved upon your present
course. If you wish to quit it, you must exert all your
resolution, for none but conquerors have exchanged war for
peace. To hope for safety in flight when you have turned
away from the enemy the arms by which the body is defended
is indeed madness. In battle those who are most afraid
are always in most danger; but courage is equivalent to a
rampart.
When I contemplate you, soldiers, and when I consider
your past exploits, a strong hope of victory animates me.
Your spirit, your age, your valor, give me confidence; to
say nothing of necessity, which makes even cowards brave.
To prevent the numbers of the enemy from surrounding
us, our confined situation is sufficient. But should Fortune
be unjust to your valor, take care not to lose your lives
unavenged; take care not to be taken and butchered like
cattle, rather than, fighting like men, to leave to your enemies
a bloody and mournful victory.
cicero
Marcus Tullius Cicero, the greatest of the Roman orators,
and one of the foremost orators of all times, was
born at Arpinum, on the northern border of the Volscian
territory, 106 b. c., and was killed by order of Marc
Antony at the close of the year 43 b. c. Thus passed
away, at the age of sixty-three, one of the most illustrious
statesmen and the most eloquent orator that the vast
empire of Rome produced.
Cicero lived in a venal age, yet he escaped contamination.
He was a politician, yet he rarely stooped to the
trickery of the ancient politicians. Only in two instances
did he fall below the high standard of manliness up to
which all must measure who would be esteemed patriots:
once, when he combined with Catiline, a notoriously corrupt
and ruined character, for the consulship; and again,
in turning from Pompey and crooking “the pregnant
hinges of the knee” to Caesar when that warrior’s star
commenced to climb toward the zenith of his fame. A
weak trait in Cicero’s character was shown in his behavior
during banishment. Instead of bearing up bravely against
the injustice of his enemies, strong in the consciousness
of his own rectitude, he cringingly besought clemency and
begged to be permitted to return to Rome, thus
tacitly admitting that there had been just grounds for
his banishment. Despite these failings, he was a truly
great man who did much for his country and the world.
Much of his spoken and written matter has come down to
us and authentic information concerning his education,
his style of oratory, the manner of his life, and his views
of men and questions are to be had at first hand. He is
not shrouded in mystery, as are many great men of a
much nearer period, but he can be as clearly perceived by
the student of today as he was by his contemporaries—in
fact, clearer, because the picture is not now, as it was
then, blurred by the excessive praise of friends nor the
calumnies of enemies.
All through his life Cicero worked to fit himself for
adequately filling such positions of honor and renown as
he sought, and he finally became the most perfect specimen
of the Roman of the governing class. As a youth he
was under the instruction of the famous orator Crassus,
and he read the poets and orators of Greece under the
guidance of the Greek poet Archias, then a teacher at
Rome, during the early period of his schooling. He
studied the Roman national law and ritual under the two
Scaevolas, as he desired a thorough knowledge of these
things in order that he might become a successful advocate.
He also studied under Philo, the chief of the
Academics, Diodotus the Stoic, and Milo the philosopher.
He commenced his career as an advocate when twenty-six
years of age by a civil cause in the speech Pro Quinctio,
and in the following year he undertook a criminal cause
in the action brought against Roscius Amerinus. Soon
after this he went to Athens and diligently studied the
art of declamation under the best masters. Some claim
that Cicero was not original in his matter nor his manner;
that he spent too much time studying the works and
methods of others; but be this as it may, he certainly
became wonderfully proficient in gathering the matter
and presenting it in a manner that was marvelously
impressive and successful. He was undoubtedly the best
prepared orator that the world has ever known; and as
a speaker he was always master of himself, his subject,
and his audience.
The First Oration Against Verres (70 b. c.). That which
was above all things to be desired, O judges, and which
above all things was calculated to have the greatest influence
toward allaying the unpopularity of your order, and putting
an end to the discredit into which your judicial decisions
have fallen, appears to have been thrown in your
way, and given to you not by any human contrivance, but
almost by the interposition of the gods, at a most important
crisis of the republic. For an opinion has now become established,
pernicious to us and pernicious to the public, which
has been the common talk of every one, not only at Rome,
but among foreign nations also—that in the courts of law
as they exist at present, no wealthy man, however guilty
he may be, can possibly be convicted.
Now at this time of peril to your order and to your
tribunal, when men are ready to attempt by harangues, and
by the proposal of new laws, to increase the existing unpopularity
of the senate, Caius Verres is brought to trial as a
criminal—a man condemned in the opinion of every one
by his life and actions, but acquitted by the enormousness
of his wealth according to his own hope and boast. I, O
judges, have undertaken this cause as prosecutor with the
greatest good wishes and expectation on the part of the
Roman people, not in order to increase the unpopularity of
the senate, but to relieve it from the discredit which I share
with it. For I have brought before you a man, by acting
justly in whose case you have an opportunity of retrieving
the lost credit of your judicial proceedings, of regaining your
credit with the Roman people, and of giving satisfaction to
foreign nations; a man, the embezzler of public funds,
the petty tyrant of Asia and Pamphylia, the robber who
deprived the city of its rights, the disgrace and ruin of the
province of Sicily. And if you come to a decision about
this man with severity and a due regard to your oaths, that
authority which ought to remain in you will cling to you
still; but if that man’s vast riches shall break down the
sanctity and honesty of the courts of justice, at least I shall
achieve this, that it shall be plain that it was rather honest
judgment that was wanting to the republic, than a criminal
to the judges or an accuser to the criminal.
I, indeed, that I may confess to you the truth about
myself, O judges, though many snares were laid for me
by Caius Verres, both by land and sea, which I partly
avoided by my own vigilance, and partly warded off by the
zeal and kindness of my friends, yet I never seemed to be
incurring so much danger, and I never was in such a state of
great apprehension as I am now in this very court of law.
Nor does the expectation which people have formed of my
conduct of this prosecution, nor this concourse of so vast a
magnitude as is here assembled, influence me (though indeed
I am greatly agitated by these circumstances) so much as
his nefarious plots which he is endeavoring to lay at one
and the same time against me, against you, against Marcus
Glabrio, the praetor, and against the allies, against foreign
nations, against the senate, and even against the very name
of senator; whose favorite saying it is that they have got
to fear who have stolen only as much as is enough for
themselves, but that he has stolen so much that it may easily
be plenty for many; that nothing is so holy that it can not
be corrupted, or so strongly fortified that it can not be
stormed by money. But if he were as secret in acting as
he is audacious in attempting; perhaps in some particular he
might some time or other have escaped our notice.
But it happens very fortunately that to his incredible
audacity there is joined a most unexampled folly. For as he
was unconcealed in committing his robberies of money, so in
his hope of corrupting the judges he has made his intentions
and endeavors visible to every one. He says that only
once in his life has he felt fear at the time when he was
first impeached as a criminal by me; because he was only
lately arrived from his province, and was branded with
unpopularity and infamy, not modern but ancient and of long
standing; and, besides that, the time was unlucky, being
very ill suited for corrupting the judges. Therefore, when
I had demanded a very short time to prosecute my inquiries
in Sicily, he found a man to ask for two days less to make
investigations in Achaia; not with any real intention of
doing the same with his diligence and industry, that I have
accomplished by my labor, and daily and nightly investigations.
For the Achaean inquisitor never even arrived at
Brundusium. I in fifty days so traveled over the whole of
Sicily that I examined into the records and injuries of all
the tribes and of all private individuals, so that it was
easily visible to every one that he had been seeking out a
man not really for the purpose of bringing the defendant
whom he accused to trial, but merely to occupy the time
which ought to belong to me.
Now that most audacious and most senseless man thinks
this. He is aware that I am come into court so thoroughly
prepared and armed that I shall fix all his thefts and crimes
not only in your ears, but in the very eyes of all men. He
sees that many senators are witnesses of his audacity; he
sees that many Roman knights are so, too, and many citizens,
and many of the allies besides to whom he has done
unmistakable injuries. He sees also that very numerous
and very important deputations have come here at the same
time from friendly cities, armed with the public authority
and evidence collected by their states.
In truth, what genius is there so powerful, what faculty
of speaking, what eloquence so mighty, as to be in any
particular able to defend the life of that man convicted as
it is of so many vices and crimes, and long since condemned
by the inclinations and private sentiments of every one.
And, to say nothing of the stains and disgraces of his youth,
what other remarkable event is there in his questorship, that
first step to honor, except that Cnaeus Carbo was robbed
by his questor of the public money? that the consul was
plundered and betrayed? his army deserted? his province
abandoned? the holy nature and obligations imposed on him
by lot violated? whose lieutenancy was the ruin of all Asia
and Pamphylia, in which provinces he plundered many
houses, very many cities, all the shrines and temples; when
he renewed and repeated against Cnaeus Dolabella his
ancient wicked tricks when he had been questor, and did
not only in his danger desert, but even attack and betray
the man to whom he had been lieutenant, and proquaestor,
and whom he had brought into odium by his crimes; whose
city praetorship was the destruction of the sacred temples
and the public works, and, as to his legal decisions, was the
adjudging and awarding of property contrary to all established
rules and precedents. But now he has established
great and numerous monuments and proofs of all his vices
in the province of Sicily, which he for three years so
harassed and ruined that it can by no possibility be restored
to its former condition, and appears scarcely able to be at all
recovered after a long series of years, and a long succession
of virtuous praetors. While this man was praetor the
Sicilians enjoyed neither their own laws nor the decrees of
our senate, nor the common rights of every nation. Every
one in Sicily has only so much left as either escaped the
notice or was disregarded by the satiety of that most
avaricious and licentious man.
No legal decision for three years was given on any other
ground but his will; no property was so secure to any man,
even if it had descended to him from his father and grandfather,
but he was deprived of it at his command; enormous
sums of money were exacted from the property of the
cultivators of the soil by a new and nefarious system.
The most faithful of the allies were classed in the number
of enemies. Roman citizens were tortured and put to
death like slaves; the greatest criminals were acquitted in
the courts of justice through bribery; the most upright and
honorable men, being prosecuted while absent, were condemned
and banished without being heard in their own
defense; the most fortified harbors, the greatest and strongest
cities, were laid open to pirates and robbers; the sailors
and soldiers of the Sicilians, our own allies and friends, died
of hunger; the best built fleets on the most important stations
were lost and destroyed, to the great disgrace of the
Roman people. This same man while praetor plundered
and stripped those most ancient monuments, some erected
by wealthy monarchs and intended by them as ornaments
for their cities; some, too, the work of our own generals,
which they either gave or restored as conquerors to the
different states in Sicily. And he did this not only in the
case of public statues and ornaments, but he also plundered
all the temples consecrated in the deepest religious feelings
of the people. He did not leave, in short, one god to the
Sicilians which appeared to him to be made in a tolerable
workmanlike manner, and with any of the skill of the
ancients.
I am prevented by actual shame from speaking of his
nefarious licentiousness as shown in rapes and other such
enormities; and I am unwilling also to increase the distress
of those men who have been unable to preserve their
children and their wives unpolluted by his wanton lust.
But, you will say, these things were done by him in such a
manner as not to be notorious to all men. I think there is
no man who has heard his name who cannot also relate
wicked actions of his; so that I ought rather to be afraid
of being thought to omit many of his crimes, than to invent
any charges against him. And, indeed, I do not think that
this multitude which has collected to listen to me wishes
so much to learn of me what the facts of the case are, as
to go over it with me, refreshing its recollection of what
it knows already.
And as this is the case, that senseless and profligate man
attempts to combat me in another manner. He does not
seek to oppose the eloquence of any one else to me; he does
not rely on the popularity, or influence, or authority, of
any one. He pretends that he trusts to those things; but I
see what he is really aiming at (and indeed he is not acting
with any concealment). He sets before me empty titles of
nobility—that is to say, the names of arrogant men, who
do not hinder me so much by being noble, as assist me by
being notorious; he pretends to rely on their protection, when
he has in reality been contriving something else this long
time. What hope he now has, and what he is endeavoring
to do, I will now briefly explain to you, O judges.
But first of all, remark, I beg you, how the matter has
been arranged by him from the beginning. When he first
returned from the province he endeavored to get rid of his
prosecution by corrupting the judges at a great expense;
and this object he continued to keep in view till the conclusion
of the appointment of the judges. After the judges
were appointed, because in drawing lots for them the fortune
of the Roman people had defeated his hopes, and in the
rejecting some my diligence had defeated his impudence,
the whole attempt at bribery was abandoned. The affair
was now going on admirably; lists of your names and of the
whole tribunal were in every one’s hands. It did not seem
possible to mark the votes of these men with any distinguishing
mark or color or spot of dirt; and that fellow,
from having been brisk and in high spirits, became on a
sudden so downcast and humbled that he seemed to be condemned
not only by the Roman people but even by himself.
But lo! all of a sudden, within these few days, since the
consular comitia have taken place, he has gone back to his
original plan with more money, and the same plots are now
laid against your reputation and against the fortunes of every
one, by the instrumentality of the same people; which fact
at first, O judges, was pointed out by me by a very slight
hint and indication; but afterward, when my suspicions were
once aroused, I arrived at the knowledge of all the most
secret counsels of that party without any mistake.
For as Hortensius, the consul-elect, was being attended
home again from the Campus by a great concourse and
multitude of people, Caius Curio fell in with that multitude
by chance—a man whom I wish to name by way of honor
rather than disparagement. I will tell you what if he had
been unwilling to have it mentioned, he would not have
spoken of in so large an assembly so openly and undisguisedly;
which, however, shall be mentioned by me deliberately
and cautiously, that it may be seen that I pay due
regard to our friendship and to his dignity. He sees Verres
in the crowd by the arch of
Fabius,[3]
he speaks to the man,
and with a loud voice congratulates him on his victory. He
does not say a word to Hortensius himself, who had been
made consul, or to his friends and relations who were present
attending on him; but he stops to speak to this man,
embraces him, and bids him cast off all anxiety. “I give
you notice,” said he, “that you have been acquitted by this
day’s comitia.” And as many most honorable men heard this,
it is immediately reported to me the first thing. To some
it appeared scandalous, to others, again, ridiculous—ridiculous
to those who thought that this case depended on the
credibility of the witnesses, on the importance of the charges,
and on the power of the judges, and not on the consular
comitia; scandalous to those who looked deeper, and who
thought and this congratulation had reference to the corruption
of the judges.
In truth, they argued in this manner—the most honorable
men spoke to one another and to me in this manner—that
there were now manifestly and undeniably no courts of
justice at all. The very criminal who the day before thought
that he was already condemned, is acquitted, now that his
defender has been made consul. What are we to think then?
Will it avail nothing at all Sicily, all the Sicilians, that
all the merchants who have business in that country, that
if the consul-elect wills it otherwise. What! will not the
judges be influenced by the accusation, by the evidence, by
the universal opinion of the Roman people? No. Everything
will be governed by the power and authority of one man.
In the meantime my comitia began to be held; of which
that fellow thought himself the master, as he had been of all
the other comitia this year. He began to run about, that
influential man, with his son, a youth of engaging and popular
manners, among the tribes. The son began to address
and to call on all the friends of his father—that is to say,
all his agents—for bribery; and when this was noticed and
perceived, the Roman people took care with the most earnest
good will that I should not be deprived of my honor
through the money of that man, whose riches had not been
able to make me violate my good faith. After that I was
released from the great anxiety about my canvass, I began,
with a mind much more unoccupied and much more at ease,
to think of nothing and to do nothing except what related
to this trial. I find, O judges, these plans formed and
begun to be put in execution by them to protract the matter,
whatever steps it might be necessary to take in order to do
so, so that the cause might be pleaded before Marcus Metellus
as praetor. That by doing so they would have these
advantages: firstly, that Marcus Metellus was most friendly
to them; secondly, that not only would Hortensius be consul,
but Quintus Metellus also; and listen while I show you
how a great a friend he is to them. For he gave him a token
of his good will of such a sort that he seemed to be giving
it as a return for the suffrages of the tribes which he had
secured to him. Did you think that I would say nothing of
such serious matters as these? and that, at a crisis of such
danger to the republic and my own character, I would consult
anything rather than my duty and my dignity? The
other consul-elect sent for the Sicilians; some came, because
Lucius Metellus was praetor in Sicily. To them he speaks
in this manner: that he is the consul; that one of his brothers
has Sicily for a province; that the other is to be judge in
all prosecutions for extortion; and that care had been taken
in many ways that there should be no possibility of Verres
being injured.
I ask you, Metellus, what is corrupting the course of justice,
if this is not—to seek to frighten witnesses, and especially
Sicilians, timid and oppressed men, not only by your
own private influence, but by their fear of the consul, and by
the power of two praetors? What could you do for an
innocent man or for a relation, when for the sake of a most
guilty one, entirely unconnected with you, you depart from your
duty and your dignity, and allow what he is constantly saying
to appear true to any one who is not acquainted with
you? For they said that Verres said that you had not been
made consul by destiny, as the rest of your family had been,
but by his assistance. Two consuls, therefore, and the judge
are to be such because of his will. We shall not only, says
he, avoid having a man too scrupulous in investigating, too
subservient to the opinion of the people, Marcus Glabrio,
but we shall have this advantage also: Marcus Caesonius is
the judge, the colleague of your accuser, a man of tried and
proved experience in the decision of actions. It will never
do for us to have such a man as that on the bench, which we
are endeavoring to corrupt by some means or other; for
before, when he was one of the judges on the tribunal of
which Junius was president, he was not only very indignant
at the shameful transaction, but he even betrayed and
denounced it.
But as for what I had begun to say—namely, that the
contest is between you and me, this is it—I, when I had
undertaken this cause at the request of the Sicilians, and had
thought it a very honorable and glorious thing for me that
they were willing to make experiment of my integrity and
diligence, who already knew by experience my innocence and
temperance: then, when I had undertaken this business, I
proposed to myself some greater action also by which the
Roman people should be able to see my good will toward the
republic. For that seemed to me to be by no means worthy
of my industry and efforts, for that man to be brought to
trial by me who had already condemned by the judgment
of all men, unless that intolerable influence of yours,
and that grasping nature which you have displayed for some
years in many trials, were interposed also in the case of that
desperate man. But now, since all this dominion and
sovereignty of yours over the courts of justice delights you
so much, and since there are some men who are neither
ashamed of their licentiousness and their infamy, nor weary
of it, and who, as if on purpose, seem to wish to encounter
hatred and unpopularity from the Roman people, I profess
that I have undertaken this, a great burden perhaps, and one
dangerous to myself, but still worthy of my applying myself
to it with all the vigor of my age, and all diligence.
And since the whole order of the senate is weighed down
by the discredit brought on it by the wickedness and audacity
of a few, and is overwhelmed by the infamy of the tribunals,
I profess myself an enemy to this race of men, an accuser
worthy of their hatred, a persevering, a bitter adversary. I
arrogate this to myself, I claim this for myself, and I will
carry out this enmity in my magistracy, and from that post
in which the Roman people have willed that from the next
first of January I shall act in concert with it in matters
concerning the republic, and concerning wicked men. I
promise the Roman people that this shall be the most honorable
and the fairest employment of my aedileship. I warn,
I forewarn, I give notice beforehand to those men who are
wont either to put money down, to undertake for others,
to receive money, or to promise money, or to act as agents
in bribery, or as go-betweens in corrupting the seat of judgment,
and who have promised their influence or their impudence
in aid of such a business, in this trial to keep their
hands and inclination from this nefarious wickedness.
And what do you suppose will be my thoughts, if I find
in this very trial any violation of the laws committed in any
similar manner? especially when I can prove by many witnesses
that Caius Verres often said in Sicily, in the hearing
of many persons, “that he had a powerful friend, in confidence
with whom he was plundering the province; and that
he had so distributed the three years of his Sicilian praetorship
that should say he did exceedingly well, if he appropriated
the gains of one year to the augmentation of his own property,
those of the second year to his patrons and defenders,
and reserved the whole of the third year, the most productive
and gainful of all, for the judges.”
From which it came into my mind to say that which, when
I had said lately before Marcus Glabrio at the time of striking
the list of judges, I perceived the Roman people greatly
moved by: that I thought that foreign nations would send
ambassadors to the Roman people to procure the abrogation
of the law, and of all trials, about extortion; for if there
were no trials, they think that each man would only plunder
them of as much as he would think sufficient for himself and
his children; but now, because there are trials of that sort,
every one carries off as much as it will take to satisfy himself,
his patrons, his advocates, the praetor, and the judges;
and that this is an enormous sum; that they may be able to
satisfy the cupidity of one most avaricious man, but are
quite unable to incur the expense of his most guilty victory
over the laws. O trials worthy of being recorded! O
splendid reputation of our order! when the allies of the
Roman people are unwilling that trials for extortion should
take place, which were instituted by our ancestors for the
sake of all allies. Would that man ever have had a favorable
hope of his own safety, if he had not conceived in his
mind a bad opinion of you? on which account, he ought, if
possible, to be still more hated by you than he is by the
Roman people, because he considers you like himself in
avarice and wickedness and perjury.
And I beg you, in the name of the immortal gods, O
judges, think of and guard against this; I warn you, I give
notice to you of what I am well assured, that this most
seasonable opportunity has been given to you by the favor of
the gods, for the purpose of delivering your whole order
from hatred, from unpopularity, from infamy, and from disgrace.
There is no severity believed to exist in the tribunals,
nor any scruples with regard to religion; in short, there are
not believed to be any tribunals at all. Therefore we are
despised and scorned by the Roman people; we are branded
with a heavy and now long standing infamy. Nor, in fact,
is there any other reason for which the Roman people has
with so much earnestness sought the restoration of the
tribunician power: but when it was demanding that in words,
it seemed to be asking for that, but in reality it was asking
for tribunals which it could trust.
But now men on the watch-towers; they observe how
every one of you behaves himself in respecting religion and
observing the laws. They see that, ever since the passing
of the law for restoring the power of the tribunes, only one
senator, and he, too, a very insignificant one, has been condemned.
And though they do not blame this, yet they have
nothing which they can very much command. For there is
no credit in being upright in a case where there is no one
who is either able or who endeavors to corrupt one. This
is a trial in which you will be deciding about the defendant,
the Roman people about you; by the example of what happens
to this man it will be determined whether, when senators
are the judges, a very guilty and a very rich man can
be condemned.
On which account, in the first place, I beg this of the
immortal gods, which I seem to myself to have hopes of, too—that
in this trial no one may be found to be wicked except
he who has long since been found to be such; secondly, if
there are many wicked men, I promise this to you, O judges,
I promise this to the Roman people, that my life shall fail
rather than my vigor and perseverance in prosecuting their
iniquity. But that iniquity, which if it should be committed,
I promise to prosecute severely, with however much trouble
and danger to myself, and whatever enmities I may bring on
myself by doing so, you, O Marcus Glabrio, can guard
against ever taking place by your wisdom, and authority, and
diligence. Do you undertake the cause of the tribunals? Do
you undertake the cause of impartiality, of integrity, of good
faith and religion? Do you undertake the cause of the senate,
that, being proved worthy by its conduct in this trial, it
may come into favor and popularity with the Roman people?
Think who you are and in what a situation you are placed;
what you ought to give to the Roman people and what you
ought to repay to your ancestors. Let the recollection of
the Acilian Law passed by your father occur to your mind,
owing to which law the Roman people has had this advantage
of most admirable decisions and very strict judges in cases
of extortion.
I am resolved not to permit the praetor or the judges to
be changed in this cause. I will not permit the matter to be
delayed till the lictors of the consuls can go and summon the
Sicilians, whom the servants of the consuls-elect did not
influence before, when by an unprecedented course of proceeding
they sent for them all; I will not permit these miserable
men, formerly the allies and friends of the Roman
people, now their slaves and supplicants, to lose not only
their rights and fortunes by their tyranny, but to be deprived
of even the power of bewailing their condition; I will not,
I say, when the cause has been summed up by me, permit
them after a delay of forty days has intervened, then at last
to reply to me when my accusation has already fallen into
oblivion through lapse of time; I will not permit the decision
to be given when this crowd collected from all Italy
has departed from Rome, which has assembled from all
quarters at the same time on account of the comitia, of the
games, and of the census.
The reward of the credit gained by your decision, or the
danger arising from the unpopularity which will accrue to
you if you decide unjustly, I think ought to belong to you;
the labor and anxiety to me; the knowledge of what is done
and the recollection of what has been said by every one, to
all. I will adopt this course, not an unprecedented one, but
one that has been adopted before, by this who are now the
chief men of our state—the course, I mean, of at once
producing the witnesses.
What you will find novel, O judges, is this, that I will so
marshal my witnesses as to unfold the whole of my accusation;
that when I have established it by examining my witnesses,
by arguments, and by my speech, then I shall show
the agreement of the evidence with my accusation: so that
there shall be no difference between the established mode of
prosecuting, and this new one, except that, according to the
established mode, when everything has been said which is
to be said, then the witnesses are produced; here they shall
be produced as each count is brought forward, so that the
other side shall have the same opportunity of examining
them, of arguing and making speeches on their evidence.
If there be any one who prefers an uninterrupted speech and
the old mode of conducting a prosecution without any break,
he shall have it in some other trial. But for this time let
him understand that what we do is done by us on compulsion
(for we only do it with the design of opposing the
artifice of the opposite party by our prudence). This will
be the first part of the prosecution. We say that Caius
Verres has not only done many licentious acts, many cruel
ones, toward Roman citizens, and toward some of the allies,
many wicked acts against both gods and man; but especially
that he has taken away four hundred thousand sesterces out
of Sicily contrary to the laws. We will make this so plain
to you by witnesses, by private documents, and by public
records, that you shall decide that, even if we had abundant
space and leisure days for making a long speech without
any inconvenience, still there was no need at all of a long
speech in this matter.
The need of orators is as great today as when John
Hampden spoke against the exactions of Charles I,
James Otis argued against writs of assistance, or Daniel
Webster expounded the Constitution of his country. The
need is here, but where are the orators? Questions of
great moment now confront America and the world, but
there is no Demosthenes to arouse men to the necessity of
action, no Cicero to drive out the traitor Injustice, no
Patrick Henry to consolidate the forces of Liberty. The
power of the newspaper is great, and today it is doing
noble work for progress; but this power can be used, and
is being used, for evil as well as for good. A subsidized
press is as dangerous as a Catiline or an Aeschines, and
government by newspapers is as tyrannous as was the
rule of Nero, Louis XI, or George III. The questions of
the tariff, the trusts, finance, religion, education, and civic
justice are burning, vital ones that closely affect the well-being
of man on earth and his preparation for a larger
existence in a hopeful spiritual future, and they should
be plainly and honestly presented, clearly discussed, and
justly settled. These results cannot be reached through
papers that are owned by the great financiers and trust
magnates, and where the complaints and demands of the
people receive scant consideration. Wherein, then, lie the
hopes of the masses? In the power of the spoken word.
All great reforms, through all ages, have been brought
about by the voiced thoughts of men who not only knew
their rights but had the courage that gave them the ability
to enforce them. A band of noble missionaries should be
created, composed of men and women who not only have
ideas concerning the questions of today but who know
how to express those ideas by word of mouth.
The eighteenth century produced oratorical giants that
were undoubtedly equal in many cases to the orators of
Greece and Rome in their palmiest days. Such men as
the Earl of Chatham, Charles James Fox, Henry Grattan,
Lord Brougham, Thomas Erskine, and William C.
Plunket of Great Britain, and James Otis, Samuel Adams,
Alexander Hamilton, Patrick Henry, and Richard Henry
Lee of America, compare favorably with any group of
ancient orators existing within a like period of time;
while in behalf of the nineteenth century, America
boasts of Pinckney, Prentiss, Wirt, Clay, Calhoun, Everett,
Choate, Phillips, Lincoln, and Webster, and Great Britain
points to Gladstone, Cobden, Curran, O’Connell, and
Bright. The great rhetorician Burke is not placed among
the foremost orators for the reason that he was a great
constructor of speeches but not equally great in the art
of delivery. His speeches are masterpieces of composition,
and live today as such, but he was a poor speaker,
and consequently should not be called an orator, because
an orator, in the true sense of the word, is primarily a
speaker, whereas Burke’s genius consisted of his masterly
logic and his marvellous power of composition.
Today, America has many beautiful writers and clever
constructors of speeches, but not one really great orator.
Theodore Roosevelt and William J. Bryan are two representatives
of the best this country can offer in the way of
orators, but neither of them measures up to the standard
of Edward Everett, Wendell Phillips, or Daniel Webster.
The main reason for the dearth of real orators is the lack
of training in the art of delivery. Much attention is given
to gaining a knowledge of the matter that is to be spoken,
but little consideration is given to the delivery of that
matter to the listener after once it has been gathered by
the speaker. It is unfortunate that men like John Mitchell
and Dr. Washington Gladden, who are standing up so
nobly for the rights of labor, should be poorly equipped
as speakers. Both these men possess noble thoughts
which read impressively, but, when spoken, lack much
force and power, on account of the poor delivery.
This point can be illustrated further by citing the manner
and delivery of two men well known to the public of
today—Andrew Carnegie and John H. Finley. Both
have done considerable public speaking, and one is the
president of a college.
On a night in 1911, the members of the Young Men’s
Bible Class of the Fifth Avenue Baptist Church of New
York were addressed by these gentlemen. Both were at
a considerable disadvantage from the fact that they had
been invited to address a “Young Men’s Bible Class,”
and as they naturally concluded the class would be composed
of young men, they arranged their speeches accordingly;
consequently, their plans of address were upset on
finding that the majority of the class was composed of
men close to the half-century mark, and many beyond it;
or, as Mr. Carnegie wittily stated it, “with parts in their
hair a lot wider than my own.”
However, no exception could be taken to the matter of
either speaker, although both changed their themes on
finding the audience more matured in years than they had
expected, and both had to pocket their notes on the subjects
upon which they had intended to talk, and to speak
extemporaneously. Both speakers cleverly switched to
matters upon which they were thoroughly informed—Mr.
Carnegie narrating events in his busy and influential
life, and Dr. Finley discussing how to get the most benefit
out of a twenty-four hour day. The matter of both was
good, but the manner was unsatisfactory. Mr. Carnegie
talked in a pleasant, conversational way which would
have been most enjoyable had it not been that his delivery
was slow. His utterance was often so slow as to
mar the expressive force of his good language. He also
leaned on the reading desk in front of him, not because
he needed physical support, he looked strong and rugged
on the eve of his seventy-sixth birthday, but from the
force of a bad habit.
He was perfectly at home before the audience, spoke
in clear tones, at times with considerable force, particularly
when quoting from Rev. John Home’s tragedy of
“Douglas,” was winning in manner, took immediate hold
of his audience, was witty in appropriate places, and
would have been altogether delightful but for length and
attitude. Mr. Carnegie was perfectly at home while
facing the audience, and had his delivery equaled his
matter, the speech would have been a most happy and
effective one.
From Dr. Finley, because of his being President of the
College of the City of New York, one might reasonably
expect much in the way of delivery, but on this occasion
the assembly received less than from the other speaker.
He stood on the platform awkwardly, hands in pockets
most of the time, and seldom did he utter a really smooth
sentence, but separated his words in a manner to irritate
the audience. He would say, for instance,
“We—have—been—progressing—upward—and—onward—for—millions—of—years—,”
as though he had only one
word in his mind at a time, whereas the learned President’s
head was full of grand and glorious thoughts that
only needed to be spoken in phrases and sentences, instead
of single words, in order to make him a most
instructive and entertaining speaker. Dr. Finley’s matter
was well arranged, his diction excellent, but his delivery
was unfortunate.
The orators of old, with few exceptions, studied the
art of delivery as faithfully as they studied rhetoric, as
did the British and American orators of the eighteenth
and nineteenth centuries, but the public speakers
of the twentieth century sadly neglect this most important
part of the speaker’s art. Dr. Arthur T. Hadley,
President of Yale University, is an able and learned man
whose compositions are chaste and effective but whose
delivery mars the force of his matter. He looks down on
the floor immediately in front of him, instead of sweeping
his glance over his audience, awkwardly swings his
arms, and speaks his lines as though he were wound up
and compelled to utter his matter within the given time.
This is said with all respect to the famous educator, but
his style of delivery should be avoided. Educators, more
than most professional men, should be entertaining and
convincing speakers, but, as a rule, they are woefully
deficient in the qualities necessary to the making of
orators. They, of all men, should set an example to the
generation that is soon to take up the duties of life, and
if college presidents improved their delivery, a long step
would be taken toward making them oratorical beacons
for the guidance of their students.
William J. Bryan, one of the best orators, if not the
best, of today, owes his success mainly to his delivery. It
is not so much what he says but how he says it that
makes him a successful speaker. He possesses a rich,
strong, and flexible voice that adds greatly to the effectiveness
of his matter, and his speeches invariably sound
better than they read. He will hold an audience absolutely
in hand, sway it at his will, and force it against its
inclination momentarily to agree with him, even though,
after mature deliberation, his reasoning may be disputed
and his conclusions rejected. Mr. Bryan’s power lies not
in the beauty or force of his composition but in his
mastery over the spoken word.
Theodore Roosevelt, contrary to the views of many,
is, in the opinion of the author, an orator. He is not
merely a speaker, because his speeches possess him as
much as he possesses his speeches. He impresses an
audience by his sincerity, convinces it by his reasoning,
and persuades it by his earnestness. His matter reads
as well as it sounds, thus demonstrating his ability as a
rhetorician, his manner is graceful and forceful, and the
general feeling, after listening to one of his addresses,
is that a master has spoken. The author has heard Mr.
Roosevelt many times during the past twenty years, and
the improvement in his delivery is marked. There was a
time when everything was sacrificed to force, he would
snap his jaws and try to drive the voice through his
clenched teeth, but now his enunciation is clear, and his
entire delivery delightful. This shows the good that is
to be derived from a speaker considering his manner as
well as his matter.
Joseph H. Choate and W. Bourke Cockran are excellent
examples of effective speakers of a decade or so ago,
the former having been the most alluring and convincing in
both his matter and his manner, and the latter entrancing
and powerful in diction and delivery.
Forensic oratory has almost ceased to exist, while pulpit
oratory is rarely to be found. This is a sad state of
affairs, and requires immediate attention if the art of
all arts is to be saved from extinction. The two essentials
most missing in our public speakers are constructive skill
and effective delivery—some lacking in one and some
in the other—and the author asserts that great orators
will not arise until both these essentials are found in the
one man. Two thousand years ago Cicero, discoursing
on oratory, said:
And why need I add any remarks of delivery itself, which
is to be ordered by action of body, by gesture, by look, and
by modulation and variation of the voice, the great power
of which, alone and in itself, the comparatively trivial art
of actors and the stage proves; on which though all bestow
their utmost labor to form their look, voice, and gesture, who
knows not how few there are, and have ever been, to whom
we can attend with patience? . . . In those arts in which
it is not indispensable usefulness that is sought, but liberal
amusement for the mind, how nicely, how almost fastidiously,
do we judge? For there are no suits or controversies which
can force men, though they may tolerate indifferent orators
in the forum, to endure also bad actors upon the stage.
The orator, therefore, must take the most studious precaution
not merely to satisfy those whom he necessarily must
satisfy, but to seem worthy of admiration to those who are
at liberty to judge disinterestedly.
How many modern orators measure up to this standard
set by the ancient master? The author knows of
none.
How is one to obtain an effective delivery?
By close observation, hard study, and diligent practice.
The student should observe his delivery, note the defects
in breathing, voice production, articulation, inflection,
and emphasis, and correct them; he should be sure to
understand all he aims to explain, see all he desires others
to see, and believe all he aims to make others believe.
No speaker whose delivery is poor will be able to hold,
convince, and persuade an audience, and unless he can
do these three things he should refrain from speaking,
as no man possesses a valid commission publicly to
address his fellows unless he has a message to communicate
and knows how to deliver it.
EXAMPLES OF MODERN ORATORY
PATRICK HENRY
Liberty or
Death[1] (1775)
No man thinks more highly than I do of patriotism,
as well as abilities, of the very worthy gentlemen who have
just addressed the house. But different men often see the
same subject in different lights; and, therefore, I hope it will
not be thought disrespectful of those gentlemen, if, entertaining
as I do, opinions of a character very opposite to
theirs, I shall speak forth my sentiments freely and without
reserve. This is no time for ceremony. The question before
the house is one of awful moment to this country. For my
own part, I consider it as nothing less than the question of
freedom or slavery; and in proportion to the magnitude of
the subject ought to be the freedom of the debate. It is only
in this way that we can hope to arrive at truth, and fulfil
the great responsibility which we hold to God and our country.
Should I keep back my opinions at such a time, through
fear of giving offence, I should consider myself as guilty of
treason toward my country, and of an act of disloyalty
toward the Majesty of Heaven, which I revere above all
earthly kings.
Mr. President, it is natural to man to indulge in the illusions
of hope. We are apt to shut our eyes against a
painful truth, and listen to the song of that siren, till she
transforms us into beasts. Is this the part of wise men,
engaged in a great and arduous struggle for liberty? Are
we disposed to be of the number of those, who, having
eyes, see not, and having ears, hear not, the things which
so nearly concern their temporal salvation? For my part,
whatever anguish of spirit it may cost, I am willing to know
the whole truth; to know the worst, and to provide for it.
I have but one lamp by which my feet are guided, and
that is the lamp of experience. I know of no way of
judging of the future but by the past. And judging by the
past, I wish to know what there has been in the conduct of
the British Ministry for the last ten years to justify those
hopes with which gentlemen have been pleased to solace
themselves and the House. Is it that insidious smile with
which our petition has been lately received? Trust it not,
sir; it will prove a snare to your feet. Suffer not yourselves
to be betrayed with a kiss. Ask yourselves how
this gracious reception of our petition comports with those
warlike preparations which cover our waters and darken our
land. Are fleets and armies necessary to a work of love and
reconciliation? Have we shown ourselves so unwilling to
be reconciled that force must be called in to win back our
love? Let us not deceive ourselves, sir. These are the
implements of war and subjugation; the last arguments to
which kings resort. I ask gentlemen, sir, What means this
martial array, if its purpose be not to force us to submission?
Can gentlemen assign any other possible motive for it? Has
Great Britain any enemy, in this quarter of the world, to
call for all this accumulation of navies and armies? No,
sir, she has none. They are meant for us; they can be
meant for no other. They are sent over to bind and rivet
upon us those chains which the British Ministry have been
so long forging. And, what have we to oppose to them?
Shall we try argument? Sir, we have been trying that for
the last ten years. Have we anything new to offer upon the
subject? Nothing. We have held the subject up in every
light of which it is capable; but it has been all in vain.
Shall we resort to entreaty and humble supplication? What
terms shall we find, which have not already been exhausted?
Let us not, I beseech you, sir, deceive ourselves longer.
Sir, we have done everything that could be done to avert the
storm which is now coming on. We have petitioned; we
have remonstrated; we have supplicated; we have prostrated
ourselves before the throne, and have implored its interposition
to arrest the tyrannical hands of the Ministry and Parliament.
Our petitions have been slighted: our remonstrances
have produced additional violence and insult; our supplications
have been disregarded; and we have been spurned,
with contempt, from the foot of the throne! In vain, after
these things, may we indulge the fond hope of peace and
reconciliation. There is no longer any room for hope. If
we wish to be free—if we mean to preserve inviolate those
inestimable privileges for which we have been so long contending—if
we mean not basely to abandon the noble struggle
in which we have been so long engaged, and which we
have pledged ourselves never to abandon, until the glorious
object of our contest shall be obtained—we must fight! I
repeat it, sir, we must fight! An appeal to arms and to
the God of Hosts is all that is left us!
They tell us, sir, that we are weak; unable to cope with
so formidable an adversary. But when shall we be stronger?
Will it be the next week, or the next year? Will it be when
we are totally disarmed, and when a British guard shall
be stationed in every home? Shall we gather strength by
irresolution and inaction? Shall we acquire the means of
effectual resistance by lying supinely on our backs and hugging
the delusive phantom of hope, until our enemies shall
have bound us hand and foot? Sir, we are not weak, if we
make a proper use of those means which the God of nature
hath placed in our power. Three millions of people armed
in the holy cause of liberty, and in such a country as that
which we possess, are invincible by any force which our
enemy can send against us. Besides, sir, we shall not fight
our battles alone. There is a just God who presides over
the destinies of nations, and who will raise up friends to
fight our battles for us. The battle, sir, is not to the strong
alone, it is to the vigilant, the active, the brave. Besides,
sir, we have no election. If we were base enough to desire
it, it is now too late to retire from the contest. There is no
retreat, but in submission and slavery! Our chains are
forged! Their clanking may be heard on the plains of Boston!
The war is inevitable—and let it come! I repeat it,
sir, let it come.
It is in vain, sir, to extenuate the matter. Gentlemen may
cry, peace, peace—but there is no peace. The war is
actually begun! The next gale that sweeps from the north
will bring to our ears the clash of resounding arms! Our
brethren are already in the field! Why stand we here idle?
What is it that gentlemen wish? What would they have?
Is life so dear, or peace so sweet, as to be purchased at the
price of chains and slavery? Forbid it, Almighty God! I
know not what course others may take; but as for me, give
me liberty or give me death!
DANIEL WEBSTER
On the Clay
Compromise[2]
(Known as “The Seventh of March Speech,” 1850)
Slavery did exist in the states before the adoption of
this Constitution, and at that time. Let us, therefore, consider
for a moment what was the state of sentiment, North
and South, in regard to slavery—in regard to slavery at the
time this Constitution was adopted. A remarkable change
has taken place since; but what did the wise and great men
of all parts of the country think of slavery then? In what
estimation did they hold it at the time when this Constitution
was adopted? It will be found, sir, if we will carry
ourselves by historical research back to that day, and ascertain
men’s opinions by authentic records still existing among
us, that there was no diversity of opinion between the North
and the South upon the subject of slavery. It will be found
that both parts of the country held it equally an evil, a
moral and political evil. It will not be found that, either
at the North or at the South, there was much, though there
was some, invective against slavery as inhuman and cruel.
The great ground of objection to it was political; that it
weakened the social fabric; that, taking the place of free
labor, society became less strong and labor less productive;
and therefore we find from all the eminent men of the time
and clearest expression of their opinion that slavery is an
evil. They ascribed its existence here, not without truth,
and not without some acerbity of temper and force of language,
to the injurious policy of the mother country, who,
to favor the navigator, had entailed these evils upon the
Colonies.
The whole interest of the South became connected, more
or less, with the extension of slavery. If we look back to
the history of the commerce of this country in the early
years of this government, what were our exports? Cotton
was hardly, or but to a very limited extent, known. In
1791 the first parcel of cotton of the growth of the United
States was exported, and amounted only to 19,200 pounds.
It has gone on increasing rapidly, until the whole crop may
now, perhaps, in a season of great product and high prices,
amount to a hundred millions of dollars. In the years I
have mentioned, there was more of wax, more of indigo,
more of rice, more of almost every article of export from the
South, than of cotton. When Mr. Jay negotiated the treaty
of 1794 with England, it is evident from the Twelfth Article
of the Treaty, which was suspended by the Senate, that he
did not know that cotton was exported at all from the
United States.
Mr. President, in the excited times in which we live, there
is found to exist a state of crimination and recrimination
between the North and the South. There are lists of grievances
produced by each; and these grievances, real or supposed,
alienate the minds of one portion of the country from
the other, exasperate the feelings, and subdue the sense of
fraternal affection, patriotic love, and mutual regard. I
shall bestow a little attention, sir, upon those various grievances
existing on the one side and on the other. I begin
with complaints of the South. I will not answer, further
than I have, the general statements of the honorable senator
from South Carolina, that the North has prospered at the
expense of the South in consequence of the manner of
administering the government, in the collection of its revenues,
and so forth. These are disputed topics, and I have
no inclination to enter into them.
But I will allude to other complaints of the South, and
especially to one which has, in my opinion, just foundation,
and that is, that there has been found at the North, among
individuals and among legislators, a disinclination to perform
fully their constitutional duties in regard to the return
of persons bound to service who have escaped into the free
States. In that respect, the South, in my judgment, is right,
and the North is wrong. Every member of every Northern
Legislature is bound by oath, like every other officer in the
country, to support the Constitution of the United States;
and the article of the Constitution which says to these states
that they shall deliver up fugitives from service, is as binding
in honor and conscience as any other article. No man
fulfils his duty in any legislature who sets himself to find
excuses, evasions, escapes from this constitutional obligation.
I have always thought that the Constitution addressed itself
to the legislatures of the states or the states themselves.
It says that those persons escaping to other states “shall be
delivered up,” and I confess I have always been of the
opinion that it was an injunction upon the states themselves.
When it is said that a person escaping into another state,
and coming therefore within the jurisdiction of that state,
shall be delivered up, it seems to me the import of the clause
is, that the state itself, in obedience to the Constitution, shall
cause him to be delivered up. That is my judgment. I have
always entertained that opinion, and I entertain it now.
Then, sir, there are abolition societies, of which I am
unwilling to speak, but in regard to which I have very clear
notions and opinions. I do not think them useful. I think
their operations for the last twenty years have produced
nothing good or valuable. At the same time, I believe thousands
of their members to be honest and good men, perfectly
well-meaning men. They have excited feelings; they
think they must do something for the cause of liberty; and,
in their sphere of action, they do not see what else they can
do than to contribute to an abolition press, or an abolition
society, or to pay an abolition lecturer.
I do not mean to impute gross motives even to the leaders
of these societies, but I am not blind to the consequences of
their proceedings. I can not but see what mischief their
interference with the South has produced. And is it not
plain to every man? Let any gentleman who entertains
doubts on this point, recur to the debates in the Virginia
House of Delegates in 1832, and he will see with what freedom
a proposition made by Mr. Jefferson Randolph, for the
gradual abolition of slavery was discussed in that body.
Every one spoke of slavery, as he thought; very ignominious
and disparaging names and epithets were applied to it. The
debates in the House of Delegates on that occasion, I believe
were all published. They were read by every colored man
who could read, and to those who could not read, those
debates were read by others. At that time Virginia was not
unwilling or afraid to discuss this question, and to let that
part of her population know as much of the discussion as
they could learn.
That was in 1832. As has been said by the honorable member
from South Carolina, these abolition societies commenced
their course of action in 1835. It is said, I do not know how
true it may be, that they sent incendiary publications into
the slave states; at any rate, they attempted to arouse, and
did arouse, a very strong feeling; in other words, they created
great agitation in the North against southern slavery. Well,
what was the result? The bonds of the slaves were bound
more firmly than before; their rivets were more strongly
fastened. Public opinion, which in Virginia had begun
to be exhibited against slavery, and was opening out for the
discussion of the question, drew back and shut itself up in
its castle. I wish to know whether anybody in Virginia
can now talk openly, as Mr. Randolph, Governor McDowell,
and others talked in 1832, and sent their remarks to the
press. We all know the fact, and we all know the cause;
and everything that these agitating people have done has
been, not to enlarge, but to restrain, not to act free, but to
bind faster, the slave population of the South.
Mr. President, I should much prefer to have heard from
every member on this floor declarations of opinion that this
Union could never be dissolved, than the declaration of
opinion by anybody, that in any case, under the pressure of
any circumstances, such a dissolution was possible. I hear
with distress and anguish the word “secession” especially
when it falls from the lips of those who are patriotic, and
known to the country, and known all over the world for
their political services. Secession! peaceable secession!
Sir, your eyes and mine are never destined to see that
miracle. The dismemberment of this vast country without
convulsion! The breaking up of the foundations of the great
deep without ruffling the surface! Who is so foolish—I
beg everybody’s pardon—as to expect to see any such
thing?
Sir, he who sees these states now revolving in harmony
around a common center, and expects to see them quit their
places and fly off without convulsion, may look the next hour
to see the heavenly bodies rush from their spheres, and
jostle against each other in the realms of space, without
causing the crush of the universe. There can be no such
thing as a peaceable secession. Peaceable secession is an
utter impossibility. Is the great Constitution under which
we live, covering this whole country, is it to be thawed and
melted away by secession, as the snows on the mountains
melt under the influence of a vernal sun, disappear almost
unobserved, and run off? No, sir! No, sir! I will not
state what might produce the disruption of the Union; but
sir, I see, as plainly as I see the sun in heaven, what the
disruption itself must produce; I see that it must produce
war, and such a war as I will not describe, in its twofold
character.
Peaceable secession! peaceable secession! The concurrent
agreement of all the members of this great Republic
to separate! A voluntary separation, with alimony on one
side and on the other. Why, what would be the result?
Where is the line to be drawn? What states are to secede?
What is to remain American? What am I to be? An American
no longer? Am I to become a sectional man, a local
man, a separatist, with no country in common with the
gentlemen who sit around me here, or who fill the other
House of Congress? Heaven forbid! Where is the flag
of the Republic to remain? Where is the eagle still to tower?—or
is he to cower, and shrink, and fall to the ground?
Why, sir, our ancestors—our fathers and our grandfathers,
those of them that are yet living among us, with
prolonged lives—would rebuke and reproach us; and our
children and our grandchildren would cry out shame upon
us, if we, of this generation, would dishonor these ensigns
of the power of the government and the harmony of that
Union, which is every day felt among us with so much joy
and gratitude. What is to become of the army? What is
to become of the navy? What is to become of the public
lands? How is any one of the thirty states to defend itself?
Sir, we could not sit down here today, and draw a line
of separation that would satisfy any five men in the country.
There are natural causes that would keep and tie us together;
and there are social and domestic relations which we could
not break if we would, and which we should not if we could.
Sir, nobody can look over the face of this country, at the
present moment, nobody can see where its population is the
most dense and growing, without being ready to admit, and
compelled to admit, that ere long the strength of America
will be in the valley of the Mississippi. Well, now, sir, I
beg to inquire what the wildest enthusiast has to say on the
possibility of cutting that river in two, and leaving free
states at its source and on its branches, and slave states down
near its mouth, each forming a separate government? Pray,
sir, let me say to the people of this country, that these things
are worthy of their pondering and of their consideration.
Here, sir, are five millions of freemen in the free states north
of the river Ohio.
Can anybody suppose that this population can be severed,
by a line that divides them from the territory of a foreign and
alien government, down somewhere, the Lord knows where,
upon the lower banks of the Mississippi? What would
become of Missouri? Will she join the arrondissement of
the slave states? Shall the man from the Yellowstone
and the Platte be connected, in the new Republic, with
the man who lives on the southern extremity of the Cape
of Florida? Sir, I am ashamed to pursue this line of
remark. I dislike it; I have an utter disgust for it. I
would rather hear of natural blasts and mildews, war,
pestilence, and famine, than to hear gentlemen talk of secession.
To break up this great government! to dismember
this glorious country! to astonish Europe with an act of
folly such as Europe for two centuries has never beheld
in any government or any people! No, sir! no, sir! There
will be no secession! Gentlemen are not serious when they
talk of secession.
And now, Mr. President, instead of speaking of the possibility
or utility of secession, instead of dwelling in these
caverns of darkness, instead of groping with those ideas
so full of all that is horrid and horrible, let us come out into
the light of day; let us enjoy the fresh air of liberty and
union; let us cherish those hopes which belong to us; let us
devote ourselves to those great objects that are fit for our
consideration and our action; let us raise our conceptions
to the magnitude and the importance of the duties that
devolve upon us; let our comprehension be as broad as the
country for which we act, our aspirations as high as its certain
destiny; let us not be pigmies in a case that calls for
men. Never did there devolve on any generation of men
higher trusts than now devolve upon us, for the preservation
of this Constitution, and the harmony and peace of all who
are destined to live under it. Let us make our generation
one of the strongest and brightest links in that golden
chain, which is destined, I fondly believe, to grapple the
people of all the states to this Constitution for ages to come.
We have a great, popular, constitutional government,
guarded by law and by judicature, and defended by the whole
affections of the people. No monarchic throne presses these
states together; no iron chain of military power encircles
them; they live and stand upon a government popular in its
form, representative in its character, founded upon principles
of equality, and so constructed, we hope, as to last forever.
In all its history it has been beneficent; it has trodden no
man’s liberty; it has crushed no state. Its daily respiration
is liberty and patriotism; its yet youthful veins are full of
enterprise, courage, and honorable love of glory and renown.
Large before, the country has now, by recent events, become
vastly larger. This Republic now extends, with a vast
breadth, across the whole continent. The two great seas
of the world wash the one and the other shore. We realize,
on a mighty scale, the beautiful description of the ornamental
edging of the buckler of Achilles—
Now the broad shield complete, the artist crowned
With his last hand, and poured the ocean round:
In living silver seemed the waves to roll,
And beat the buckler’s verge, and bound the whole.
ROBERT YOUNG HAYNE
On the Foote
Revolution[3] (1830)
When the gentleman from Massachusetts adopts and reiterates
the old charge of weakness as resulting from slavery,
I must be permitted to call for the proof of those blighting
effects which he ascribes to its influence. I suspect that
when the subject is closely examined, it will be found that
there is not much force even in the plausible objection of the
want of physical power in slave-holding states. The power of
a country is compounded of its population and its wealth, and
in modern times, where, from the very form and structure
of society, by far the greater portion of the people must,
even during the continuance of the most desolating wars,
be employed in the cultivation of the soil and other peaceful
pursuits, it may be well doubted whether slave-holding states,
by reason of the superior value of their productions, are not
able to maintain a number of troops in the field fully equal
to what could be supported by states with a larger white
population, but not possessed of equal resources.
There is a spirit which, like the father of evil, is constantly
“walking to and fro.” It is the spirit of false philanthropy.
The persons whom it possesses do not indeed throw
themselves into the flames, but they are employed in lighting
up the torches of discord throughout the community.
Their first principle of action is to leave their own affairs,
and neglect their own duties, to regulate the affairs and
duties of others. Theirs is the task to feed the hungry and
clothe the naked of other lands, while they thrust the naked,
famished, and shivering beggar from their own doors—to
instruct the heathen while their own children want the bread
of life.
When this spirit infuses itself into the bosom of a statesman
(if one so possessed can be called a statesman), it converts
him at once into a visionary enthusiast. Then it is
that he indulges in golden dreams of national greatness and
prosperity. He discovers that “liberty is power,” and, not
content with vast schemes of improvement at home which
it would bankrupt the treasury of the world to execute,
he flies to foreign lands to fulfil obligations to “the human
race,” by inculcating the principles of “political and religious
liberty,” and promoting the “general welfare” of the whole
human race. It is a spirit which has long been busy with
the slaves of the South and is even now displaying itself
in vain efforts to drive the government from its wise policy
in relation to the Indians. It is this spirit which has filled
the land with thousands of wild and visionary projects which
can have no effect but to waste the energies and dissipate
the resources of the country. It is the spirit of which the
aspiring politician dexterously avails himself when, by
inscribing on his banner the magical words, Liberty and
Philanthropy, he draws to his support that class of persons
who are ready to bow down at the very name of their idols.
But, sir, whatever difference of opinion may exist as to
the effect of slavery on national wealth and prosperity, if
we may trust to experience, there can be no doubt that it
has never yet produced any injurious effect on individual
or national character. Look through the whole history of the
country from the commencement of the Revolution down
to the present hour; where are there to be found brighter
examples of intellectual and moral greatness than have been
exhibited by the sons of the South? From the Father of his
Country down to the distinguished chieftain who has been
elevated by a grateful people to the highest office in their
gift, the interval is filled up by a long line of orators, of
statesmen, and of heroes, justly entitled to rank among the
ornaments of their country, and the benefactors of mankind.
Look at “the Old Dominion,” great and magnanimous Virginia,
“whose jewels are her sons.” Is there any State in
this Union which has contributed so much to the honor
and welfare of the country? Sir, I will yield the whole
question—I will acknowledge the fatal effects of slavery
upon character, if any one can say that for noble disinterestedness,
ardent love of country, exalted virtue, and a pure
and holy devotion to liberty, the people of the southern
states have ever been surpassed by any in the world.
The senator from Massachusetts tells us that the tariff is
not an eastern measure, and treats it as if the East had no
interest in it. The senator from Missouri insists it is not
a western measure, and that it has done no good to the
West. The South comes in, and in the most earnest manner
represents to you that this measure, which we are told “is
of no value to the East or the West” is “utterly destructive
of our interests.” We represent to you that it has spread
ruin and devastation through the land and prostrated our
hopes in the dust. We solemnly declare that we believe the
system to be wholly unconstitutional and a violation of
the compact between the states and the Union; and our
brethren turn a deaf ear to our complaints, and refuse to
relieve us from a system “which not enriches them, but
makes us poor indeed.” Good God! Mr. President, has it
come to this? Do gentlemen hold the feelings and wishes
of their brethren at so cheap a rate that they refuse to gratify
them at so small a price? Do gentlemen value so lightly
the peace and harmony of the country that they will not
yield a measure of this description to the affectionate entreaties
and earnest remonstrances of their friends? Do
gentlemen estimate the value of the Union at so low a price
that they will not even make one effort to bind the states
together with the cords of affection? And has it come to
this? Is this the spirit in which this government is to be
administered? If so, let me tell, gentlemen, the seeds of
dissolution are already sown, and our children will reap
the bitter fruit.
What, sir, was the conduct of the South during the Revolution?
Sir, I honor New England for her conduct in that
glorious struggle. But great as is the praise which belongs
to her I think at least equal honor is due to the South.
They espoused the quarrel of their brethren with a generous
zeal which did not suffer them to stop to calculate their
interest in the dispute. Favorites of the mother country,
possessed of neither ships nor seamen to create a commercial
rivalship, they might have found in their situation a guaranty
that their trade would be forever fostered and protected
by Great Britain. But trampling on all consideration either
of interest or of safety, they rushed into the conflict and
fighting for principle, periled all in the sacred cause of
freedom. Never was there exhibited in the history of the
world higher examples of noble daring, dreadful suffering,
and heroic endurance than by the Whigs of Carolina during
the Revolution. The whole state, from the mountains to the
sea, was overrun by an overwhelming force of the enemy.
The fruits of industry perished on the spot where they were
produced, or were consumed by the foe. The “plains of
Carolina” drank up the most precious blood of her citizens!
Black and smoking ruins marked the places which had been
the habitations of her children! Driven from their homes
into the gloomy and almost impenetrable swamps, even there
the spirit of liberty survived, and South Carolina (sustained
by the example of her Sumpters and her Marions) proved
by her conduct that though the soil might be overrun, the
spirit of her people was invincible.
ABRAHAM LINCOLN
The “House Divided Against Itself”
Speech[4] (1858)
If we could first know where we are, and whither we are
tending, we could better judge what to do, and how to do it,
we are now far into the fifth year since a policy was initiated
with the avowed object, and confident promise, of putting
an end to slavery agitation. Under the operation of that
policy, that agitation not only has not ceased, but has constantly
augmented. In my opinion, it will not cease until a
crisis shall have been reached and passed. “A house divided
against itself can not stand.” I believe this government
can not endure permanently half slave and half free. I do
not expect the Union to be dissolved; I do not expect the
house to fall; but I do expect that it will cease to be divided.
It will become all one thing, or all the other. Either the
opponents of slavery will arrest the further spread of it,
and place it where the public mind shall rest in the belief
that it is in the course of ultimate extinction; or its advocates
will push it forward till it shall become alike lawful
in all the states, old as well as new, North as well as South.
Have we no tendency to the latter condition? Let any one
who doubts carefully contemplate that now almost complete
legal combination-piece of machinery, so to speak—compounded
of the Nebraska doctrine and the Dred Scott
decision.
Put this and that together, and we have another nice
little niche, which we may, ere long, see filled with another
Supreme Court decision, declaring that the Constitution of
the United States does not permit a state to exclude slavery
from its limits. And this may especially be expected if the
doctrine of “care not whether slavery be voted down or
voted up,” shall gain upon the public mind sufficiently to give
promise that such a decision can be maintained when made.
Such a decision is all that slavery now lacks of being alike
lawful in all the states. Welcome or unwelcome, such decision
is probably coming, and will soon be upon us, unless
the power of the present political dynasty shall be met and
overthrown. We shall lie down pleasantly dreaming that the
people of Missouri are on the verge of making their state
free, and we shall awake to the reality, instead, that the
Supreme Court has made Illinois a slave state. To meet and
overthrow that dynasty is the work before all those who
would prevent that consummation. That is what we have
to do. How can we best do it?
There are those who denounce us openly to their own
friends and yet whisper to us softly that Senator Douglas
is the aptest instrument there is with which to effect that
object. They wish us to infer all, from the fact that he now
has a little quarrel with the present head of the dynasty;
and that he has regularly voted with us on a single point,
upon which he and we have never differed. They remind
us that he is a great man and that the largest of us are
very small ones. Let this be granted. “But a living dog
is better than a dead lion.” Judge Douglas, if not a dead
lion, for this work, is at least a caged and toothless one.
How can he oppose the advance of slavery? He does not
care anything about it. His avowed mission is impressing
the “public heart” to care nothing about it. A leading
Douglas Democratic newspaper thinks Douglas’s superior talent
will be needed to resist the revival of the African slave-trade.
Does Douglas believe an effort to revive that trade
is approaching? He has not said so. Does he really think
so? But if it is, how can he resist it? For years he has
labored to prove it is a sacred right of white men to take negro
slaves into the new territories. Can he possibly show that
it is less a sacred right to buy them where they can be bought
cheapest? And unquestionably they can be bought cheaper
in Africa than in Virginia.
He has done all in his power to reduce the whole question
of slavery to one of a mere right of property; and as such,
how can he oppose the foreign slave-trade? How can he
refuse that trade in that “property” shall be “perfectly
free,” unless he does it as a protection to the home production?
And as the home producers will probably ask the
protection, he will be wholly without a ground of opposition.
Senator Douglas holds, we know, that a man may rightfully
be wiser today than he was yesterday—that he may
rightfully change when he finds himself wrong. But can
we, for that reason run ahead, and infer that he will make
any particular change, of which he himself has given no
intimation? Can we safely base our action upon any such
vague inference? Now, as ever, I wish not to misrepresent
Judge Douglas’s position, question his motives, or do aught
that can be personally offensive to him. Whenever, if ever,
he and we can come together on principle, so that our cause
may have assistance from his great ability, I hope to have
interposed no adventitious obstacle. But, clearly, he is not
now with us—he does not pretend to be, he does not promise
ever to be.
Our cause, then, must be entrusted to, and conducted
by, its own undoubted friends—those whose hands are free,
whose hearts are in the work—who do care for the result.
Two years ago the Republicans of the nation mustered over
thirteen hundred thousand strong. We did this under the
single impulse of resistance to a common danger. With
every external circumstance against us, of strange, discordant,
and even hostile elements, we gathered from the
four winds, and formed and fought the battle through, under
the constant hot fire of a disciplined, proud, and pampered
enemy. Did we brave all then, to falter now?—now, when
that same energy is wavering, dissevered, and belligerent!
The result is not doubtful. We shall not fail—if we stand
firm, we shall not fail. Wise counsels may accelerate, or
mistakes delay it; but, sooner or later, the victory is sure
to come.
On Leaving
Springfield[5]
My friends, no one, not in my situation, can appreciate my
feeling of sadness at this parting. To this place and the kindness
of this people I owe everything. Here I have lived a
quarter of a century and have passed from a young to an old
man. Here my children have been born and one is buried.
I now leave, not knowing when or whether ever I may
return, with a task before me greater than that which rested
upon Washington. Without the assistance of that Divine
Being who ever attended him I can not succeed. With that
assistance I can not fail.
Trusting in Him who can go with me and remain with
you and be everywhere for good, let us confidently hope that
all will yet be well. To His care commending you, as I
hope in your prayers you will commend me, I bid you an
affectionate farewell.
WENDELL PHILLIPS
On the Murder of
Lovejoy[6] (1837)
A comparison has been drawn between the events of the
Revolution and the tragedy at Alton. We have heard it
stated here in Faneuil Hall, that Great Britain had a right
to tax the Colonies; and we have heard the mob at Alton,
the drunken murderers of Lovejoy, compared to those patriot
fathers who threw the tea overboard! Fellow citizens, is
this Faneuil Hall doctrine? The mob at Alton were met to
wrest from a citizen his just rights—met to resist the laws.
We have been told that our fathers did the same; and the
glorious mantle of Revolutionary precedent has been thrown
over the mobs of our day. To make out their title to such
defense the gentleman says that the British Parliament had
a right to tax these Colonies.
It is manifest that, without this, his parallel falls to the
ground; for Lovejoy had stationed himself within constitutional
bulwarks. He was not only defending the freedom
of the press, but he was under his own roof, in arms with
the sanction of the civil authority. The men who assailed
him went against and over the laws. The mob, as the gentleman
terms it—mob, forsooth! certainly we sons of the
tea-spillers are a marvelously patient generation!—the “orderly
mob” which assembled in the Old South to destroy
the tea were met to resist, not the laws, but illegal exactions!
Shame on the American who calls the tea tax and
Stamp Act laws! Our fathers resisted not the king’s prerogative,
but the king’s usurpation. To find any other
account, you must read our Revolutionary history upside
down. Our state archives are loaded with arguments of
John Adams to prove the taxes laid by the British Parliament
unconstitutional—beyond its power. It was not till
this was made out that the men of New England rushed
to arms. The arguments of the Council-chamber and the
House of Representatives preceded and sanctioned the
contest.
To draw the conduct of our ancestors into a precedent
for mobs, for a right to resist laws we ourselves have enacted,
is an insult to their memory. The difference between the
excitements of those days and our own, which the gentleman
in kindness to the latter has overlooked, is simply this: the
men of that day went for the right, as secured by the laws.
They were the people rising to sustain the laws and Constitution
of the province. The rioters of our day go for
their own wills, right or wrong. Sir, when I heard the
gentleman lay down principles which place the murderers of
Alton side by side with Otis and Hancock, with Quincy and
Adams, I thought those pictured lips [pointing to the portraits
in the hall] would have broken into voice to rebuke
the recreant American—the slanderer of the dead. The
gentleman said that he should sink into insignificance if
he dared not gainsay the principles of these resolutions. Sir,
for the sentiments he has uttered, on soil consecrated by
the prayers of Puritans and the blood of patriots, the earth
should have yawned and swallowed him up.
Fellow citizens, I can not take back my words. Surely,
the attorney-general, so long and well known here, needs
not the aid of your hisses against one so young as I am—my
voice never before heard within these walls!
Another ground has been taken to excuse the mob, and
throw doubt and discredit on the conduct of Lovejoy and
his associates. Allusion has been made to what lawyers
understand very well—the “conduct of laws.” We are
told that nothing but the Mississippi River rolls between St.
Louis and Alton; and the conflict of laws somehow or other
give the citizens of the former a right to find fault with
the defender of the press for publishing his opinions so near
their limits. Will the gentleman venture that argument
before lawyers? How the laws of the two states could be
said to come into conflict in such circumstances I question
whether any lawyer in this audience can explain or understand.
No matter whether the line that divides one sovereign
state from another be an imaginary one or ocean-wide, the
moment you cross it, the state you leave is blotted out of
existence, so far as you are concerned. The Czar might
as well claim to control the deliberations of Faneuil Hall, as
the laws of Missouri demand reverence, or the shadow of
obedience, from an inhabitant of Illinois.
I must find some fault with the statement which has been
made of the events at Alton. It has been asked why Lovejoy
and his friends did not appeal to the executive—trust their
defenses to the police of the city. It has been hinted that,
from hasty and ill-judged excitement, the men within the
building provoked a quarrel, and that he fell in the course
of it—one mob resisting another. Recollect, sir, that they
did act with approbation and sanction of the mayor.
In strict truth there was no executive to appeal to for protection.
The mayor acknowledged that he could not protect
them. They asked him if it was lawful for them to defend
themselves. He told them it was, and sanctioned their
assembling in arms to do so. They were not, then, a mob,
they were not merely citizens defending their own property;
they were in some sense the posse comitatus, adopted for
the occasion into the police of the city, acting under the
order of a magistrate. It was civil authority resisting lawless
violence. Where, then, was the imprudence? Is the
doctrine to be sustained here that it is imprudent for men
to aid magistrates in executing the laws?
Men are continually asking each other, had Lovejoy a
right to resist? Sir, I protest against the question instead of
answering it. Lovejoy did not resist, in the sense they mean.
He did not throw himself back on the natural right of self-defense.
He did not cry anarchy, and let slip the dogs of
civil war, careless of the horrors which would follow.
Sir, as I understand this affair, it was not an individual
protecting his property; it was not one body of armed men
resisting another, and making the streets of a peaceful city
run blood with their contentions. It did not bring back the
scenes to old Indian cities, where family met family, and faction
met faction, and mutually trampled the laws under
foot. No! the men in that house were regularly enrolled
under the sanction of the mayor. There being no militia
in Alton, about seventy men were enrolled, with the approbation
of the mayor. These relieved each other every other
night. About thirty men were in arms on the night of the
sixth, when the press was landed. The next evening it was
not thought necessary to summon more than half that number;
among these was Lovejoy. It was, therefore, you
perceive, sir, the police of the city resisting rioters—civil
government breasting itself to the shock of lawless men.
Here is no question about the right of self-defense. It
is in fact simply this: Has the civil magistrate a right to
put down a riot?
It has been stated, perhaps inadvertently, that Lovejoy
or his comrades fired first. This is denied by those who have
the best means of knowing. Guns were first fired by the
mob. After being twice fired on, those within the building
consulted together and deliberately returned the fire. But
suppose they did fire first. They had a right so to do—not
only the right which every citizen has to defend himself, but
the further right which every civil officer has to resist violence.
Even if Lovejoy fired the first gun, it would not
lessen his claim to our sympathy or destroy his title to be
considered a martyr in defense of a free press. The question
now is, did he act within the Constitution and the laws?
The men who fell in State Street on the 5th of March, 1770,
did more than Lovejoy is charged with. They were the first
assailants. Upon some slight quarrel they pelted the troops
with every missile within reach. Did this bate one jot of
the eulogy with which Hancock and Warren hallowed their
memory, hailing them as the first martyrs in the cause of
American liberty?
If, sir, I had adopted what are called peace principles,
I might lament the circumstances of this case. But all you
who believe, as I do, in the right and duty of magistrates
to execute the laws, join with me and brand as base hypocrisy
the conduct of those who assemble year after year on the
Fourth of July to fight over the battles of the Revolution,
and yet “damn with faint praise” or load with obloquy the
memory of this man who shed his blood in defense of life,
liberty, property, and the freedom of the press!
Imagine yourself present when the first news of Bunker
Hill Battle reached a New England town. The tale would
have run thus: “The patriots are routed—the redcoats
victorious—Warren lies dead upon the field.” With what
scorn would that Tory have been received who should have
charged Warren with imprudence! who should have
said that, bred a physician, he was “out of place” in that
battle, and “died as a fool dieth!” How would the intimation
have been received that Warren and his associations
should have waited a better time? But, if success be indeed
the only criterion of prudence, Respice finem—Wait till the end.
Mr. Chairman, from the bottom of my heart I thank
that brave band at Alton for resisting. We must remember that
Lovejoy had fled from city to city; suffered the destruction
of three presses patiently. At length he took counsel with
friends; men of character, of tried integrity, of wide views,
of Christian principle. They thought the crisis had come.
It was full time to assert the laws. They saw around them,
not a community like our own, of fixed habits, of character
molded and settled, but one “in the gristle, not yet hardened
into the bone of manhood.” The people there, children of
our older states, seem to have forgotten the blood-tried principles
of their fathers the moment they lost sight of our
New England hills. Something was to be done to show them
the priceless value of the freedom of the press, to bring
back and set right their wandering and confused ideas. He
and his advisers looked out on a community staggering like
a drunken man, indifferent to their rights, and confused in
their feelings. Deaf to argument, haply they might be
stunned into sobriety. They saw that of which we can not
judge: the necessity of resistance. Insulted law called for
it. Public opinion, fast hastening on the downward course,
must be arrested.
Does not the event show they judged rightly? Absorbed
in a thousand trifles, how has the Nation all at once come
to a stand! Men begin, as in 1779 and 1640, to discuss principles,
to weigh characters, to find out where they are.
Haply we may awake before we are borne over the precipice.
I am glad, sir, to see this crowded house. It is good for
us to be here. When liberty is in danger, Faneuil Hall has
the right, it is her duty, to strike the keynote for these
United States. I am glad, for one reason, that remarks
such as those to which I have alluded have been uttered here.
The passage of these resolutions, in spite of this oppression,
led by the attorney-general of the commonwealth, will show
more clearly, more decisively, the deep indignation with
which Boston regards this outrage.
JEFFERSON DAVIS
On Withdrawing from the
Union[7] (1861)
I rise, Mr. President, for the purpose of announcing to the
Senate that I have satisfactory evidence that the State of
Mississippi, by a solemn ordinance of her people in convention
assembled, has declared her separation from the United
States. Under these circumstances, of course, my functions
are terminated here. It has seemed to me proper, however,
that I should appear in the Senate to announce that fact to
my associates, and I will say but very little more. The occasion
does not invite me to go into argument, and my physical
condition would not permit me to do so if it were otherwise;
and yet it seems to become me to say something on the part
of the state I here represent, on an occasion so solemn as
this.
It is known to senators who have served with me here
that I have for many years advocated, as an essential
attribute of state sovereignty, the right of a state to secede
from the Union. Therefore, if I had not believed there
was justifiable cause; if I had thought that Mississippi was
acting without sufficient provocation, or without an existing
necessity, I should still, under my theory of the government,
because of my allegiance to the state of which I
am a citizen, have been bound by her action. I, however,
may be permitted to say that I do think she has justifiable
cause, and I approve of her act. I conferred with
her people before the act was taken, counseled them then
that if the state of things which they apprehended should
exist when the convention met, they should take the action
which they have now adopted.
I hope none who hear me will confound this expression
of mine with the advocacy of the right of a state to remain
in the Union, and to disregard the constitutional obligations
by the nullification of the law. Such is not my theory.
Nullification and secession, so often confounded, are indeed
antagonistic principles. Nullification is a remedy which it is
sought to apply within the Union, and against the agent
of the states. It is only to be justified when the agent has
violated his constitutional obligation, and a state, assuming
to judge for itself, denies the right of the agent thus to act,
and appeals to the other states of the Union for a decision;
but when the states themselves, and when the people of the
states, have so acted as to convince us that they will not
regard our constitutional rights then, and then for the
first time, arises the doctrine of secession in its practical
application.
A great man who now reposes with his fathers, and who
has been often arraigned for a want of fealty to the Union,
advocated the doctrine of nullification because it preserved
the Union. It was because of his deep seated attachment
to the Union, his determination to find some remedy for
existing ills short of a severance of the ties which bound
South Carolina to the other states, that Mr. Calhoun advocated
the doctrine of nullification, which he proclaimed to
be peaceful, to be within the limits of state power, not to
disturb the Union, but only to be a means of bringing the
agent before the tribunal of the states for their judgment.
Secession belongs to a different class of remedies. It is
to be justified upon the basis that the states are sovereign.
There was a time when none denied it. I hope the time may
come again when a better comprehension of the theory of
our government, and the inalienable rights of the people of
the states, will prevent any one from denying that each state
is a sovereign, and thus may reclaim the grants which it has
made to any agent whomsoever.
I therefore say I concur in the action of the people of
Mississippi, believing it to be necessary and proper, and
should have been bound by their action if my belief had
been otherwise; and this brings me to the important point
which I wish on this last occasion to present to the Senate.
It is by this confounding of nullification and secession that
the name of the great man, whose ashes now mingle with his
mother earth, has been invoked to justify coercion against
a seceded state. The phrase “to execute the laws” was an
expression which General Jackson applied to the case of a
state refusing to obey the laws while yet a member of the
Union. That is not the case which is now presented. The
laws are to be executed over the United States, and upon the
people of the United States. They have no relation to any
foreign country. It is a perversion of terms, at least it is
a great misapprehension of the case, which cites that expression
for application to a state which has withdrawn from
the Union. You may make war on a foreign state. If it
be the purpose of gentlemen, they may make war against
a state which has withdrawn from the Union; but there are
no laws of the United States to be executed within the limits
of a seceded state. A state finding itself in the condition in
which Mississippi has judged she is, in which her safety
requires that she should provide for the maintenance of
her rights out of the Union, surrenders all the benefits (and
they are known to be many), deprives herself of the advantages
(they are known to be great), severs all ties of affection
(and they are close and enduring), which have bound
her to the Union; and thus divesting herself of every benefit,
taking upon herself every burden, she claims to be exempt
from any power to execute the laws of the United States
within her limits.
I well remember an occasion when Massachusetts was
arraigned before the bar of the Senate, and when then the
doctrine of coercion was rife and to be applied against her
because of the rescue of a fugitive slave in Boston. My
opinion then was the same that it is now. Not in a spirit of
egotism, but to show that I am not influenced in my opinion
because the case is my own, I refer to that time and that
occasion as containing the opinion which I then entertained,
and on which my present conduct is based. I then said, if
Massachusetts, following her through a stated line of conduct,
chooses to take the last step which separates her from
the Union, it is her right to go, and I will neither vote one
dollar nor one man to coerce her back; but will say to her,
Godspeed, in memory of the kind associations which once
existed between her and the other states.
It has been a conviction of pressing necessity, it has been
a belief that we are to be deprived in the Union of the rights
which our fathers bequeathed to us, which has brought Mississippi
into her present decision. She has heard proclaimed
the theory that all men are created free and equal, and this
made the basis of an attack upon her social institutions; and
the sacred Declaration of Independence has been invoked to
maintain the position of the equality of the races. That
Declaration of Independence is to be construed by the circumstances
and purposes for which it was made. The communities
were declaring their independence; the people of
those communities were asserting that no man was born—to
use the language of Mr. Jefferson—booted and spurred
to ride over the rest of mankind; that men were created equal—meaning
the men of the political community; that there
was no divine right to rule; that no man inherited the right
to govern; that there were no classes by which power and
place descended to families, but that all stations were equally
within the grasp of each member of the body politic. These
were the great principles they announced; these were the
purposes for which they made their declaration; these were
the ends to which their enunciation was directed. They have
no reference to the slave, else how happened it that among
the items of arraignment made against George III was that
he endeavored to do just what the North had been endeavoring
of late to do—to stir up insurrection among our slaves?
Had the Declaration announced that the negroes were free
and equal, how was the prince to be arraigned for stirring
up insurrection among them? And how was this to be
enumerated among the high crimes which caused the Colonies
to sever their connection with the mother country?
When our Constitution was formed the same idea was
rendered more palpable, for there we find provisions made
for that very class of persons as property; they were not put
upon the footing of equality with white men—not even
upon that of paupers and convicts; but, so far as representation
was concerned, were discriminated against as a lower
caste, only to be represented in the numerical proportion of
three-fifths.
Then, senators, we recur to the compact which binds us
together; we recur to the principles upon which our government
was founded; and when you deny them, and when you
deny us the right to withdraw from a government which,
thus perverted, threatens to be destructive to our rights,
we but tread in the path of our fathers when we proclaim
our independence, and take the hazard.
I find in myself, perhaps, a type of the general feeling
of my constituents toward yours, I am sure I feel no hostility
to you, senators from the North. I am sure there is
not one of you, whatever sharp discussion there may have
been between us, to whom I can not now say, in the presence
of my God, I wish you well; and such, I am sure, is the feeling
of the people whom I represent toward those whom you
represent. I therefore feel that I but express their desire
when I say I hope, and they hope, for peaceful relations
with you, though we must part. They may be mutually
beneficial to use in the future as they have been in the past,
if you so will it. The reverse may bring disaster on every
portion of the country; and if you will have it thus, we will
invoke the God of our fathers, who delivered them from
the power of the lion, to protect us from the ravages of the
bear; and thus, putting our trust in God, and in our firm
hearts and strong arms, we will vindicate the rights as best
we may.
In the course of my service here, associated at different
times with a great variety of senators, I see now around me
some with whom I have served long; there have been points
of collision; but whatever of offense there has been to me,
I leave here; I carry with me no hostile remembrance.
Whatever offense I have given which has not been redressed,
or for which satisfaction has not been demanded, I have,
senators, in this hour of our parting, to offer you my apology
for any pain which, in the heat of discussion, I have inflicted.
I go hence unencumbered of the remembrance of any injury
received, and having discharged the duty of making the only
reparation in my power for any injury offered.
Mr. President and senators, having made the announcement
which the occasion seemed to me to require, it only
remains for me to bid you a final adieu.
ROBERT TOOMBS
On Resigning from the
Senate[8] (1861)
The success of the Abolitionists and their allies, under the
name of the Republican party, has produced its logical results
already. They have for long years been sowing dragons’
teeth and have finally got a crop of armed men. The Union,
sir, is dissolved. That is an accomplished fact in the path
of this discussion that men may as well heed. One of your confederates
has already, wisely, bravely, boldly confronted public
danger, she is only ahead of many of her sisters because
of her greater facility for speedy action. The greater majority
of those sister states, under the circumstances, consider
her cause as their cause; and I charge you in their
name today: “Touch not
Saguntum.”[9]
It is not only their
cause, but it is a cause which receives the sympathy and
will receive the support of tens and hundreds of thousands
of honest patriot men in the non-slaveholding states
who have hitherto maintained constitutional rights, and who
respect their oaths, abide by compacts, and love justice.
And while this Congress, this Senate, and this House of
Representatives are debating the constitutionality and the
expediency of seceding from the Union, and while the perfidious
authors of this mischief are showering down denunciations
upon a large portion of the patriotic men of this country,
those brave men are coolly and calmly voting what you
call revolution—aye, sir, doing better than that: arming to
defend it. They appealed to the Constitution, they appealed
to justice, they appealed to fraternity, until the Constitution,
justice, and fraternity were no longer listened to in the
legislative halls of their country, and then, sir, they prepared
for the arbitrament of the sword; and now you see the glittering
bayonet, and you hear the tramp of armed men from
your capital to the Rio Grande. It is a sight that gladdens
the eyes and cheers the hearts of other millions ready to
second them. Inasmuch, sir, as I have labored earnestly,
honestly, sincerely, with these men to avert this necessity
so long as I deemed it possible, and inasmuch as I heartily
approve their present conduct of resistance, I deem it my
duty to state their case to the Senate, to the country, and
to the civilized world.
Senators, my countrymen have demanded no new government;
they have demanded no new Constitution. Look to
their records at home and here from the beginning of this
national strife until its consummation in the disruption of
the empire, and they have not demanded a single thing
except that you shall abide by the Constitution of the United
States; that constitutional rights shall be respected, and that
justice shall be done. Sirs, they have stood by your Constitution;
they have stood by all its requirements, they have
performed all its duties unselfishly, uncalculatingly, disinterestedly,
until a party sprang up in this country which
endangered their social system—a party which they arraign,
and which they charge before the American people and all
mankind with having made proclamation of outlawry against
four thousand millions of their property in the Territories
of the United States; with having put them under the ban
of the empire in all the states in which their institutions
exist outside the protection of federal laws; with having
aided and abetted insurrection from within and invasion
from without with the view of subverting their institutions,
and desolating their homes and their firesides. For these
causes they have taken up arms.
I have stated that the discontented states of this Union
have demanded nothing by clear, distinct, unequivocal, well-acknowledged
constitutional rights—rights affirmed by the
highest judicial tribunals of their country; rights older than
the Constitution; rights which are planted upon the immutable
principles of natural justice; rights which have
been affirmed by the good and the wise of all countries, and
of all centuries. We demand no power to injure any man.
We demand no right to injure our confederate states. We
demand no right to interfere with their institutions, either
by word or deed. We have no right to disturb their peace,
their tranquility, their security. We have demanded of them
simply, solely—nothing else—to give us equality, security
and tranquility. Give us these, and peace restores itself.
Refuse them, and take what you can get.
What do the rebels demand? First, “that the people
of the United States shall have an equal right to emigrate
and settle in the present and any future acquired territories, with
whatever property they may possess (including slaves), and
be securely protected in its peaceable enjoyment until such
territory may be admitted as a state into the Union, with
or without slavery, as she may determine, on an equality
with all existing states.” This is our territorial demand.
We have fought for this territory when blood was its price.
We have paid for it when gold was its price. We have not
proposed to exclude you, though you have contributed very
little of blood or money. I refer especially to New England.
We demand only to go into those territories upon terms of
equality with you, as equals in this great Confederacy, to
enjoy the common property of the whole Union, and receive
the protection of the common government, until the territory
is capable of coming into the Union as a sovereign state,
when it may fix its own institutions to suit itself.
The second proposition is, “that property in slaves shall
be entitled to the same protection from the government of
the United States, in all its departments, everywhere,
which the Constitution confers the power upon it to extend
to any other property, providing nothing herein contained
shall be construed to limit or restrain the right now belonging
to every state to prohibit, abolish, or establish and protect
slavery within its limits.” We demand of the common
government to use its granted powers to protect our property
as well as yours. For this protection we pay as much as
you do. This very property is subject to taxation. It has
been taxed by you and sold by you for taxes.
The title to thousands and tens of thousands of slaves
is derived from the United States. We claim that the government,
while the Constitution recognizes our property for
the purposes of taxation, shall give it the same protection that
it gives yours.
Ought it not to be so? You say no. Every one of you
upon the committee said no. Your senators say no. Your
House of Representatives says no. Throughout the length
and breadth of your conspiracy against the Constitution there
is but one shout of no! This recognition of this right is
the price of my allegiance. Withhold it, and you do not get
my obedience. This is the philosophy of the armed men who
have sprung up in this country. Do you ask me to support
a government that will tax my property; that will plunder
me; that will demand my blood, and will not protect me? I
would rather see the population of my native state laid six
feet beneath her sod than they should support for one hour
such a government. Protection is the price of obedience
everywhere, in all countries. It is the only thing that makes
government respectable. Deny it and you can not have
free subjects or citizens; you may have slaves.
We demand, in the next place, “that persons committing
crimes against slave property in one state, and fleeing to
another, shall be delivered up in the same manner as persons
committing crimes against other property, and that the
laws of the state from which such persons flee shall be the
test of criminality.” That is another one of the demands
of an extremist and rebel.
But the non-slaveholding states, treacherous to their oaths
and compacts, have steadily refused, if the criminal only
stole a negro and that negro was a slave, to deliver him up.
It was refused twice on the requisition of my own state as
long as twenty-two years ago. It was refused by Kent and
by Fairfield, governors of Maine, and representing, I believe,
each of the then friendly parties. We appealed then to fraternity,
but we submitted; and this constitutional right has
been practically a dead letter from that day to this. The
next case came up between us and the state of New York,
when the present senior senator (Mr. Seward) was the
governor of that state; and he refused it. Why? He said
it was not against the laws of New York to steal a negro,
and therefore he would not comply with the demand. He
made a similar refusal to Virginia. Yet these are our confederates;
these are our sister states! There is the bargain;
there is the compact. You have sworn to it. Both these
governors swore to it. The senator from New York swore
to it. The governor of Ohio swore to it when he was inaugurated.
You can not bind them by oaths. Yet they talk to
us of treason; and I suppose they expect to whip freemen
into loving such brethren! They will have a good time
in doing it!
It is natural we should want this provision of the Constitution
carried out. The Constitution says slaves are property;
the Supreme Court says so; the Constitution says
so. The theft of slaves is a crime; they are a subject-matter
of felonious asportation. By the text and letter of the Constitution
you agreed to give them up. You have sworn to do
it, and you have broken your oaths. Of course, those
who have done so look out for pretexts. Nobody expected
them to do otherwise. I do not think I ever saw a perjurer,
however bald and naked, who could not invent some pretext
to palliate his crime, or who could not, for fifteen shillings,
hire an Old Bailey lawyer to invent some for him. Yet
this requirement of the Constitution is another one of the
extreme demands of an extremist and a rebel.
The next stipulation is that fugitive slaves shall be surrendered
under the provisions of the Fugitive Slave Act of
1850, without being entitled either to a writ of habeas corpus,
or trial by jury, or other similar obstructions of legislation,
in the state to which he may flee: Here is the Constitution:
“No person held to service or labor in one State, under
the laws thereof, escaping into another, shall, in consequence
of any law or regulation therein, be discharged from such
service or labor, but shall be delivered up on claim of the
party to whom such services or labor may be due.”
This language is plain, and everybody understood it the
same way for the first forty years of your government. In
1793, in Washington’s time, an act was passed to carry out
this provision. It was adopted unanimously in the Senate
of the United States, and nearly so in the House of Representatives.
Nobody then had invented pretexts to show that
the Constitution did not mean a negro slave. It was clear;
it was plain. Not only the federal courts, but all the local
courts in all the states, decided that it was a constitutional
obligation. How is it now? The North sought to evade it;
following the instincts of their natural character, they commenced
with the fraudulent fiction that fugitives were entitled
to habeas corpus, entitled to trial by jury in the state
to which they fled. They pretended to believe that our fugitive
slaves were entitled to more rights than their white
citizens; perhaps they were right, they know one another
better than I do. You may charge a white man with treason,
or felony, or other crime, and you do not require any trial
by jury before he is given up; there is nothing to determine
but that he is legally charged with a crime and that he fled,
and then he is to be delivered up upon demand. White
people are delivered up every day in this way; but not slaves.
Slaves, black people, you say, are entitled to trial by jury;
and in this way schemes have been invented to defeat your
plain constitutional obligations.
Senators, the Constitution is a compact. It contains all
our obligations and the duties of the federal government. I
am content and have ever been content to sustain it. While
I doubt its perfection, while I do not believe it was a good
compact, and while I never saw the day that I would have
voted for it as a proposition de novo, yet I am bound to it
by oath and by that common prudence which would induce
men to abide by established forms rather than to rush into
unknown dangers. I have given to it, and intend to give to
it, unfaltering support and allegiance, but I choose to put
that allegiance on the true ground, not on the false idea
that anybody’s blood was shed for it. I say that the Constitution
is the whole compact. All its obligations, all the
chains that fetter the limbs of my people, are nominated
in the bond, and they wisely excluded any conclusion against
them, by declaring that “The powers not granted by the
Constitution to the United States, or forbidden by it to the
states, belong to the states respectively or the people.”
Now I will try it by that standard; I will subject it to
that test. The law of nature, the law of justice, would say—and
it is so expounded by the publicists—that equal rights
in the common property shall be enjoyed. Even in a
monarchy the king can not prevent the subjects from enjoying
equality in the disposition of the public property. Even
in a despotic government this principle is recognized. It was
the blood and the money of the whole people (says the
learned Grotius, and say all the publicists) which acquired
the public property, and therefore it is not the property of
the sovereign. This right of equality being, then, according
to justice and natural equity, a right belonging to all states,
when did we give it up? You say Congress has a right to
pass rules and regulations concerning the territory and
other property of the United States. Very well. Does that
exclude those whose blood and money paid for it? Does
“dispose of” mean to rob the rightful owners? You must
show a better title than that, or a better sword than we have.
What, then, will you take? You will take nothing but
your own judgment; that is, you will not only judge for
yourselves, not only discard the court, discard our construction,
discard the practice of the government, but you will
drive us out, simply because you will it. Come and do it!
You have sapped the foundations of society; you have
destroyed almost all hope of peace. In a compact where there
is no common arbiter, where the parties finally decide for
themselves, the sword alone at last becomes the real, if not
the constitutional, arbiter. Your party says that you will not
take the decision of the Supreme Court. You said so at
Chicago; you said so in committee; every man of you in
both Houses says so. What are you going to do? You say
we shall submit to your construction. We shall do it, if
you can make us; but not otherwise, or in any other manner.
That is settled. You may call it secession, or you may call
it revolution; but there is a big fact standing before you—that
fact is, freemen with arms in their hands.
RUFUS CHOATE
Eulogy of
Webster[10] (1853)
Webster possessed the element of an impressive character,
inspiring regard, trust and admiration, not unmingled with
love. It had, I think, intrinsically a charm such as belongs
only to a good, noble, and beautiful nature. In its combination
with so much fame, so much force of will, and so much
intellect, it filled and fascinated the imagination and heart.
It was affectionate in childhood and youth, and it was more
than ever so in the few last months of his long life. It is
the universal testimony that he gave to his parents, in largest
measure, honor, love, obedience; that he eagerly appropriated
the first means which he could command to relieve the father
from his debts contracted to educate his brother and himself;
that he selected his first place of professional practice that he
might soothe the coming on of his old age.
Equally beautiful was his love of all his kindred and of all
his friends. When I hear him accused of selfishness, and
a cold, bad nature, I recall him lying sleepless all night, not
without tears of boyhood, conferring with Ezekiel how the
darling desire of both hearts should be compassed, and he,
too, admitted to the precious privileges of education; courageously
pleading the cause of both brothers in the morning;
prevailing by the wise and discerning affection of the
mother; suspending his studies of the law, and registering
deeds and teaching school to earn the means, for both, of
availing themselves of the opportunity which the parental
self-sacrifice had placed within their reach; loving him
through life, mourning him when dead, with a love and a
sorrow very wonderful, passing the sorrow of woman; I
recall the husband, the father of the living and of the early
departed, the friend, the counselor of many years, and my
heart grows too full and liquid for the refutation of words.
His affectionate nature, craving ever friendship, as well
as the presence of kindred blood, diffused itself through all
his private life, gave sincerity to all his hospitalities, kindness
to his eye, warmth to the pressure of his hand, made
his greatness and genius unbend themselves to the playfulness
of childhood, flowed out in graceful memories indulged of
the past or of the dead, of incidents when life was young and
promised to be happy,—gave generous sketches of his rivals,—the
high contention now hidden by the handful of earth,—hours
passed fifty years ago with great authors, recalled
for the vernal emotions which they then made to live and
revel in the soul. And from these conversations of friendship,
no man—no man, old or young—went away to remember
one word of profaneness, one allusion of indelicacy,
one impure thought, one unbelieving suggestion, one doubt
cast on the reality of virtue, of patriotism, of enthusiasm, of
the progress of man,—one doubt cast on righteousness, or
temperance, or judgment to come.
I have learned by evidence the most direct and satisfactory
that in the last months of his life, the whole affectionateness
of his nature—his consideration of others, his gentleness,
his desire to make them happy and to see them happy—seemed
to come out in more and more beautiful and habitual
expressions than ever before. The long day’s public tasks
were felt to be done; the cares, the uncertainties, the mental
conflicts of high place, were ended; and he came home to
recover himself for the few years which he might still expect
would be his before he should go hence to be here no more.
And there, I am assured and duly believe, no unbecoming
regrets pursued him; no discontent, as for injustice suffered
or expectations unfulfilled; no self-reproach for anything
done or anything omitted by himself; no irritation, no peevishness
unworthy of his noble nature; but instead, love and
hope for his country, when she became the subject of conversation,
and for all around him, the dearest and most
indifferent, for all breathing things about him, the overflow
of the kindest heart growing in gentleness and benevolence—paternal,
patriarchal affections, seeming to become more
natural, warm, and communicative every hour. Softer and
yet brighter grew the tints on the sky of parting day; and
the last lingering rays, more even than the glories of noon,
announced how divine was the source from which they proceeded;
how incapable to be quenched; how certain to rise
on a morning which no night should follow.
Such a character was made to be loved. It was loved.
Those who know and saw it in its hour of calm—those who
could repose on that soft grass—loved him. His plain
neighbors loved him; and one said, when he was laid in his
grave, “How lonesome the world seems!” Educated young
men loved him. The ministers of the gospel, the general
intelligence of the country, the masses afar off, loved him.
True, they had not found in his speeches, read by millions,
so much adulation of the people; so much of the music
which robs the public reason of itself; so many phrases of
humanity and philanthropy; and some had told them he was
lofty and cold—solitary in his greatness; but every year
they came nearer and nearer to him, and as they came
nearer, they loved him better; they heard how tender the
son had been, the husband, the brother, the father, the
friend, and neighbor; that he was plain, simple, natural,
generous, hospitable—the heart larger than the brain; that
he loved little children and reverenced God, the Scriptures,
the Sabbath day, the Constitution, and the law—and their
hearts clave unto him. More truly of him than even of
the great naval darling of England might it be said that
“his presence would set the church bells ringing, and give
schoolboys a holiday, would bring children from school and
old men from the chimney-corner, to gaze on him ere he
died.” The great and unavailing lamentations first revealed
the deep place he had in the hearts of his countrymen.
You are now to add to his extraordinary power of
influencing the convictions of others by speech, and you
have completed the survey of the means of his greatness.
And here, again, I begin, by admiring an aggregate made
up of excellences and triumphs, ordinarily deemed incompatible.
He spoke with consummate ability to the bench,
and yet exactly as, according to every sound canon of taste
and ethics, the bench ought to be addressed. He spoke
with consummate ability to the jury, and yet exactly as,
according to every sound canon, that totally different tribunal
ought to be addressed. In the halls of Congress, before the
people assembled for political discussion in masses, before
audiences smaller and more select, assembled for some solemn
commemoration of the past or of the dead—in each of
these, again, his speech, of the first form of ability, was
exactly adapted, also, to the critical proprieties of the place;
each achieved, when delivered, the most instant and specific
success of eloquence—some of them in a splendid and
remarkable degree; and yet, stranger still, when reduced to
writing, as they fell from his lips, they compose a body of
reading in many volumes—solid, clear, rich, and full of
harmony—a classical and permanent political literature.
And yet all these modes of his eloquence, exactly adapted
each to its stage and its end, were stamped with his image
and superscription, identified by characteristics incapable to
be counterfeited and impossible to be mistaken. The same
high power of reason, intent in every one to explore and
display some truth; some truth of judicial, or historical, or
biographical fact; some truth of law, deducted by construction,
perhaps, or by illation; some truth of policy, for want
whereof a nation, generations, may be worse—reason
seeking and unfolding truth; the same tone, in all, of deep
earnestness, expressive of strong desire that which he felt
to be important should be accepted as true, and spring up
to action; the same transparent, plain, forcible, and direct
speech, conveying his exact thought to the mind—not something
less or more; the same sovereignty of form, of brow,
and eye, and tone, and manner—everywhere the intellectual
king of men, standing before you—that same marvelousness
of qualities and results, residing, I know not where, in
words, in pictures, in the ordering of ideas, in felicities
indescribable, by means whereof, coming from his tongue, all
things seemed mended—truth seemed more true, probability
more plausible, greatness more great, goodness more awful,
every affection more tender than when coming from other
tongues—these are, in all, his eloquence.
But sometimes it became individualized and discriminated
even from itself; sometimes place and circumstance, great
interests at stake, a stage, an audience fitted for the highest
historic action, a crisis, personal or national, upon him,
stirred the depths of that emotional nature, as the anger of
the goddess stirs the sea on which the great epic is beginning;
strong passions, themselves kindled to intensity, quickened
every faculty to a new life; the stimulated associations
of ideas brought all treasures of thought and knowledge
within command; the spell, which often held his imagination
fast, dissolved, and she arose and gave him to choose
of her urn of gold; earnestness became vehemence, the
simple, perspicuous, measured and direct language became
a headlong, full, and burning tide of speech; the discourse
of reason, wisdom, gravity, and beauty changed to that
superhuman, that rarest consummate eloquence—grand,
rapid, pathetic, terrible; the aliquid immensum infinitumque
that Cicero might have recognized; the master triumph of
man in the rarest opportunity of his noble power.
Such elevation above himself, in congressional debate, was
most uncommon. Some such there were in the great discussions
of executive power following the removal of the
deposits, which they who heard them will never forget, and
some which rest in the tradition of hearers only. But there
were other fields of oratory on which, under the influence of
more uncommon strings of inspiration, he exemplified, in
still other forms, an eloquence in which I do not know that
he has had a superior among men. Addressing masses by
tens of thousands in the open air, on the urgent political
questions of the day, or designed to lead the meditations of
an hour devoted to the remembrance of some national era,
or of some incident marking the progress of the nation, and
lifting him up to a view of what is, and what is past, and
some indistinct revelation of the glory that lies in the
future, or of some great historical name, just borne by the
nation to his tomb—we have learned that then and there,
at the base of Bunker Hill, before the corner-stone was laid,
and again when the finished column the centuries
looked on him; in Faneuil Hall, mourning for those with
whom spoken or written eloquence of freedom its arches had
so often resounded; on the Rock of Plymouth; before the
Capitol, of which there shall not be one stone left on another
before his memory shall have ceased to live—in such scenes,
unfettered by the laws of forensic or parliamentary debate,
multitudes uncounted lifting up their eyes to him; some great
historical scenes of America around; all symbols of her glory
and art and power and fortune there; voices of the past,
not unheard; shapes beckoning from the future, not unseen—sometimes
that mighty intellect, borne upward to a height
and kindled to an illumination which we shall see no more,
wrought out, as it were, in an instant a picture of vision,
warning, prediction; the progress of the nation; the contrasts
of its eras; the heroic deaths; the motives to patriotism;
the maxims and arts imperial by which the glory has been
gathered and may be heightened—wrought out, in an
instant, a picture to fade only when all record of our mind
shall die.
In looking over the public remains of his oratory, it is
striking to remark how, even in that most sober and massive
understanding and nature, you see gathered and expressed
the characteristic sentiments and the passing time of our
America. It is the strong old oak which ascends before
you; yet our soil, our heaven, are attested in it as perfectly
as if it were a flower that could grow in no other climate
and in no other hour of the year or day. Let me instance
in one thing only. It is a peculiarity of some schools of
eloquence that they embody and utter, not merely the individual
genius and character of the speaker, but a national
consciousness—a national era, a mood, a hope, a dread, a
despair—in which you listen to the spoken history of the
time. There is an eloquence of an expiring nation, such as
seems to sadden the glorious speech of Demosthenes; such as
breathes grand and gloomy from the visions of the prophets
of the last days of Israel and Judah; such as gave a spell
to the expression of Grattan and of Kossuth—the sweetest,
most mournful, most awful of the words which man may
utter, or which man may hear—the eloquence of a perishing
nation.
There is another eloquence, in which the national consciousness
of a young or renewed and vast strength, of
trust in a dazzling certain and limitless future, an inward
glorying in victories yet to be won, sounds out as by voice
of clarion, challenging to contest for the highest prize of
earth; such as that in which the leader of Israel in the first
days holds up to the new nation the Land of Promise; such
as that which in the well-imagined speeches scattered by Livy
over the history of the “majestic series of victories” speaks
the Roman consciousness of growing aggrandizement which
should subject the world; such as that through which, at
the tribunes of her revolution, in the bulletins of her rising
soldiers, France told the world her dream of glory.
And of this king somewhat is ours—cheerful, hopeful,
trusting, as befits youth and spring; the eloquence of a state
beginning to ascend to the first class of power, eminence, and
consideration, and conscious of itself. It is to no purpose
that they tell you it is in bad taste; that it partakes of
arrogance and vanity; that a true national good breeding
would not know, or seem to know, whether the nation is
old or young; whether the tides of being are in their flow
or ebb; whether these coursers of the sun are sinking
slowly to rest, wearied with a journey of a thousand years,
or just bounding from the Orient unbreathed. Higher laws
than those of taste determine the consciousness of nations.
Higher laws than those of taste determine the general forms
of the expression of that consciousness. Let the downward
age of America find its orators and poets and artists to erect
its spirit, or grace, and soothe its dying; be it ours to go
up with Webster, to the Rock, the Monument, the Capitol,
and bid “the distant generations hail!”
Until the seventh day of March, 1850, I think it would
have been accorded to him by an almost universal acclaim,
as general and as expressive of profound and intelligent conviction
and of enthusiasm, love, and trust, as ever saluted
conspicuous statesmanship, tried by many crises of affairs
in a great nation, agitated ever by parties, and wholly free.
JOHN BRIGHT
The Strength of the American Government
(1863)
Will anybody deny that the Government at Washington as
regards its own people is the strongest Government in the
world at this hour? And for this simple reason: because
it is based on the will, and the good will, of an instructed
people. Look at its power! I am not now discussing why
it is, or the cause which is developing this power; but power
is the thing which men regard in these old countries, and
which they ascribe mainly to European institutions; but look
at the power which the United States have developed! They
have brought more men into the field, they have built more
ships for their navy, they have shown greater resources,
than any nation in Europe at this moment is capable of.
Look at the order which has prevailed at their elections, at
which, as you see by the papers, fifty thousand, or one hundred
thousand, or two hundred and fifty thousand persons
voting in a given state, with less disorder than you have seen
lately in three of the smallest boroughs in England. Look
at their industry. Notwithstanding this terrible struggle,
their agriculture, their manufactures and commerce proceed
with an uninterrupted success. They are ruled by a President,
chosen, it is true, not from some worn-out royal or
noble blood, but from the people, and the one whose truthfulness
and spotless honor have claimed him universal praise;
and now the country that has been vilified through half the
organs of the press in England during the last three years,
and was pointed out, too, as an example to be shunned by
many of your statesmen, that country, now in mortal strife,
affords a haven and a home for multitudes flying from the
burdens and the neglect of the old governments of Europe;
and, when this mortal strife is over—when peace is restored,
when slavery is destroyed, when the Union is cemented
afresh—for I would say, in the language of one of our own
poets addressing his country,
The grave’s not dug where traitor hands shall lay
In fearful haste thy murdered corse away—
then Europe and England may learn that an instructed
democracy is the surest foundation of government, and that
education and freedom are the only sources of true greatness
and true happiness among any people.
GEORGE WILLIAM CURTIS
Robert
Burns[11] (1880)
Burns died at the same age with Raphael; and Mozart,
who was his contemporary, died only four years before him.
Raphael and Mozart are the two men of lyrical genius in
kindred arts who impress us and the most exquisitely refined by
careful cultivation; and, although Burns was of all great
poets the most unschooled, he belongs with Raphael in painting
and Mozart in music, and there is no fourth. An indescribable
richness and flower-like quality, a melodious grace
and completeness and delicacy, belong to them all. Looking
upon a beautiful human Madonna of Raphael, we seem
to hear the rippling cadence of Mozart and the tender and true
song of Burns. They are all voices of the whole world
speaking in this accent of a native land. Here are Italy and
Germany and Scotland, distinct, individual, perfectly recognizable,
but the sun that reveals and illuminates their separate
charms, that is not Italian or German or Scotch, it is the sun
of universal nature. This is the singer whom this statue
commemorates, the singer of songs immortal as love; pure as
the dew of the morning, and sweet as its breath; songs with
which the lover wooes his bride, and the mother soothes her
child, and the heart of a people beats with patriotic exultation;
songs that cheer human endeavors, and console human
sorrow, and exalt human life. We cannot find out the secret
of their power until we know why the rose is sweet, or the
dew-drop pure, or the rainbow beautiful, we cannot know
why the poet is the best benefactor of humanity. Whether
because he reveals us to ourselves, or because he touches the
soul with the fervor of divine aspiration, whether because in
a world of sordid and restless anxiety he fills us with serene
joy, or puts into rythmic and permanent form the best
thoughts and hopes of man—who shall say? But none
the less is the heart’s instinctive loyalty to the poet the proof of its
consciousness that he does all these things, that he is the
harmonizer, strengthener, and consoler. How the faith of
Christendom has been stayed for centuries upon the mighty
words of the old Hebrew bards and prophets, and how the
vast and inexpressible mystery of divine love and power
and purpose has been breathed into parable and poem! If we
were forced to surrender every expression of human genius
but one, surely we should retain poetry; and if we were
called upon to lose from the vast accumulation of literature
all but a score of books, among that choice, and perfect
remainder would be the songs of Burns.
How fitly, then, among the memorials of those who in
different countries and times and ways have been leaders
of mankind, we raise this statue of the poet whose genius
is an unconscious but sweet and elevating influence in our
national life. It is not a power dramatic, obvious, imposing,
immediate, like that of the statesman, the warrior, and the
inventor, but it is as deep and strong and abiding. The
soldier fights for his native land, but the poet touches that
land with the charm that makes it worth fighting for, and
fires the warrior’s heart with the fierce energy that makes
his blow invincible. The statesman enlarges and orders
liberty in the state, but the poet fosters the love of liberty
in the heart of the citizen. The inventor multiplies the
facilities of life, but the poet makes life better worth living.
Here, then, among trees and flowers and waters; here upon
the greensward and under the open sky; here where birds
carol, and children play, and lovers whisper, and the various
stream of human life flows by—we raise the statue of
Robert Burns. While the human heart beats, that name will
be music in human ears. He knew better than we the
pathos of human life. We know better than he the infinite
pathos of his own. Ah! Robert Burns, Robert Burns! whoever
lingers here as he passes and muses upon your statue
will see in imagination a solitary mountain in your own
beautiful Scotland, heaven-soaring, wrapped in impenetrable
clouds. Suddenly the mists part, and there are the heather,
the brier-rose, and the gowan fine; there are the
Burnies, wimplin’ down your glens
Wi’ toddling’ din,
Or foaming strang wi’ hasty stens
Frae lin to
lin;[12]
the cushat is moaning; the curlew is calling; the plover is
singing; the red dear is bounding; and look! the clouds roll
utterly away, and the clear summit is touched with the tender
glory of sunshine, heaven’s own benediction!
L. Q. C. LAMAR
Sumner and the
South[13] (1874)
It was certainly a gracious act on the part of Charles Sumner
toward the South, though unhappily it jarred on the sensibilities
of the people at the other extreme of the Union, to
propose to erase from the banners of the national army the
mementos of the bloody internal struggle which might be
regarded as assailing the pride or wounding the sensibilities
of the Southern people. The proposal will never be forgotten
by that people so long as the name of Charles Sumner lives
in the memory of man.
But while it touched the heart and elicited her profound
gratitude, her people would not have asked of the North
such an act of self-renunciation. Conscious that they themselves
were animated by devotion to constitutional liberty,
and that the brightest pages of history are replete with evidences
of the depth and sincerity of that devotion, they can
but cherish the recollection of the battles fought and the
victories won in defense of their hopeless cause; and respecting,
as all true and brave men must respect, the martial
spirit with which the men of the North vindicated the
integrity of the Union, and their devotion to the principles
of human freedom, they do not ask, they do not wish the
North to strike the mementos of heroism and victory from
either records or monuments or battle-flags. They would
rather that both sections should gather up the glories won
by each section, not envious, but proud of each other, and
regard them as a common heritage of American valor. Let
us hope that future generations, when they remember the
deeds of heroism and devotion done on both sides, will speak,
not of northern prowess or southern courage, but of the
heroism, courage and fortitude of the Americans in a war of
ideas—a war in which each section signalized its consecration
to the principles, as each understood them, of American
liberty and of the Constitution received from their fathers.
Charles Sumner in life believed that all occasion for
strife and distrust between the North and South had passed
away, and there no longer remained any cause for continued
estrangement between these two sections of our common
country. Are there not many of us who believe the same
thing? Is not the common sentiment, or if not, ought
it not to be, of the great mass of our people, North and
South? Bound to each other by a common constitution,
destined to life together under a common government, forming
unitedly but a single member of a great family of
nations, shall we not now at least endeavor to grow toward
each other once more in heart, as we are indissolubly linked
to each other in fortunes? Shall we not, while honoring
the memory of this great champion of liberty, this feeling
sympathizer with human sorrow, this earnest pleader for
the exercise of human tenderness and heavenly charity, lay
aside the concealments which serve only to perpetuate misunderstandings
and distrust, and frankly confess that on
both sides we most earnestly desire to be one—one not
merely in political organization; one not merely in community
of language, and literature, and traditions, and country;
but more and better than all that, one also in feeling
and in heart?
Am I mistaken in this? Do the concealments of which I
speak still cover animosities, which neither time nor reflection
nor the march of events have yet suffered to subdue? I
can not believe it. Since I have been here I have scrutinized
your sentiments, as expressed not merely in public debate,
but in the abandon of personal confidence. I know well the
sentiments of these by my southern friends, whose hearts are
so infolded that the feeling of each is the feeling of all; and
I am on both sides only the seeming of a constraint which
each apparently hesitates to dismiss.
The South—prostrate, exhausted, drained of her life-blood
as well as her material resources, yet still honorable
and true—accepts the bitter award of the bloody arbitrament
without reservation, resolutely determined to abide the
result with chivalrous fidelity. Yet, as if struck dumb by
the magnitude of her reverses, she suffers on in silence.
The North, exultant in her triumph and elevated by success,
still cherishes, as we are assured, a heart full of magnanimous
emotions toward her disarmed and discomfited antagonist;
and yet, as if under some mysterious spell, her words
and acts are words and acts of suspicion and distrust. Would
that the spirit of the illustrious dead, whom we lament today,
could speak from the grave to both parties to this deplorable
discord, in tones which would reach each and every heart
throughout this broad territory: My country-men! know one
another and you will love one another.
ROBERT INGERSOLL
At His Brother’s
Grave[14] (1879)
My Friends: I am going to do that which the dead oft
promised he would do for me.
The loved and loving brother, husband, father, friend,
dies where manhood’s morning almost touches noon, and
while the shadows were still falling toward the west.
He had not passed on life’s highway the stone that marks
the highest point, but, being weary for a moment, lay down
by the wayside, and, using his burden for a pillow, fell into
that dreamless sleep that kisses down his eyelids still. While
yet in love with life and raptured with the world, he passed
to silence and pathetic dust.
Yet, after all, it may be best, just in the happiest, sunniest
hour of all the voyage, while eager winds are kissing every
sail, to task against the unseen rock, and in an instant hear
the billows roar above a sunken ship. For, whether in mid-sea
or ’mong the breakers of the farther shore, a wreck
at last must mark the end of each and all. And every life,
no matter if its every house is rich with love and every
moment jeweled with a joy, will, at its close, become a
tragedy as sad and deep and dark as can be woven of the
warp and woof of mystery and death.
This brave and tender man in every storm of life was
oak and rock, but in the sunshine he was vine and flower.
He was the friend of all heroic souls. He climbed the
heights and left all superstitions far below, while on his
forehead fell the golden dawning of the grander day.
He loved the beautiful, and was with color, form, and
music touched to tears. He sided with the weak, and with
a willing hand gave alms; with loyal heart and with purest
hands he faithfully discharged all public trusts.
He was a worshiper of liberty, a friend of the oppressed.
A thousand times I have heard him quite these words:
“For justice, all place a temple; and all seasons, summer.”
He believed that happiness was the only good, reason the
only torch, justice the only worship, humanity the only
religion, and love the only priest. He added to the sum of
human joy; and were every one to whom he did some loving
service to bring a blossom to his grave, he would sleep
tonight beneath a wilderness of flowers.
Life is a narrow vale between the cold and barren peaks
of two eternities. We strive in vain to look beyond
the heights. We cry aloud, and the only answer is the echo
of our wailing cry. From the voiceless lips of the unreplying
dead there comes no word; but in the night of
death hope sees a star, and listening love can hear the
rustle of a wing.
He who sleeps here, when dying, mistaking the approach
of death for the return of health, whispered with his last
breath: “I am better now.” Let us believe, in spite of
doubts and dogmas, and tears and fears, that these dear
words are true of all the countless dead.
And now to you who have been chosen, from among the
many men he loved, to do the last sad office for the dead,
we give his sacred dust. Speech can not contain our love.
There was, there is, no greater, stronger, manlier man.
WILLIAM GLADSTONE
Against the Tory
Government[15] (1880)
To those gentlemen who talk of the great vigor and determination
and success of the Tory government, I ask you to
compare the case of Bulgaria and Turkey. Try them by
principles, or try them by results, I care not which; we knew
what we were about and what was to be done when we had
integrity and independence to support. When they had integrity
and independence to protect they talked indeed loud
enough about supporting Turkey, and you would suppose they
were prepared to spend their resources upon it; but all their
measures have ended in nothing except that they have reduced
Turkey to a state of greater weakness than at any portion
of her history, whereas, on the other hand, in regard to
the twelve or thirteen millions of Slavs and Roumanian
population, they have made the name of England odious
throughout the whole population, and done everything in
their power to throw that population into the arms of
Russia, to be the tool of Russia in its plans and schemes,
unless, indeed, as I hope and am inclined to believe, the
virtue of free institutions that they have obtained will make them
too wise to become the tools of any foreign power whatever,
will make them intent upon maintaining their own liberties,
as becomes a free people playing a noble part in the history
of Europe.
I have detained you too long, and I will not, though I
would, pursue this subject further. I have shown you what
I think the miserable failure of the policy of the government.
Remember, we have a fixed point from which to
draw our measurements. Remember what in 1876 the proposal
of those who approved of the Bulgarian agitation and
who were denounced as the enemies of Turkey, remember
what the proposal would have done. It would have given
autonomy to Bulgaria, which has not got autonomy; but it
would have saved all the remainder at less detriment to the
rest of the Turkish Empire. Turkey would have had a
fair chance. Turkey would not have suffered the territorial
losses which she has elsewhere suffered, and which she has
suffered, I must say, in consequence of her being betrayed
into the false and mischievous, the tempting and seductive,
but unreal and unwise policy of the present administration.
There are other matters which must be reserved for other
times. We are told about the Crimean War. Sir Stafford
Northcote tells us the Crimean War, made by the Liberal
government, cost the country forty millions of debt, and an
income tax of one shilling and four pence per pound. Now
what is the use of telling us that? I will discuss the Crimean
War on some future occasion, but not now. If the
Liberal government were so clever that they contrived to
burden the country with forty millions of debt for this
Crimean War, why does he not go back to the war before
that and tell us what the Tory government did with the
Revolutionary War, when they left a debt on the country
of some nine hundred millions, of which six hundred and
fifty millions then had made in the Revolutionary War, and
not only so, but left the blessing and legacy of the corn laws,
and of a high protective system, an impoverished country,
and a discontented population—so much so that for years
that followed the great Revolutionary War, no man could
say whether the constitution of this country was or was
not worth five years’ purchase. They might even go further
back than the Revolutionary War. They have been talking
loudly of the colonies, and say that, forsooth, the Liberal
party do nothing for the colonies. What did the Tory party
do for the colonies? I can tell you. Go to the war that
preceded the Revolutionary War. They made war against
the American continent. They added to the debt of the
country two hundred millions in order to destroy freedom
in America. They alienated it and drove it from this country.
They were compelled to bring this country to make
an ignominious peace; and, as far as I know, that attempt
to put down freedom in America, with its results to this
country, is the only one great fact which has ever distinguished
the relations between a Tory government and the
colonies.
But gentlemen, these must be matters postponed for
another occasion. I thank you very cordially, both friends
and opponents, if opponents you be, for the extreme kindness
with which you have heard me. I have spoken, and I
must speak in very strong terms of the acts done by my
opponents. I will never say that they did it from vindictiveness,
I will never say that they did it from passion, I will
never say that they did it from a sordid love of office; I
have no right to use such words; I have no right to entertain
such sentiments; I repudiate and abjure them. I give
them credit for patriotic motives—I give them credit for
those patriotic motives which are incessantly and gratuitously
denied to us. I believe we are all united in a fond attachment
to the great country to which we belong, to the great
empire which has committed to it a trust and function from
Providence, as special and remarkable as was ever entrusted
to any portion of the family of man. When I speak of that
trust and that function I feel that words fail. I cannot tell
you what I think of the nobleness of the inheritance which
has descended upon us, of the sacredness of the duty of maintaining
it. I will not condescend to make it a part of controversial
politics. It is a part of my being, of my flesh and
blood, of my heart and soul. For those ends I have labored
through my youth and manhood, and, more than that, till my
hairs are gray. In that faith and practice I have lived, and
in that faith and practice I shall die.
JAMES G. BLAINE
Eulogy of President
Garfield[16] (1881)
His terrible fate was upon him in an instant. One moment
he stood erect, strong, confident in the years stretching peacefully
out before him. The next he lay wounded, bleeding,
helpless; doomed to weary weeks of torture, to silence, and
the grave.
Great in life, Garfield was surpassingly great in death.
For no cause, in the very frenzy of wantonness, by the red
hand of murder, he was thrust from the full tide of this
world’s interest, from its hopes, its aspirations, its victories,
into the visible presence of Death—and he did not quail.
Not alone for the one short moment in which, stunned and
dazed, he could give up life, hardly aware of its relinquishment,
but through days of deadly languor, through weeks
of agony, that was not less agony because silently borne,
with clear sight and calm courage, he looked into his open
grave. What blight and ruin met his anguished eyes, whose
lips may tell—what brilliant broken plans, what baffled
high ambitions, what sundering of warm, strong, manhood’s
friendships, what bitter rending of sweet household ties!
behind him a proud, expectant nation, a great host of sustaining
friends, a cherished and happy mother, wearing the
full, rich honors of her early toil and tears; the wife of his
youth, whose whole life lay in his; the little boys not yet
emerged from childhood’s days of frolic; the fair, young
daughter; the sturdy sons just springing into closest companionship,
claiming every day and every day rewarding a
father’s love and care, and in his heart the eager rejoicing
power to meet all demands! Before him desolation and great
darkness! And his soul was not shaken. His countrymen
were thrilled with instant, profound, and universal sympathy.
Masterful in his mortal weakness, he became the
centre of a nation’s love, enshrined in the prayers of a
world; but all the love and all the sympathy could not share
with him his suffering. He trod the wine-press alone. With
unfaltering front he faced death. With unfailing tenderness
he took leave of life. Above the demoniac hiss of the
assassin’s bullet, he heard the voice of God. With simple
resignation, he bowed to the Divine decree.
As the end drew near his early craving for the sea
returned. The stately mansion of power had been to him
the wearisome hospital of pain, and he begged to be taken
from its prison walls, from its oppressive, stifling air, from
its homelessness and hopelessness. Gently, silently, the love
of a great people bore the pale sufferer to the longed-for
healing of the sea, to live or to die, as God should will,
within sight of its heaving billows, within sound of its manifold
voices. With wan, fevered face tenderly lifted to the
cooling breeze, he looked out wistfully upon the ocean’s
changing wonders; on its far sails whitening in the morning
light; on its restless waves rolling shoreward to break and
die beneath the noonday sun; on the red clouds of evening
arching low to the horizon; on the serene and shining pathway
of the stars. Let us think that his dying eyes read a
mystic meaning which only the rapt and parting soul may
know. Let us believe that in the silence of the receding
world he heard the great waves breaking on a farther shore,
and felt already upon his wasted brow the breath of the
eternal morning.
WILLIAM J. BRYAN
“The Cross of Gold”
Speech[17] (1896)
Mr. Chairman and Gentlemen of the Convention: I would
be presumptuous indeed to present myself against the distinguished
gentlemen to whom you have listened if this were
a mere measuring of abilities; but this is not a contest
between persons. The humblest citizen in all the land, when
clad in the armor of a righteous cause, is stronger than all the
hosts of error. I come to speak to you in defense of a cause
as holy as the cause of liberty—the cause of humanity.
When this debate is concluded, a motion will be made to
lay upon the table the resolution offered in commendation
of the Administration, and also the resolution offered in
condemnation of the Administration. We object to bringing
this question down to the level of persons. The individual
is but an atom; he is born, he acts, he dies; but principles
are eternal; and this has been a contest over a principle.
Never before in the history of this country has there been
witnessed such a contest as that through which we have
just passed. Never before in the history of American politics
has a great issue been fought out as this issue has been, by
the voters of a great party. On the fourth of March, 1895,
a few Democrats, most of them members of Congress, issued
an address to the Democrats of the nation, asserting that
the money question was the paramount issue of the hour;
declaring that a majority of the Democratic party had the
right to control the action of the party on this paramount
issue; and concluding with the request that the believers in
the free coinage of silver in the Democratic party should
organize, take charge of, and control the policy of the
Democratic party. Three months later, at Memphis, an
organization was perfected, and the silver Democrats went
forth openly and courageously proclaiming their belief, and
declaring that, if successful, they would crystallize into a
platform the declaration which they had made. Then began
the conflict. With a zeal approaching the zeal which
inspired the crusaders who followed Peter the Hermit, our
silver Democrats went forth from victory unto victory until
they are now assembled, not to discuss, not to debate, but to
enter up the judgment already rendered by the plain people
of this country. In this contest brother has been arrayed
against brother, father against son. The warmest ties of
love, acquaintance, and association have been disregarded;
old leaders have been cast aside when they refused to give
expression unto the sentiments of those whom they would lead,
and new leaders have sprung up to give direction to this
cause of truth. Thus has the contest been waged, and we
have assembled here under as binding and solemn instructions
as were ever imposed upon representatives of the
people.
We do not come as individuals. As individuals we might
have been glad to compliment the gentleman from New
York (Senator Hill), but we know that the people for whom
we speak would never be willing to put him in a position
where he could thwart the will of the Democratic party. I
say it was not a question of persons; it was a question of
principle, and it is not with gladness, my friends, that we
find ourselves brought into conflict with those who are now
arrayed on the other side.
The gentleman who preceded me (ex-Governor Russell)
spoke of the State of Massachusetts; let me assure him
that not one present in all this Convention entertains the
least hostility to the people of the state of Massachusetts,
but we stand here representing the people who are the equals,
before the law, of the greatest citizens in the state of
Massachusetts. When you [turning to the gold delegates]
come before us and tell us that we are about to disturb your
business interests, we reply that you have disturbed our
business interests by your course.
We say to you that you have made the definition of a business
man too limited in its applications. The man who is
employed for wages is as much a business man as his employer;
the attorney in a country town is as much a business
man as the corporation counsel in a great metropolis; the
merchant at the cross-roads store is as much a business man
as the merchant of New York; the farmer who goes forth
in the morning and toils all day, who begins in spring
and toils all summer, and who by the application of brains
and muscle to the natural resources of the country creates
wealth, is as much a business man as the man who goes upon
the Board of Trade and bets upon the price of grain; the
miners who go down a thousand feet into the earth, or climb
two thousand feet upon the cliffs, and bring forth from their
hiding places the precious metals to be poured into the channels
of trade are as much business men as the few financial
magnates who, in a back room, corner the money of the
world. We come to speak of this broader class of business
men.
Ah, my friends, we say not one word against those who
live upon the Atlantic coast, but the hardy pioneers who
have braved all the dangers of the wilderness, who have
made the desert to blossom as the rose—the pioneers away
out there [pointing to the West], who rear their children
near to Nature’s heart, where they can mingle their voices
with the voices of the birds—out there where they have
erected schoolhouses for the education of their young,
churches where they praise their Creator, and cemeteries
where rest the ashes of their dead—these people, we say,
are as deserving of the consideration of our party as any
people in this country. It is for these that we speak. We
do not come as aggressors. Our war is not a war of conquest;
we are fighting in the defense of our homes, our
families, and posterity. We have petitioned, and our petitions
have been scorned; we have entreated, and our entreaties
have been disregarded; we have begged, and they
have mocked when our calamity came. We beg no longer;
we entreat no more; we petition no more. We defy them!
The gentleman from Wisconsin has said that he fears a
Robespierre. My friends, in this land of the free you need
not fear that a tyrant will spring up from among the people.
What we need is an Andrew Jackson to stand, as Jackson
stood, against the encroachments of organized wealth.
They tell us that this platform was made to catch votes.
We reply to them that changing conditions make new issues;
that the principles upon which Democracy rests are as
everlasting as the hills, but that they must be applied to new
conditions as they arise. Conditions have arisen, and we
are here to meet those conditions. They tell us that the
income tax ought not to be brought in here; that it is a new
idea. They criticize us for our criticism of the Supreme
Court of the United States. My friends, we have not criticized;
we have simply called attention to what you already
know. If you want criticisms, read the dissenting opinions
of the court. There you will find criticisms. They say that
we passed an unconstitutional law; we deny it. The income
tax law was not unconstitutional when it was passed; it was
not unconstitutional when it went before the Supreme Court
for the first time; it did not become unconstitutional until
one of the judges changed his mind, and we cannot be
expected to know when a judge will change his mind. The
income tax is just. It simply intends to put the burdens
of government justly upon the backs of the people. I am
in favor of an income tax. When I find a man who is not
willing to bear his share of the burdens of the government
which protects him, I find a man who is unworthy to enjoy
the blessings of a government like ours.
They say that we are opposing national bank currency;
it is true. If you will read what Thomas Benton said, you
will find he said that, in searching history, he could find
but one parallel to Andrew Jackson; that was Cicero, who
destroyed the conspiracy of Catiline and saved Rome. Benton
said that Cicero only did for Rome what Jackson did for
us when he destroyed the bank conspiracy and saved America.
We say in our platform that we believe that the right
to coin and issue money is a function of government. We
believe it. We believe that it is a part of sovereignty, and
can no more with safety be delegated to private individuals
than we could afford to delegate to private individuals the
power to make penal statutes or levy taxes. Mr. Jefferson,
who was once regarded as good Democratic authority, seems
to have differed in opinion from the gentleman who has
addressed us on the part of the minority. Those who are
opposed to this proposition tell us that the issue of paper
money is a function of the bank, and that the government
ought to go out of the banking business. I stand with
Jefferson rather than with them, and tell them, as he did,
that the issue of money is a function of government, and
that the banks ought to go out of the governing business.
They complain about the plank which declares against life
tenure in office. They have tried to strain it to mean
that which it does not mean. What we oppose by that plank is
the life tenure which is built up in Washington, and
which excludes from participation in official benefits the
humble members of society.
Let me call your attention to two or three important things.
The gentleman from New York says that he will propose
an amendment to the platform providing that the proposed
change in our monetary system shall not affect contracts
already made. Let me remind you that there is no intention
of affecting these contracts which, according to the present
laws, are made payable in gold; but if he means to say
that we cannot change our monetary system without protecting
those who have loaned money before the change was
made, I desire to ask him where, in law or in morals, he
can find justification for not protecting the debtors when
the act of 1873 was passed, if he now insists that we must
protect the creditors.
He says he will also propose an amendment which will
provide for the suspension of free coinage if we fail to
maintain a parity within a year. We reply that when we
advocate a policy which we believe will be successful, we are
not compelled to raise a doubt as to our own sincerity by
suggesting what we shall do if we fail. I ask him, if he
would apply his logic to us, why he does not apply it to himself.
He says he wants this country to try to secure an
international agreement. Why does he not tell us what he
is going to do if he fails to secure an international agreement?
There is more reason for him to do that than there
is for us to provide against the failure to maintain the parity.
Our opponents have tried for twenty years to secure an
international agreement, and those are waiting for it most
patiently who do not want it at all.
And now, my friends, let me come to the paramount issue.
If they ask us why it is that we say more on the money
question than we say upon the tariff question, I reply that,
if protection has slain its thousands, the gold standard has
slain its tens of thousands. If they ask us why we do not
embody in our platform all the things that we believe in,
we reply that when we have restored the money of the
Constitution all other necessary reforms will be possible; but
that until this is done there is no other reform that can be
accomplished.
Why is it that within three months such a change has come
over the country? Three months ago, when it was confidently
asserted that those who believe in the gold standard
would frame our platform and nominate our candidates, even
the advocates of the gold standard did not think that we
could elect a President. And they had good reason for their
doubt, because there is scarcely a state here today asking for
the gold standard which is not in the absolute control of the
Republican party. But note the change. Mr. McKinley
was nominated at St. Louis upon a platform which declared
for the maintenance of the gold standard until it can be
changed into bimetallism by international agreement. Mr.
McKinley was the most popular man among the Republicans,
and three months ago everybody in the Republican party
prophesied his election. How is it today? Why, the man
who was once pleased to think that he looked like Napoleon—that
man shudders today when he remembers that he was
nominated on the anniversary of the battle of Waterloo.
Not only that, but as he listens he can hear with ever-increasing
distinctness the sound of the waves as they beat
upon the lonely shores of St. Helena.
Why this change? Ah, my friends, is not the reason
for the change evident to any one who will look at the
matter? No private character, however, pure, no personal
popularity, however great, can protect from the avenging
wrath of an indignant people a man who will declare that
he is in favor of fastening the gold standard upon this
country, or who is willing to surrender the right of self-government
and place the legislative control of our affairs in
the hands of foreign potentates and powers.
We go forth confident that we shall win. Why? Because
upon the paramount issue of this campaign there is
not a spot of ground upon which the enemy will dare to
challenge battle. If they tell us that the gold standard is a
good thing, we shall point to their platform and tell them
that their platform pledges the party to get rid of the gold
standard and substitute bimetallism. If the gold standard
is a good thing, why try to get rid of it? I call your
attention to the fact that some of the very people who are
in this Convention today and who tell us that we ought to
declare in favor of international bimetallism—thereby declaring
that the gold standard is wrong and that the principle
of bimetallism is better—these very people four months
ago were open and avowed advocates of the gold standard,
and were then telling us that we could not legislate two
metals together, even with the aid of all the world. If the
gold standard is a good thing we ought to declare in favor
of its retention and not in favor of abandoning it; and if the
gold standard is a bad thing why should we wait until other
nations are willing to help us to let go? Here is the line of
battle, and we care not upon which issue they force the fight;
we are prepared to meet them on either side or on both.
If they tell us that the gold standard is the standard of
civilization, we reply to them that this, the most enlightened
of all the nations of the earth, has never declared for a gold
standard and that both the great parties this year are declaring
against it. If the gold standard is the standard of civilization,
why, my friends, should we not have it? If they
come to meet us on that issue we can present the history of
our nation. More than that; we can tell them that they will
search the pages of history in vain to find a single instance
where the common people of any land have ever declared
themselves in favor of the gold standard. They can find
where the holders of fixed investments have declared for a
gold standard, but not where the masses have. Mr. Carlisle
said in 1878 that this was a struggle between “the idle
holders of idle capital” and “the struggling masses, who
produce the wealth and pay the taxes of the country”; and,
my friends, the question we are to decide is: Upon which
side will the Democratic party fight, upon the side of “the
idle holders of idle capital” or upon the side of “the struggling
masses”? That is the question which the party must
answer first, and then it must be answered by each individual
hereafter. The sympathies of the Democratic party, as
shown by the platform, are on the side of the struggling
masses who have ever been the foundation of the Democratic
party. There are two ideas of government. There are
those who believe that, if you will only legislate to make
the well-to-do prosperous, their prosperity will leak through
on those below. The Democratic idea, however, has been
that if you legislate to make the masses prosperous, their
prosperity will find its way up through ever class which
rests upon them.
You come to us and tell us that the great cities are in
favor of the gold standard; we reply that the great cities
rest upon our broad and fertile prairies. Burn down your
cities and leave our farms, and your cities will spring up
again as if by magic; but destroy our farms and the grass
will grow in the streets of every city in the country.
My friends, we declare that this nation is able to legislate
for its own people on every question, without waiting
for the aid and consent of any other nation on earth; and
upon that issue we expect to carry every state in the Union.
I shall not slander the inhabitants of the fair state of Massachusetts,
nor the inhabitants of the state of New York, by
saying that, when they are confronted with the proposition
they will declare that this nation is not able to attend to
its own business. It is the issue of 1776 over again. Our
ancestors, when but three millions in number, had the courage
to declare their political independence of every other nation;
shall we, their descendants, when we have grown to seventy
millions, declare that we are less independent than our
forefathers?
No, my friends, that will never be the verdict of our
people. Therefore, we care not upon what lines the battle
is fought. If they say bimetallism is good, but that we
cannot have it until other nations help us, we reply that,
instead of having a gold standard because England has, we
will restore bimetallism, and then let England have bimetallism
because the United States has it. If they dare to come
out in the open field and defend the gold standard as a
good thing, we will fight them to the uttermost. Having
behind us the producing masses of this nation and the world,
supported by the commercial interests, the laboring interests
and the toilers everywhere, we will answer their demand
for a gold standard by saying to them: You shall not press
down upon the brow of labor this crown of thorns, you shall
not crucify mankind upon a cross of gold.
JOHN HAYNES HOLMES
The Birth of an
Orator[18] (1912)
On the 9th day of December, 1837, there was held in
Faneuil Hall, in the city of Boston, a great public meeting in
protest against the recent murder, in Alton, Illinois, of the
Rev. Elijah P. Lovejoy. The historic old edifice was filled
upon this momentous occasion to suffocation, as feeling was
running very high upon both sides of the slavery question;
and the audience was about equally divided between the
friends and enemies of the cause. The meeting was opened
with a brief and impressive address by Dr. Channing. Resolutions
denouncing the murder of Lovejoy were then read
and formally seconded. Everything seemed to be moving
smoothly, when a man was seen making his way through
the excited crowd to the great gilded eagle in the front of
the gallery. He was instantly recognized as James T.
Austin, a parishioner of Dr. Channing, a popular politician,
and at that time the Attorney-General of the Commonwealth.
Gaining his position, he began a harangue, calculated to
fire the crowd and break up the meeting. He compared
the slaves of the South to a menagerie, and likened Lovejoy
to one who should “break the bars and let loose the caravan
to prowl about the streets.” He talked of the rioters of
Alton as akin to the “orderly mob” which threw the tea
into Boston Harbor in 1773; and, in direct allusion to his
minister, Dr. Channing, he closed by asserting that a clergyman
with a gun in his hand, or one “mingling in the
debates of a popular assembly, was marvellously out of
place.”
No sooner were these words spoken than the chairman
lost all control of the meeting. The Attorney-General had
captured his audience, and friends and foes seemed to vie
with one another in calling for the resolutions that they
might vote them down, and then turn the protest of the
occasion into an endorsement. At this wild moment, when
all hope of saving the meeting seemed to be lost, a young
man with pale face and close-pressed lips, was seen pushing
his way to the platform through the frenzied mob. A few
persons recognized Wendell Phillips, a son of one of the
richest and most conservative families of Boston, a graduate
of Harvard College and Harvard Law School, and now
just entered upon the practice of his profession. Leaping
upon the stage, this unknown stripling faced the crowd, as
tall and fair and beautiful as an Apollo, and, raising his
hand, spoke two or three words in those marvellous silvery
tones which were destined ultimately to chant their music in
so many halls and before so many popular assemblies. Instantly
the wild “tumult and shouting” was hushed, while
men leaned forward curiously to hear what this foolish
youth could find to say in answer to the Attorney-General.
“Mr. Chairman,” he began, “we are here met for the freest
discussion of these resolutions, and the events which gave
rise to them. I hope I shall be permitted to express my
surprise as to the sentiments of the last speaker—surprise not
only at such sentiments from such a man, but at the applause
which they received within these walls. . . . Sir, when I
heard the gentleman lay down principles which place the
murders of Lovejoy side by side with Otis and Hancock,
Quincy and Adams, I thought [pointing to the portraits of
the revolutionary heroes in the hall] those pictured lips
would have broken into voice to rebuke this recreant American—this
slanderer of the dead.” Instantly, with this utterance
of magic eloquence, the tide of popular feeling was
turned. Sentence after sentence fell from the speaker’s
lips like thunderbolts from the land of Jove, until at last
his words were swept away in the wild tumult of applause;
and with a mighty shout the resolutions were put and carried.
Thus was the day unexpectedly saved, and from that
moment on Faneuil Hall was identified with the name of
Wendell Phillips as it had previously been identified with
the names of James Otis and Samuel Adams, and was dedicated
to the cause of anti-slavery, as it had hitherto been
dedicated to the cause of political independence.
Peace Between Labor and
Capital[19] (1912)
First of all, let me tell you that nothing will be gained by
crushing unions and destroying organizations of labor. The
time has passed by forever for that course of procedure. Labor
is learning its power; and, what is more important still,
society has itself learned the value of organized labor as a
bulwark against the aggressions of militant capitalism.
The man who thinks that labor can be permanently repressed
and exploited is mad, and his madness is a menace to the
future peace of the country.
Neither can we solve this problem by talking about the
interests of capital and labor being identical under the present
system of industry, and by bringing capital and labor
together into any such “moonshine” organization as the
Civic Federation. We might as well recognize the fact once
for all that, just as long as higher wages mean lower dividends,
and shortened hours mean lessened output, the interests
of capital and labor are not identical but opposite, not
mutual but antagonistic.
The only way to bring peace into the present turmoil and
confusion of industry is first, for the sake of ordinary decency
and order, to make some laws to meet the situation—laws
which will oblige two warring classes to bring their dispute
before some impartial tribunal for peaceful settlement, as two
warring individuals are obliged to do; and then, going
straight to the heart of the matter, to recognize that our
whole system of capital and labor, employer and employee,
master and servant, is a form of feudalism, and that this
feudalism must give way to democracy in the world of industry
as it has long since given way to democracy in the
world of politics. The social war will be over and peace
established, when the man who invests his labor in an
industry is given the same degree of ownership in that
industry, as the man who invests his money—when the
laborer with his hands, like the laborer with his brains, is
given the full product of his labor—when the laborer
becomes a capitalist and the capitalist becomes a laborer—when
one man counts for one man in the organization of
industry, whatever his class or station or wealth, just as
one man is now counted for one man in the organization of
government. In other words, when competition is succeeded
by coöperation, private ownership and control by social
ownership and control, feudalism by democracy, despotism
by liberty, inequality by equality, antagonism by fraternity,
hatred by good-will. And you and I can speed the coming
of this happy day, by solemnly resolving in the sight of
God, that, so far as we are concerned, we shall seek the
enjoyment of no privilege which is not universal, demand
the exercise of no right for ourselves which is denied to one
of the least of these our brethren, and cherish no sentiment
within our hearts save that of good-will for all the sons of
men.
I have spoken upon this burning question this morning,
my friends, with a freedom which makes misinterpretation
inevitable and misquotation certain. I have spoken thus for
two reasons! First, that you, as my people, may know,
beyond all doubt, just where I, your minister, stand on
this burning question. I want you to know that, in this
present fight, I am on the side of labor. I excuse none of
its crimes—I pardon none of its criminals; but no crime
and no criminal can ever shake my faith in the justice of
its cause. And, in the second place, I have thus spoken,
that I may shake you out of that opinion which has been
forced upon your minds by the public discussions of the
last two weeks, and set your thinking upon this question all
anew. If you go out of this place, and denounce me as a
dynamiter, I shall have failed in my purpose; and the fault
will be mine, that I cannot express clearly what I want to
say. If you go out of this place, and, without accepting any
of my opinions, think the whole problem through again, in
prayer to God that you may find the truth and may do
injustice to no living soul, I shall have succeeded; and the
credit will be yours, that you have the open mind. But
whether I succeed or fail, matters little, perhaps; for, in
spite of you and in spite of me, “it is God who reigneth
over all the earth—He will judge the world in righteousness
and minister judgment to the people. He will not fail
nor faint till He have set justice in the earth—till He have
burst the yoke asunder and given liberty to all them that
are oppressed.”
RICHARD BRINSLEY SHERIDAN
The Perfect Orator
Imagine to yourself a Demosthenes, addressing the most
illustrious assembly in the world, upon a point whereon the
fate of the most illustrious of nations depended. How awful
such a meeting! How fast the subject! Is man possessed
of talents adequate to the great occasion? Adequate! Yes,
superior. By the power of eloquence, the augustness of the
assembly is lost in the dignity of the orator; and the importance
of the subject, for a while superseded, by the admiration
of his talents.
With what strength of argument, with what powers of
the fancy, with what emotions of the heart, doth he assault
and subjugate the whole man; and at once, captivate his
reason, his imagination, and his passions. To effect this,
must be the utmost effort of the most improved state of
human nature. Not a faculty that he possesses is here
unemployed; not a faculty that he possesses but is here
exerted to its highest pitch. All his internal powers are at
work; all his external, testify their energies.
Within, the memory, the fancy, the judgment, the passions,
are all busy. Without, every muscle, every nerve, is exerted;
not a feature, not a limb, but speaks. The organs of the
body, attuned to the exertions of the mind, through the
kindred organs of the hearers, instantaneously vibrate those
energies from soul to soul.
Notwithstanding the diversity of minds in such a multitude,
by the lightning of eloquence, they are melted into one
mass; the whole assembly, actuated in one and the same
way, become, as it were, but one man, and have but one
voice. The universal cry is—“let us move against
Philip—let us fight for our
liberties—LET US CONQUER OR DIE!”
THEODORE ROOSEVELT
Inaugural
Address[20] (1905)
My Fellow Citizens: No people on earth have more cause
to be thankful than ours, and this is said reverently, in no
spirit of boastfulness in our own strength, but with gratitude
to the Giver of Good, who has blessed us with the conditions
which have enabled us to achieve so large a measure of well-being
and happiness.
To us as a people it has been granted to lay the foundations
of our natural life in a new continent. We are the
heirs of the ages, and yet we have had to pay few of the
penalties which in old countries are exacted by the dead
hand of a bygone civilization. We have not been obliged to
fight for our existence against any alien race; and yet our
life has called for the vigor and effort without which the
manlier and hardier virtues wither away.
Under such conditions it would be our own fault if we
failed, and the success which we have had in the past, the
success which we confidently believe the future will bring,
should cause in us no feeling of vainglory, but rather a deep
and abiding realization of all that life has offered us; a full
acknowledgment of the responsibility which is ours; and a
fixed determination to show that under a free government
a mighty people can thrive best, alike as regard the things
of the body and the things of the soul. Much has been
given us, and much will rightfully be expected from us.
We have duties to others and duties to ourselves—and we
can shirk neither. We have become a great nation, forced
by the fact of its greatness into relation to the other nations
of the earth, and we must behave as becomes a people with
such responsibilities.
Toward all other nations, large and small, our attitude
must be one of cordial and sincere friendship. We must
show not only in our words but in our deeds that we are
earnestly desirous of securing their good will by acting
toward them in a spirit of just and generous recognition of
all their rights.
But justice and generosity in a nation, as in an individual,
count most when shown not by the weak but by the strong.
While ever careful to refrain from wronging others, we
must be no less insistent that we are not wronged ourselves.
We wish peace; but we wish the peace of justice, the peace
of righteousness. We wish it because we think it right,
and not because we are afraid. No weak nation that acts
rightly and justly should ever have cause to fear, and no
strong power should ever be able to single us out as a
subject for insolent aggression.
Our relations with the other powers of the world are important;
but still more important are our relations among
ourselves. Such growth in wealth, in population, and in
power, as a nation has seen during a century and a quarter
of its national life, is inevitably accompanied by a like
growth in the problems which are ever before every nation
that rises to greatness. Power invariably means both responsibility
and danger. Our forefathers faced certain perils which
we have outgrown. We now face other perils the very
existence of which it was impossible that they should
foresee.
Modern life is both complex and intense, and the tremendous
changes wrought by the extraordinary industrial development
of the half century are felt in every fiber of our
social and political being. Never before have men tried so
vast and formidable an experiment as that of administering
the affairs of a continent under the forms of a democratic
republic. The conditions which have told for our marvelous
material well-being, which have developed to a very high
degree our energy, self-reliance, and individual initiative,
also have brought the care and anxiety inseparable from the
accumulation of great wealth in industrial centers.
Upon the success of our experiment much depends—not
only as regards our own welfare, but as regards the welfare
of mankind. If we fail, the cause of free self-government
throughout the world will rock to its foundations, and
therefore our responsibility is heavy, to ourselves, to the
world as it is today, and to the generations yet unborn.
There is no good reason why we should fear the future,
but there is every reason why we should face it seriously,
neither hiding from ourselves the gravity of the problems
before us, nor fearing to approach these problems with the
unbending, unflinching purpose to solve them aright.
Yet, after all, though the problems are new, though the
tasks set before us differ from the tasks set before our
fathers, who founded and preserved this Republic, the spirit
in which these tasks must be undertaken and these problems
faced, if our duty is to be well done, remains essentially
unchanged. We know that self-government is difficult. We
know that no people needs such high traits of character as
that people which seeks to govern its affairs aright through
the freely expressed will of the free men who compose it.
But we have faith that we shall not prove false to memories
of the men of the mighty past. They did their work;
they left us the splendid heritage we now enjoy. We in
our turn have an assured confidence that we shall be able to
leave this heritage unwasted and enlarged for our children’s
children.
To do so we must show, not merely in great crisis, but in
every-day affairs of life, the qualities of practical intelligence,
of course, of hardihood, and endurance, and, above
all, the power of devotion to a lofty ideal, which made great
the men who founded this Republic in the days of Washington;
which made great the men who preserved this Republic
in the days of Abraham Lincoln.
EDWIN G. LAWRENCE
Our
Country[21] (1912)
Mr. Toastmaster, Ladies and Gentlemen: In that long
ago, that age just following the period when darkness covered
the face of the earth, that age when God dispelled that
darkness by issuing his fiat, “Let there be light,” we are told
in the Good Book that God followed the birth of the light
with the creation of man, that He breathed the breath of life
into his nostrils and that man became thereby a living soul.
With the entrance of divine breath into the senseless clay,
with the awakening of the soul of man, there came the
realization of three spiritual facts: the belief in God, the love
of home, and the devotion to country.
Nowhere in this vast universe does a conscious being
exist who does not, in his heart, believe in God. Traverse
the wilds of darkest Africa, enter the densest jungles of
that great continent, and you will find that all its human
inhabitants have some conception of God. In the remotest
isles of the Pacific, among the cannibals who devour the
flesh of their victims, is found evidence of the belief in the
existence of God, although the evidence may be nothing
more than the setting up of a symbol of wood or stone that
typifies to the poor savage the Being he worships. Even
the blasphemer, who, with the words of his mouth, denies
the Almighty who created him, will, in his secret soul, hear
the still small voice, the reflex of that great Creator, whisper
unto him, “I am the Lord thy God.”
The love of home is universal. Be that home a hovel or
a palace, if the heart be there, happiness will be its companion.
Love of home often exists where the home is only
in the fancy, only in the heart that longs and hungers for
its blessings. That sweet singer who sang of “Home, sweet
home” was a wanderer on the face of the earth, and possessed
that home only in his dreams. No matter how pomp
and power may elevate us, no matter how our erring feet
may carry us astray, still in our hearts will echo the refrain:
’Mid pleasures and palaces though we may roam,
Be it ever so humble, there’s no place like home.
As we are gathered within this palatial building, around
these well-laden tables, under the splendor of these electric
lamps, how many of you at the sound of the word “Home”
think of the little cottage perched upon the hill, or nestling
down in the valley, where, seated at the plain wooden table,
the room faintly lighted by a tallow candle, you have eaten
your humble meal, blessed by the spirit that ever sanctifies
the home? How many of you at this moment are, in fancy,
back in the dear old county of Greene? How many of you
trace the winding brook climb the hills, till the fields, or
sit within the holy confines of the House of God, humble in
its man-made structure but magnificent with the glory of
His presence?
Home is a thought, a dream, a wish, the longing of
the soul for the attainment of the heaven upon earth; and
because man keeps before him the vision of what he would
have his home, and sees not the materiality of its reality, he
conceives his home, no matter where it may be placed,
to be the best on earth. That beautiful writer, weak man,
and luckless wanderer, Oliver Goldsmith, thus expresses the
idea I would convey to you:
But where to find that happiest spot below
Who can direct, when all pretend to know?
The shudd’ring tenant of the frigid zone
Boldly proclaims that happiest spot his own.
Extols the treasures of his stormy seas,
And his long nights of revelry and ease:
The naked negro, panting at the Line,
Boasts of his golden sands and palmy wine,
Basks in their glare, or stems the tepid wave,
And thanks his gods for all the good they gave.
Such is the patriot’s boast where’er he roam,
His first, best country, ever is at home.
What does the word country signify? It means the same
to the Russian on the frozen Volga; the German on the
castled Rhine; the Irish on the shores of the River Lee,
listening to “those bells of Shandon”; to the English on
the Thames, that little stream pregnant with the history of
a world; and to the American by the shores of the Hudson,
the Columbia or the Mississippi. To all men, in all climes,
“my country” means the land of my fathers, or the land of
my choice; the place of sacred memories, of strong endeavors
and of fervent hopes. Be that country the rock-ribbed
land of Scotland, the sands of Africa, the vine-clad hills
of France, the plains, the valleys and the mountains of
America, it is “my country” to her sons and daughters.
No matter what may be the language spoken, no matter what
may the natural formation of the landscape, be it Holland
with her dykes and ditches or Switzerland with her home in
the clouds, no matter what may be the color of her children,
be they white, yellow, black or brown, to them she is their
mother, and they adore her.
All this and more “our country” means to us Americans.
She means more to us than most lands can mean to their
children, because she offers us greater opportunities for
advancement in education, more religious, social and political
liberty, and instills into us an appreciation of the necessity
of working for the uplifting of mankind.
While laboring to uplift ourselves and our fellows, we
should keep ever in mind the first tenth of that Decalogue
given to the children of Israel for their guidance and government,
and which is as necessary to our national preservation
as it was to their national formation. That commandment
states “Thou shalt have no other gods before Me”; and
wherever that divine order was broken, the peoples so breaking
it, went down to destruction. When Athens turned from
her high ideals of progress and liberty she became the vassal
of Macedonia and passed out of existence as an independent
state. When the Emperor Augustus mounted the throne
of the world-power of Rome, the people of that vast empire
were slaves to sensuality and luxury, and from that moment,
when her greatness appeared fixed for all times, her decline
began. Let America pause and ponder as she stands on the
brink of that gulf wherein lie buried Israel, Assyria, Carthage,
Greece, and Rome, for unless she turns from the false
god Mammon, and returns to the worship of the Lord God,
she will as surely be plunged into the bottomless pit as were
the nations that preceded her in wealth and power and which
she is imitating by bowing down to and worshiping the
golden calf. Let us keep before our country the lights
of truth and justice that they may guide her from this
threatening peril on to that upward and onward path leading
to the holy of holies wherein sits enthroned the one true
God—the God of Equality and of Love.
It is well to blend God, Home and Country, because the
belief in all three makes the believer, man or woman, the
patriot and the child of God. Take God out of the home
and what have we? A shelter for the body, perhaps, but a
wilderness for the spirit. Take God out of the country
and what have we? A ship of state without a compass
whereby to direct its course. Therefore, if either love of God
or love of home fails to exist in the hearts of the citizens
of any land, that part of the earth’s surface will be their
habitation but it will fail to be their country. When the
patriot thinks of the nation he loves he does not picture
it as so much land, so much water, so many mountains or
so many plains. No, he sees it as he sees his flag, symbolical
of all that is dear, holy and true. It is the spirit of our flag
that we love. It is the spirit of God and the spirit of Home
that make us love our Country. Let us look to hear as our
mother, let us be to her faithful and loving children, and
may she be the better for having nurtured us in her arms.
Ladies and Gentlemen: Our Country. God grant she may
always stand for the fulfillment of His word.
These lesson talks will be of value to students only
after they have diligently studied the contents of
this book, particularly the first, second, and sixth chapters,
which treat of the means of speech construction
and the forms of delivery. It is absolutely necessary that
students should have a thorough understanding of inflection,
emphasis, apposition, opposition, and the series,
in order that they may understand and appreciate the
work of this chapter. These talks are intended to exemplify
the application of the rules laid down in this book
for the guidance of those who seek proficiency in the
art of public speaking, but they will help little unless the
student has prepared himself to receive them by thoroughly
mastering the technique of the art as expounded
in the different chapters.
It will be well for the student to mark the speeches
given in this chapter according to the instructions given
in the lesson talks, as then he will have an object lesson
before him that will enable him more readily to grasp the
written instructions regarding the series, emphasis, and
inflection.
Cuba Must Be Free. On March 24, 1898, Senator
John M. Thurston of Nebraska delivered a speech “On
the Affairs of Cuba,” from which this extract is taken.
While it is but a portion of a speech, being the peroration
only, still it is a complete speech in itself, as it conforms
to all the requirements of speech construction. Its opening,
or statement, consists of the laying down of the
facts upon which the argument is to be based, these facts
being the legal rights of individuals and states as opposed
to the moral rights. The statement ends with the second
paragraph. The body, or argument, closes with the fifth
paragraph and consists in showing that nations, like
individuals, should be governed by high moral motives
and not shrink from obligations because they have the
legal right to do so; and that in the performance of these
obligations force is the only means that can bring about
the desired end. The balance of the speech forms the
conclusion, and it consists of a summing up of the great
events of the world’s history wherein progress was made
in man’s struggle for liberty only by the exercise of
force.
The opening sentence states the claims of those who
oppose intervention in behalf of Cuba by the United
States, and sets forth their claims. This forms the base of
Senator Thurston’s argument. The second sentence is
a qualified acknowledgment of the legal right of the
United States to refrain from interfering. In other
words, he frankly confesses that there is no legal power
that can compel the United States to interfere between
Spain and her colony, but clearly shows that he intends
to uphold the moral right of that country to intervene,
the construction of this sentence, “It may be the naked
legal right of the United States to stand thus idly by,”
plainly denoting the senator’s opinion.
The second paragraph is devoted to illustrating the
legal rights of the individual; the third paragraph, the
effects that would flow from an exercise of those rights;
the fourth paragraph, an application of the principle to
nations that has previously been applied to individuals,
and an explanation as to the senator’s conception of
the religious doctrine as taught by Christ; the fifth paragraph
states the meaning of intervention, force, and war, defines
the force that should be used, and makes two strong
assertions in the form of indirect questions; the sixth
paragraph is devoted to the production of cumulative
evidence as to the efficacy of force, and a stirring appeal
that this force be exercised. The quotation from “The
Battle Hymn of the Republic” is used to emphasize this
last point; the seventh paragraph states the position that
the senator takes on the question.
“Cuba” and “United States” are contrasted, consequently
both require emphasis as well as different inflections,
and as the former is affirmative it should be given
the falling inflection, and the latter, because it is negative,
should be given the rising inflection. The balance of the
sentence consists of a concluding series that is out of
the ordinary for the reason that the last member of the
series forms a series by itself, and it is therefore termed
a series within a series. The last sentence of the opening
paragraph requires the falling inflection because it is
an affirmative statement.
The opening sentence of the second paragraph requires
the falling inflection because it is a positive statement.
The word “legal” should be emphasized for the reason
that it qualifies the word “right,” and by means of emphasis
placed on the word “legal” a contrast is immediately
suggested with the “moral” right. In the next sentence
the word “my” is the important word because it qualifies
the word “dog,” and as it states that “it is not my
dog,” the word “my” should be given the rising inflection
to show its negative quality. If the emphasis and
inflection should be placed on the word “dog,” it would
then be indicated that the “dog” is not mine but the
cat or the horse is. Care must be exercised to place
properly both the inflection and the emphasis in order
that a correct interpretation may be given. “Mine,” in
the next sentence, should be given the rising inflection
for the same reason that governs the inflection on the
word “dog,” the meaning being that it may be the policeman’s
duty to interfere but it is not the speaker’s. The
word “my,” in the next phrase, requires the rising inflection
for the same reason, the occurrence taking place on
premises but not on “my” premises. The conclusion of
the paragraph should be given the falling inflection
because it is assertive.
“But if I do” is conditional and therefore
requires the rising inflection; “I am a coward and a cur” being
the concluding clause to the conditional, and being positive,
it should have the falling inflection; “live” is contrasted
with “die,” and “God knows” is parenthetical.
“Dog,” “woman,” and “force” all require the rising
inflection because they are negatived, the statement being
that “I cannot protect the dog,” “I cannot save the
woman,” “without [not employing] force.” The reverse
of the form used in the speech, the positive, would be:
I can protect the dog, I can save the woman, by exercising
force.
“We cannot intervene and save Cuba without the
exercise of force” requires the rising inflection because
it is a negative statement, “and force means war; war
means blood” requires the falling inflection because they
are positive. The next sentence requires a like inflection
for a like reason. “Liberty” and “humanity” are negatived,
and therefore should be giving the rising inflection.
The next sentence is a negative one, and all its members
require the rising inflection. The sentence that follows
is positive, and requires the falling inflection. The
phrase “I believe in the doctrine of peace,” is also positive,
but as it is qualified by “men must have liberty
before there can come abiding peace,” it requires the
rising inflection, the qualifying phrase taking the falling
inflection because it is assertive.
The three short opening sentences of the fifth paragraph
require the falling inflection because they are positive.
“God’s” requires emphasis for the reason that it
qualifies “force.” The two questions that follow, being
indirect questions, should be given falling inflections.
The sixth paragraph represents a masterly arrangement
of concluding series. The first series enumerates
three great charters: Magna Carta, the Declaration of
Independence, and the Emancipation Proclamation; the
second, three instances where the people struggled against
oppression: the storming of the Bastille, the battle of
Bunker Hill, and the suffering of the American army at
Valley Forge; the third, three battles of the war between
the states; the fourth, three Federal generals; the fifth,
the results that followed the Civil War. All these are
concluding series; therefore, in each series, the first
member should be given the falling inflection, the second
member the rising inflection, and the third member the
falling inflection. If these directions are not clear, review
the section on series, in the second chapter. The two
sentences that follow the series are positive and require
falling inflections. In the first sentence the word
“again” requires emphasis because it is important, while
in the second, “once more” should be given emphasis
for the same reason.
In the quotation, “you” and “me” are contrasted,
and there is a double contrast between “He” and “us,”
“holy” and “free.” “God,” in the last line of the quotation,
requires emphasis because of its importance.
In the last paragraph there is a double opposition between
“others,” each time the word is used, and “me,”
“hesitate,” “procrastinate” and “negotiation” with “act
now,” while “which means delay” is parenthetical. The
speech ends with a concluding series.
Transcriber’s Note: The sixth paragraph of the following oration
includes a term that many find offensive.
CUBA MUST BE
FREE[1]
john m. thurston
Mr. President, there are those who say that the affairs
of Cuba are not the affairs of the United States, who insist
that we can stand idly by and see that island devastated and
depopulated, its business interests destroyed, its commercial
intercourse with us cut off, its people starved, degraded, and
enslaved. It may be the naked legal right of the United
States to stand thus idly by.
I have the legal right to pass along the street and see a
helpless dog stamped into the earth under the heels of a
ruffian. I can pass by and say that is not my dog. I can
sit in my comfortable parlor with my loved ones gathered
about me, and through my plate glass window see a fiend
outraging a helpless woman nearby, and I can legally say
this is no affair of mine—it is not happening on my premises;
and I can turn away and take my little ones in my
arms, and, with the memory of their sainted mother in my
heart, look up to the motto on the wall and read, “God
bless our home.”
But if I do, I am a coward and a cur unfit to live, and,
God knows, unfit to die. And yet I cannot protect the dog
nor save the woman without the exercise of force.
We cannot intervene and save Cuba without the exercise
of force, and force means war; war means blood. The lowly
Nazarene on the shores of Galilee preached the divine doctrine
of love, “Peace on earth, good will toward men.” Not
peace on earth at the expense of liberty and humanity. Not
good will toward men who despoil, enslave, degrade, and
starve to death their fellow men. I believe in the doctrine
of Christ. I believe in the doctrine of peace; but, Mr. President,
men must have liberty before there can come abiding
peace.
Intervention means force. Force means war. War means
blood. But it will be God’s force. When has a battle for
humanity and liberty ever been won except by force? What
barricade of wrong, injustice, and oppression has ever been
carried except by force?
Force compelled the signature of unwilling royalty to the
great Magna Carta; force put life into the Declaration of
Independence and made effective the Emancipation Proclamation;
force beat with naked hands upon the iron gateway
of the Bastille and made reprisal in one awful hour for centuries
of kingly crime; force waved the flag of revolution
over Bunker Hill and marked the snows of Valley Forge
with blood-stained feet; force held the broken line at Shiloh,
climbed the flame-swept hill at Chattanooga, and stormed
the clouds on Lookout Heights; force marched with Sherman
to the sea, rode with Sheridan in the valley of the
Shenandoah, and gave Grant victory at Appomattox; force
saved the Union, kept the stars in the flag, made “niggers”
men. The time for God’s force has come again. Let the
impassioned lips of American patriots once more take up the
song:
In the beauty of the lilies Christ was born across the sea,
With a glory in His bosom that transfigured you and me;
As He died to make men holy, let us die to make men free,
For God is marching on.
Others may hesitate, others may procrastinate, others may
plead for further diplomatic negotiation, which means delay,
but for me, I am ready to act now, and for my action I am
ready to answer to my conscience, my country, and my God.
Evidence and Precedents in Law. Here is an example
of argumentative oratory, an extract from a speech by
Thomas Erskine, that will repay careful consideration.
The opening statement, “Before you can adjudge a
fact, you must believe it,” is positive, and demands the
falling inflection; “not suspect it, or imagine it, or fancy
it” are all negatived and require the rising inflection;
“but believe it” is positive and must be given the falling
inflection, and the balance of the sentence is negative
and requires the rising inflection throughout. The question
that follows is an indirect one and should be given
the falling inflection. “Neither more nor less” are negatived
and therefore both “more” and “less” require
the rising inflection; “justice” should be given the falling
inflection because it completes a positive statement; the
balance of the sentence should receive the same inflection
for the same reason. “As they are settled by law, and
adopted in its general administration” is parenthetical;
the main idea, “the rules of evidence are not to be overruled
or tampered with” is negative, consequently the
negatived words “overruled” and “tampered” should
receive the rising inflection. The passage that follows,
ending with the word “life,” is a concluding series of
four members, and all members except the next to the
last, “in the truth of history,” receive the falling inflection,
the exception requiring the rising inflection; “and
whoever ventures rashly to depart from them” is, in its
spirit, conditional, and for that reason should be given
the rising inflection; the balance is assertive and requires
the falling inflection; a contrast should be shown between
“God” and “man.”
Let the student work out the balance of the speech.
EVIDENCE AND PRECEDENTS IN LAW
thomas erskine
Before you can adjudge a fact, you must believe it—not
suspect it, or imagine it, or fancy it, but believe it—and it is
impossible to impress the human mind with such a reasonable
and certain belief, as is necessary to be impressed, before a
Christian man can adjudge his neighbor to the smallest penalty,
much less to the pains of death, without having such
evidence as a reasonable mind will accept of as the infallible
test of truth. And what is that evidence? Neither more nor
less than that which the Constitution has established in the
courts for the general administration of justice; namely, that
the evidence convince the jury, beyond all reasonable doubt,
that the criminal intention, constituting the crime, existed in
the mind of the man upon trial, and was the mainspring of his
conduct. The rules of evidence, as they are settled by law,
and adopted in its general administration, are not to be overruled
or tampered with. They are found in the charities
of religion—in the philosophy of nature—in the truth of
history—and in the experience of common life; and whoever
ventures rashly to depart from them, let him remember
that it will be meted to him in the same measure, and that
both God and man will judge him according.
These are arguments addressed to your reasons and your
consciences; not to be shaken in upright minds by any precedent—for
no precedents can sanctify injustice; if they could,
every human right would long ago have been extinct upon
the earth. If the state trials in bad times are to be searched
for precedents, what murders may you not commit—what
law of humanity may you not trample upon—what rule of
justice may you not violate—and what maxim of wise
policy may you not abrogate and confound? If precedents
in bad times are to be implicitly followed, why should we
have heard any evidence at all? You might have convicted
without any evidence; for many have been so convicted—and,
in this manner, murdered—even by acts of Parliament.
If precedents in bad times are to be followed, why should
the Lords and Commons have investigated these charges,
and the Crown have put them into this course of judicial
trial? since, without such a trial, and even after an acquittal
upon me, they might have attained all the prisoners by act
of Parliament: they did so in the case of Lord Strafford.
There are precedents, therefore, for all such things, but
such precedents as could not for a moment survive the times
of madness and distraction which gave them birth: but which,
as soon as the spurs of the occasion were blunted, were
repealed and execrated even by Parliaments which (little as
I may think of the present) ought not be compared with it—Parliaments
sitting in the darkness of former times—in the
night of freedom—before the principles of government were
developed, and before the constitution became fixed. The last
of these precedents, and all the proceedings upon it, were
ordered to be taken off the file and burnt, so the intent that
the same might no longer be visible to after ages; an order
dictated, no doubt, by a pious tenderness for national honor,
and meant as a charitable covering for the crimes of our
fathers. But it was a sin against posterity—it was a treason
against society; for, instead of commanding them to be burnt,
they should rather have directed them to be blazoned in large
characters upon the walls of our Courts of Justice, that, like the
characters deciphered by the prophet of God to the Eastern
tyrant, they might enlarge and blacken in your sights, to
terrify you from acts of injustice.
The Permanency of Empire. This extract opens with
an earnest appeal which requires the falling inflection.
The question that follows it is a direct one, consequently
all its members require the rising inflection. From the
exclamation “Alas” to the end of the sentence, all is
positive, therefore the falling inflection should be used
throughout. The next question is an indirect one and
requires the falling inflection. “So thought the countries
of Demosthenes and the Spartan” is a positive thought
and should be given the falling inflection. Then comes
a triple opposition, “Leonidas” being contrasted with
“Athens,” “trampled” with “insulted,” and “slave”
with “Ottoman.” The three words qualifying “Ottoman”
constitute a commencing series, and for this reason
“servile” and “mindless” should be given the falling
inflection, and “enervate” the rising. The next sentence
is a positive one and the falling inflection should be given
the word “footsteps,” which closes it; “from the palace
to the tomb” and “with their ruins” are both parenthetical,
and there is a contrast between “palace” and
“tomb.” The phrase ending with “as if they had never
been” is conditional and requires the rising inflection;
the balance of the sentence contains a parenthetical
clause, “rude and neglected in the barren ocean,” and a
double contrast, the last of the four members of which
is a concluding series, the contrasts being “then” with
“now,” “speck” with the concluding series “the ubiquity
of their commerce, the glory of their arms, the fame of
their philosophy, the eloquence of their Senate and the
inspiration of their bards.” There is a double opposition
between “England” and “America,” and “Athens is”
with “Athens was”; “contemplating the past,” “proud
and potent as she appears,” “then,” and “one day” are
parenthetical; the conclusion of the extract consists of
a parenthesis, “for its time,” and a double contrast,
“Europe” being contrasted with “that mighty continent”
(America), and “shall have mouldered, and the night of
barbarism obscured its very ruins” with “emerge from
the horizon to rule sovereign of the ascendant.”
THE PERMANENCY OF EMPIRE
wendell phillips
I appeal to history! Tell me, thou reverend chronicler of
the grave, can all the wealth of a universal commerce, can all
the achievements of successful heroisms, or all the establishments
of this world’s wisdom, secure to empire the permanency
of its possessions? Alas! Troy thought so once; yet
the land of Priam lives only in song! Thebes thought so
once; yet her hundred gates have crumbled, and her very
tombs are but as the dust they were vainly intended to commemorate.
So thought Palmyra—where is she? So thought
the countries of Demosthenes and the Spartan; yet Leonidas
is trampled by the timid slave, and Athens insulted by the
servile, mindless, and enervate Ottoman. In his hurried
march, Time has but looked at their imagined immortality,
and all its vanities, from the palace to the tomb, have, with
their ruins, erased the very impression of his footsteps. The
days of their glory are as if they had never been; and the
island that was then a speck, rude and neglected in the barren
ocean, now rivals the ubiquity of their commerce, the glory
of their arms, the fame of their philosophy, the eloquence of
their Senate, and the inspiration of their bards. Who shall
say, then, contemplating the past, that England, proud and
potent as she appears, may not, one day, be what Athens is,
and the young America yet soar to be what Athens was!
Who shall say that, when the European column shall have
mouldered, and the night of barbarism obscured its very ruins,
that mighty continent may not emerge from the horizon to
rule, for its time, sovereign of the ascendant!
Judicial Injustices. The next extract, from a powerful
speech delivered by Senator Charles Sumner in September,
1854, is an excellent example of cumulative
oratory. He asserts that he has no superstitious reverence
for judicial proceedings, and then states his reasons,
which he piles one upon another until the sum reaches
such proportions as to utterly disarm any successful
opposition to his statement, or even an attempt at opposition.
This form of delivery is wonderfully effective, just
as the opinion of a counselor-at-law would be when re-enforced
by numerous decisions of the highest courts in
the land. Only two means of attacking this style of
oratory remain to the opposition, one being to impeach
the authorities, the other to attack the application of
them. Both these modes, however, are exceedingly dangerous
to the objector when his opponent is a keen
lawyer, an able speaker, and a learned man, such as was
Charles Sumner.
The word “judges” takes the rising inflection because
of the incompleteness of the thought, “in much respect”
being necessary to complete the sense, and this takes the
falling inflection because of the completeness, and the
intervening thought “and especially the Supreme Court
of the Country” must be given parenthetically on account
of its being an interjected remark; the words “judicial
proceedings” take the falling inflection because they finish
a positive thought, and “superstitious reverence” the
rising, as the Senator means to express this thought
negatively, as he does not possess any superstitious reverence
for judicial proceedings. “Judges” and “men”
are in apposition and for that reason take the same inflection,
and as the statement is positive, the falling inflection
must be used. The “worst crimes” and “sanction”
require emphasis because they are important, and the
sentence takes the falling inflection because it is positive.
“Martyrs” and “patriots” require the rising inflection
because they depend on “summons them to judgment”
to complete the sense, and “crying from the ground”
must be given parenthetically for the reason that it is
interjected.
“Judicial tribunal” being the thing arraigned, requires
emphasis whenever used in the speech. “Socrates” requires
emphasis, and “hemlock” takes the falling inflection
on account of the completion of the thought,
“Saviour” is emphatic, and “Jerusalem” and “cross”
take the falling inflection on account of completion of
thought. The next line commences a concluding series
which continues to the end of the paragraph. “Against
the testimony and entreaties of her father,” “in the name
of the Old Religion,” “amidst the shrieks and agonies
of its victims,” “in solemn denial of the great truth he
had disclosed,” are all interjected remarks and therefore
must be rendered parenthetically. All these parenthetical
thoughts are complete in themselves, and consequently
require the falling inflection. “Not” is emphatic, and the
falling inflection is given “sun” because it expresses a
contradiction.
The first phrase of the next paragraph requires the
falling inflection, and the words “hesitate” and “unpitying,”
being negatived, require the rising. The close of
the paragraph requires the falling inflection.
The next paragraph is a concluding series. “Surrounded
by all the forms of law,” “after deliberate
argument,” “in defiance of justice and humanity,” “with
Jeffreys on the bench,” are all interjected remarks, complete
in themselves, and require the falling inflection and
parenthetical expression to each. “Queen” and “Sir
Thomas More” require opposite inflections for the reason
they are used to mark two distinct points in the despotic
career of Henry the Eighth, just as one would say “from
the first to the last,” “Latimer, Ridley, and John
Rogers” constitute a concluding series. “Justice” and
“humanity” in the parenthetical clause are contrasted,
and consequently given the opposite inflections, and
“even” and “innocent women” require emphasis on
account of their importance.
The last paragraph is a concluding series, “surrounded
by all the forms of law” is an interjected complete
thought, and therefore must be expressed parenthetically
and given the falling inflection, and “our,” in both instances
when used in this paragraph, requires emphasis
and the falling inflection; while “unutterable” should
take the rising inflection on account of its negative quality;
the voice falling in conclusion on “Fugitive Slave
Bill,” because the final thought is a positive one.
JUDICIAL INJUSTICES
charles sumner
I hold judges, and especially the Supreme Court of the
country, in much respect, but I am too familiar with the history
of judicial proceedings to regard them with any superstitious
reverence. Judges are but men, and in all ages have
shown a full share of human frailty. Alas! alas! the worst
crimes of history have been perpetrated under their sanction.
The blood of martyrs and of patriots, crying from the ground,
summons them to judgment.
It was a judicial tribunal which condemned Socrates to
drink the fatal hemlock, and which pushed the Saviour barefoot
over the pavements of Jerusalem, bending beneath his
cross. It was a judicial tribunal which, against the testimony
and entreaties of her father, surrendered the fair Virginia
as a slave; which arrested the teachings of the great
Apostle to the Gentiles and sent him in bonds from Judea
to Rome; which, in the name of the Old Religion, adjudged
the Saints and Fathers of the Christian Church to death in
all its most dreadful forms; and which afterwards, in the
name of the New Religion, enforced the tortures of the
Inquisition, amidst the shrieks and agonies of its victims,
while it compelled Galileo to declare, in solemn denial of the
great truth he had disclosed, that the earth did not move
round the sun.
It was a judicial tribunal which in France during the long
reign of her monarchs lent itself to be the instrument of
every tyranny, as during the brief Reign of Terror it
did not hesitate to stand forth the unpitying accessory of
the unpitying guillotine.
It was a judicial tribunal in England, surrounded by all
the forms of law, which sanctioned every despotic caprice of
Henry the Eighth, from the unjust divorce of his queen to
the beheading of Sir Thomas More; which lighted the fires
of persecution that glowed at Oxford and Smithfield over the
cinders of Latimer, Ridley, and John Rogers; which, after
deliberate argument, upheld the fatal tyranny of Ship-Money,
against the patriot resistance of Hampden; which, in defiance
of justice and humanity, sent Sidney and Russell to the block;
which persistently enforced the laws of Conformity that our
Puritan Fathers persistently refused to obey; and which
afterwards, with Jeffreys on the bench, crimsoned the page
of English history with massacre and murder—even with
the blood of innocent women.
Ay, Sir, and it was a judicial tribunal, in our country,
surrounded by all the forms of law, which hung the witches
at Salem; which affirmed the constitutionality of the Stamp-Act
which it admonished “jurors and the people” to obey;
and which now in our day, lent its sanction to the unutterable
atrocity of the Fugitive Slave Bill.
We have now reached the end of our journey; but
before parting, let us discuss generally the course
over which we have traveled in order that some necessary
incidents that may not have impressed themselves strongly
on our memories may be reënforced, lest they otherwise
be lost.
The public speaker should leave nothing to chance. It
is customary to speak of the spontaneous bursting forth
of eloquence, but eloquence is not spontaneous—it is the
culmination of stored-up knowledge which has reached
the point when it is fully matured and ready to use,
and its apparent bursting forth is nothing but the arrival
of the opportunity for its making its presence known.
It is the coming together of the fully prepared man and
the occasion that produces the orator. It is an axiom that
nothing comes of nothing, and unless the would-be
orator is willing to give his best in the way of fitting
himself by study, labor, reflection, and industry, in their
highest and broadest sense, to be a medium through
which eloquence may be conveyed, he will look in vain
for its appearance—the seed must be planted before the
fruit can be gathered.
In the first place, the vocal mechanism must be thoroughly
trained to stand the strain that is to be placed
upon it, and to execute properly the manifold duties it
will be called upon to perform. This necessitates careful
and systematic practice in breathing, voice production,
tone coloring, inflection, emphasis, and the many other
sections of the vocal work which, when combined, comprise
the vehicle which is to convey the thought.
In the second place, the mind must be fed and cultivated
so as to enable it to produce thought. It must be
strengthened by exercise, fed by reading of good matter,
and made active by use. Time must be devoted to meditation,
to thinking over the expressions of the ideas of
the master minds that have gone before—weighing,
refuting, and combining them, as well as receiving them
and being influenced thereby—and to keeping the light
of our own mind burning by thinking matters out in our
own way and giving our thoughts the impress of our
individuality. Only by these means can we hope to be
at the same time wise and original. Originality that is
foolish is worse than useless, and wisdom that is borrowed
shines only with a reflected light; but that which
is both original and wise will live through many ages
and act as a beacon to light others to the attainment of
originality and wisdom.
In the third place, an effective delivery is absolutely
essential. There can no more be such a thing as an
orator without a delivery than there can be a newspaper
without paper or some other substance on which to print
the news. A publisher might as well print a newspaper
and then indifferently circulate it as for a man to fill his
mind with great thoughts and ineffectively deliver them.
Delivery is the soul of oratory; without it, there can be
nothing but the form of speech; with it, there is the spirit
that gives life to the words. The matter is the product,
the delivery is the mode of conveyance; and each is
necessary to the other if either is to be of value to
the speaker.
The only really effective form of delivery is the extempore;
and, after once it has been acquired, it is the easiest
of the many forms. In the opinion of the author, matter
that is written out and then read, or matter that is written
out, memorized, and then spoken, is in neither case
a speech. Speaking is conveying thought by word of
mouth, and not by word of pen. The matter that is to
form the speech should be diligently gathered, fully
digested, and carefully arranged, but the words that are
to clothe the thought should be spontaneous. Unless the
words are willing servants, well trained, springing instantly
to the performance of their duty, coming, not
through a conscious effort to recall what has been memorized,
but in response to the sub-conscious action of the
mind, the words will fail to possess that mentality that
alone can give them the expression that is really their
soul. Only when the mind is released from all care concerning
words can it be placed adequately upon the
thought, and only by fully placing it upon the thought
can the mentality enter the voice, thereby making the
words convey by tone and general expression what they
really stand for, and carry to the mind of the listener
the thought which is in the mind of the speaker. In this
manner is a connection brought about between listener
and speaker, and by these means is generated that force
which is commonly called magnetism but which is, in
reality, the active mind of the speaker getting into communication
with the mind of the listener through the
mediumship of the vitalized spoken word. The language
is but the wire which carries the message, or the atmosphere
on which the message is sent; the thought is the
electricity which produces the message. The language
is material, the mentality is spiritual; the one being the
body of expression, the other being the soul.
Finally, why are there so few orators in the world
today? Merely because there are so few persons who are
willing to spend the time and employ the labor necessary
to acquire the qualifications for the making of orators.
No great achievement in any walk of life is accomplished
without labor, no movement in behalf of man has ever
progressed without labor, and nothing is worth having
unless it is secured by labor. Run your eye over the
pages of history and try to find instances where chance
has knocked with its golden wand on the door of man’s
existence; and for every one so found, at least a dozen
will be discovered where man has cut through the rock
of difficulties with the iron tools of industry and forged
those tools in the fires of determination. Not all men
who achieved greatness were born poor in this world’s
goods. Many of them, men like Marcus Aurelius, Washington,
Lafayette, and Roosevelt, won renown in spite
of their wealth; while, on the other hand, men like Moses,
Franklin, and Lincoln gained their great eminence in
the face of poverty. It matters not whether man be rich
or whether man be poor, so far as his success in living
a useful life is concerned, but it does signify much
whether he is an idler or a laborer. Make yourself
worthy of success, and success—in its true and only
valuable sense—will be yours. Remember, that labor—proud,
independent labor—is noble, and that it leads, not
only to the making of orators, but to the formation of
characters—the building of souls.
A SYSTEMATIZED STUDY
OF
“HOW TO MASTER THE SPOKEN WORD”
A Guide to Teachers and Students
Students are advised to read the work as a book,
commencing with the first page and continuing
straight on to the end. They should skip nothing, not
even the long speeches, as they are introduced for specific
purposes; but they should also guard against tarrying on
the way to study and particular passages that may strike
their fancy. They are advised to first read the book
carefully in order that they may the better understand
its scope and purpose, and gain some idea regarding the
general plan that underlies its construction.
It will be noted that the first chapter does not contain
instructions as to how the student of oratory is to breathe,
or how he is to use the many other functions of body,
voice, and mind that are necessary to the correct production
of the spoken word; but it shows how famous speakers
produced their effects, and it reveals to the student
the means he must adopt if he is to produce like results,
leaving to later chapters the task of revealing how the
means are to be applied. This manner of arranging the
matter was adapted in order to insure the student’s interest
being aroused in the subject at the start, thereby
preventing an extinguishing of his enthusiasm by initiating
him into the dry mysteries of the technical parts of
speech before he had gained a fair idea regarding the
means to employ in qualifying himself to become a public
speaker. When, however, it is intended to use the work
as a textbook, it should not be studied as it is read, but
the lesson should be taken up in a natural sequence,
beginning with breath and continuing through to the production
of the finished speech or oration. Here is given
an outline of study, or syllabus, showing the order in
which the different subjects treated in the book can be
taken up to best advantage.
| Lesson I |
Breath |
120–126, 133–135 |
| Lesson II |
Voice |
126–133, 135–138 |
| Lesson III |
Inflection |
27–37 |
| Lesson IV |
Emphasis |
37–46 |
| Lesson V |
Combined Use of Emphasis and Inflection, and Parenthesis and Pause |
46–54 |
| Lesson VI |
Series and Modulation |
54–63 |
| Lesson VII |
Paraphrasing |
103–119 |
|
Lesson VIII |
Composition |
84–102 |
| Lesson IX |
Construction |
61–83 |
| Lesson X |
The Making of Oratory |
1–25 |
| Lesson XI |
Delivery |
145–157 |
| Lesson XII |
Memory |
138–145 |
| Lesson XIII |
Lesson Talks |
389–406 |
| Lesson XIV |
Grecian Orators |
158–256 |
| Lesson XV |
Latin Orators |
257–297 |
| Lesson XVI |
Modern Orators |
298–388 |
- The break between pages 1 and 2 is in the word “employs”: em|ploys.
In this and all other cases, the whole word was moved to the earlier page.
- The break between pages 11 and 12 is in the word “contrary”: con|trary.
- On page 24, set the citation of a legal matter, People vs. Durant, in Italic.
- On page 33, two single line examples were set in body text. The
Transcriber has made them block quotes to match the other examples on that
page.
- On page 36, change “dryest” to “driest.”
- The break between pages 51 and 52 is in the word “language”: lan|guage.
- On page 55, the Transcriber capitalized the word
“Christianity” in a Daniel Webster quotation. The word was
capitalized correctly in the same text that is part of a longer quotation on
page 61.
- On page 58, the original text has a sentence that ends as follows:
“. . . we must, in order to retain the concluding
series, give ‘ask’ the rising inflection, ‘knock’ the
falling, ‘seek’ the falling, ‘find’ the rising,
‘knock’ the falling, and ‘opened’ the falling.”
The Transcriber corrected the first “knock” to
“given” because the text under discussion is “Ask, and it
shall be given you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and the door shall be
opened unto you.”
- On page 59, change “huzza” to “huzzah.”
- The break between pages 69 and 70 is in the word “attachment”: attach|ment.
- On page 75, change “deprived of his honor” to “honour”
to correspond with “favour” in the same paragraph.
- The break between pages 78 and 79 is in the word “besieged”: be|sieged.
- The break between pages 103 and 104 is in the word “considered”: con|sidered.
- On page 108, change “Wittenagemote” to “Witenagemot.”
- On page 114, change “huzzas” to “huzzahs.”
- The break between pages 115 and 116 is in the word “temporary”: tem|porary.
- The break between pages 124 and 125 is in the word “following”: fol|lowing.
- On page 127, change “Immediately voice is produced . . .“ to
“Immediately as voice is produced . . . .”
- The break between pages 130 and 131 is in the word “magnificent”: mag|nificent.
- The break between pages 148 and 149 is in the word “audiences”: audi|ences.
- The break between pages 151 and 152 is in the word “carefully”: care|fully.
- On page 164, change the question mark after “I am sadly deficient” to a period.
- On page 165, change “indicated me for homicide” to “indicted.”
- On page 193, change the question mark after “witness of his crimes” to a period.
- On page 204, the word “betrothals” was misspelled
“bethrothals” in the sentence “Thus the law makes just
betrothals valid, and unjust ones it declares invalid.”
- The break between pages 211 and 212 is in the word “Menexenus”: Menexe|nus.
- The break between pages 214 and 215 is in the word “Leochares”: Leo|chares.
- The break between pages 220 and 221 is in the word “dishonor”: dis|honor.
- The break between pages 223 and 224 is in the word “hallowed”: hal|lowed.
- On page 237, change “Midias’ anger” to “Meidias’ anger.”
- The break between pages 241 and 242 is in the word “descendants”: descend|ants.
- The break between pages 247 and 248 is in the word “overbearing”: over|bearing.
- On page 260, change “tribunitian” to “tribunician.”
- On page 265, change “Uticeusus” to “Uticensis.”
- In the oration of Cato the Younger, the term “Conscript
Fathers” referring to the members of the Roman Senate, is not
capitalized in the original on pages 265 or 266. These have been made
consistent with the initial-capped references on page 269 and following.
- On page 268, change “hesitate how to act” to “hesitate now to act.”
- On page 269, change “Cathegus” to “Cethegus.”
- The break between pages 273 and 274 is in the word “putting”: put|ting.
- On page 274, in the Caesar oration, this sentence appears in the
original: “But in a large state there arise may men of various
dispositions.” The word “may” has been corrected to
“many.”
- The break between pages 274 and 275 is in the word “borrowed”: bor|rowed.
- The break between pages 281 and 282 is in the word “manner”: man|ner.
- On page 285, change “proquestor” to “proquaestor.”
- On page 292, change “edileship” to “aedileship.”
- On page 302, change the word “equalled” to “equaled.”
- On page 310, set “On the Clay Compromise” in title case small caps rather than lower case small caps.
- The break between pages 312 and 313 is in the word “perfectly”: per|fectly.
- On page 314, change “McDowel” to “McDowell” and change the question mark
after “remarks to the press” to a period.
- The break between pages 323 and 324 is in the unit “slave-trade”: slave-|trade.
- On page 325, the period at the end of the final sentence of Lincoln’s
“House Divided” speech was missing from the original.
- The break between pages 330 and 331 is in the word “principles”: prin|ciples.
- The break between pages 335 and 336 is in the word “Colonies”: Col|onies.
- The break between pages 338 and 339 is in the word “Constitution”: Con|stitution.
- The break between pages 341 and 342 is in the word “confederates”: con|federates.
- The break between pages 345 and 346 is in the word “courageously”: coura|geously.
- On page 346, change “memories indulged of the past or the dead” to
“memories indulged of the past or of the dead” (insert second “of”).
- On page 355, the original text of the Robert Burns eulogy uses the word
“woos,” spelled “wooes,” and “rhythmic,”
spelled “rythmic.” The Transcriber modernized the spelling of
both words.
- The break between pages 360 and 361 is in the word “unreplying”: unre|plying.
- On page 367, change “crystalize” to “crystallize.”
- On page 381, there is a printing defect in the copy of the original
available to the Transcriber. One sentence reads: “All his internal
powers are at wo__; all his external, testify their energies.” The
Transcriber has inferred that the incomplete word is “work.”
Confirmation from another copy of the original would be most
appreciated.
- On page 387, a reference to the Decalogue, referring to The Ten
Commandments of the Bible, was not capitalized in the original. The
Transcriber capitalized it.
- The break between pages 391 and 392 is in the word “opening”: open|ing.
- On page 392, in the “opening sentence” paragraph, second sentence,
insert double quotes around first instance of the word “right.”
- The break between pages 392 and 393 is in the word “positive”: posi|tive.
- On page 394, change “Magna Charta” to “Magna Carta.”
- On page 395, insert a warning of a sensitive word in the sixth paragraph of the subsequent oration.
- The break between pages 395 and 396 is in the word “President”: Presi|dent.
- On page 396, change “Magna Charta“ to “Magna Carta” and
“Bastile” to “Bastille.”
- The break between pages 404 and 405 is in the word “instances”: in|stances.
- On page 415, change “Dacaeogenes” to “Dicaeogenes.”
- On page 416, change “Roberts Burns” to “Robert Burns.”